[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner e.Lib Home   1.0c
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures by Location (Berlin)
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: eat
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • world outlook. It must be kept in mind that there is a great
    • the greatest teachers in this field never did more than advise and
    • human soul has in the past been incarnated repeatedly in a physical
    • One of the great laws of man that must be intimately tried out on his
    • accustomed to being neat and exacting and this he must accomplish not
    • the way to comprehending the great law of reincarnation on his own. A
    • Regarding karma, the great law of just compensation, perception and
    • He who permeates himself with this mood and looks at his life and all
    • with this contemplative inner life. The great spiritual truths that he
    • the great Spirits. He has learned to survey the whole panoramic
    • permeates him. Without treading this path of reverence one does not
    • begins to perceive the great, eternal truths. Then, suddenly the world
    • about through obedience to and observation of a great sum of rules and
    • from the great book of occult schooling. A person who makes use of
    • stammering of a babe as if it were a revelation, has he created within
    • again must this effort be repeated. A clairvoyant person can evaluate
    • coupled with perseverance. There are the great levers of spiritual
    • The greatest sages of mankind did not discover the great truths by any
    • opened. Then he will find what all the great religious and
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • it from the spiritual death it otherwise, because of the eternal laws of
    • spontaneous warmth of this elementary feeling. Let me repeat that it is
    • look up again to the Heavenly Child who brought the greatest of all
    • first time in 1705 as "The Triumph of Death" (see reproduction:
    • "Behold in this reminder of death what you really are as human beings.
    • hunting party, which is standing before the reminder of death, the three
    • coffins. At a greater distance, some people are listening to music. Behind
    • skeleton; the etheric body by the corpse half eaten by worms; the astral
    • existence that must be contemplated after death." This is what is expressed
    • Triumph of Death." The people depicted in it are already dead, even those
    • was created somewhat later, and with what we are seeking again in another
    • find manifest the fact that man may, indeed, cherish a great hope for his
    • changeable influences of the weather on the earth. In spring and summer the
    • out of its egoism as the weather changes. But in winter, the earth and its
    • influences of weather triumph over what descends, full of blessings, from
    • willing resembles the changes of the weather, which become manifest in the
    • atmospheric changes of the weather. Indeed, our thinking, feeling and
    • willing are related only with the changeable influences of weather
    • close connection between weather changes and his inner life. "O winter, how
    • on earth, will assert itself, in contrast to the weather-like changes in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • Theatre, could have written the plays which bear his name, but some
    • knowledge of the theatre and the deepest understanding for theatrical
    • printing press, the people were to come to the theatre and see the
    • exercise an extraordinary influence. We see this great effect in plays
    • inauguration of the Lessing Theatre. It did not fail to produce a
    • Shakespeare's dramas are above all character-dramas. The great
    • found an audience keenly interested in the theatre, that is to say,
    • create such great ones. He was thoroughly acquainted with the stage,
    • experiences could only enrich his dramatic creation. Even the fact
    • to some extent some of the greatest qualities in his plays: the bold
    • flourishing state, he went to London. There he began his theatrical
    • Theatre, he became a wealthy man.
    • IT” and some of the Kings' plays do not differ so greatly from
    • great character-plays which were to establish his fame for all times
    • great play “OTHELLO”.
    • the effect produced by the characters must have been even greater than
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • Shakespeare, the actor of the Globe Theatre, could have written
    • written by a man who had a thorough knowledge of the theatre and
    • the deepest understanding for theatrical effects.
    • wraps; people were to come to the theatre and see the plays
    • influence. We see this great effect in plays that have
    • Neuman-Hofer at the inauguration of the Lessing Theatre. It did
    • plays are above all character dramas. The great interest which
    • audience keenly interested in the theatre, that is to say, with a
    • create such great ones. He was thoroughly acquainted with the
    • dramatic creation. Even the fact that in spite of his good
    • extent some of the greatest qualities in his plays: the bold
    • theatrical career in the most menial way, by holding the horses
    • Globe Theatre he was a wealthy man.
    • greatly from the plays of his contemporaries, of  Marlowe
    • fashion in those days. The great character-plays, which were to
    • characters must have been much greater than today.
    • the modern theater so much depends on scenery, props, etc., when
    • greater: through the power of characterization which remains
  • Title: The Manicheans
    Matching lines:
    • founded by Manes about the third century after Christ and its great
    • Tradition holds that his death he left the writings to his widow, who
    • the Kingdom of Darkness and a kind of vortex arose. Death came into
    • create an overlapping stream, a stream which goes further than the
    • Christian Life will find it. It creates Forms and shatters Forms. But,
    • Manicheanism laid such great stress on purity. The Cathari were a sect
    • and Evil will form a far greater contrast than they do today. What
    • created in man, so, in the Sixth Root Race, Evil will appear,
    • Non-resistance to Evil. It must create a Form for the Life that is to
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • development of consciousness. The task of our epoch to permeate
    • intellect, as epoch of egoism and its necessary defeat.
    • along many channels. A great deal of occult knowledge exists in the various
    • is to permeate this mineral world through and through with the spirit
    • and how greatly his consciousness will be enhanced by them. Certain men,
    • not necessarily be of great account. If someone gives a coin to a poor man,
    • poor man living among us has no meat at Christmas and we feel bound to give
    • him some in order that we may feel justified in eating our own Christmas
    • you. This is connected with great and mighty laws of world-existence. Each
    • nature will be within us as a power. That is the great thought at the basis
    • you breathe nature into yourselves. The act of sight does not pass away
    • explode some object at a great distance — say in Hamburg! Just as by
    • terrible form. Great and mighty forces will be let loose by the
    • of it. We are living in the fifth period of the fifth great epoch; we have
    • still to live through two more periods of this great epoch. Then will
    • follow the seven periods of the sixth great epoch and then the seven
    • periods of the seventh great epoch. This makes sixteen stages of evolution
    • life of our planet there are seven great epochs, and each of these seven
    • too that one who reaches a higher Degree can accomplish greater things.
    • the individual will acquire greater and greater power over certain masses
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • this lecture is a problem that has engaged the attention of a great
    • Baptism something of great significance happened to Jesus of
    • realising that there is a far greater satisfaction in experiencing
    • great and mighty Mystery — in effect to the Mystery of a
    • ‘man,’ albeit by far the greatest. Thus in the 19th
    • existence of an Aristotle, a Socrates, or an Alexander the Great. Not
    • entered history as a mere ‘idea,’ as an impulse created
    • nations in the course of human evolution. This is the greatest
    • sleeping — indeed in a death-like condition — but the
    • was to show that something of great importance came to pass while the
    • of all the experiences won through repeated earthly lives and the
    • great stage of world history through the founding of Christianity.
    • rituals with the essential features in the various Gospels we find,
    • Initiation ceremonies — but with reference to the great
    • shroud of the Mysteries and enters upon the great stage of world
    • time on the Earth the Christ permeated the being of Jesus of
    • of physical body, life (or etheric) body, and of the soul-sheaths; in
    • the ‘soul-sheaths’ but in the true Ego — this was
    • Divinity is the creative formative impulse.’ Now however he
    • permeating all worlds, can be revealed to me, I must look into my own
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • the great change which takes place in man's inner life may be
    • thinking can become sounder; we must moreover create a foundation
    • fearful catastrophe of the great war, because of the difficulty which
    • great importance to this mystery, but to-day it is necessary to bear
    • past four or five years, can send a great truth trickling into
    • should, learn to consider his life between birth and death as a
    • to-day talk a great deal of “God” and of the “Divine”.
    • another; they have spoken a great deal of “guilt” and
    • One nation after the other began to participate in the great
    • A clear view of things is impossible unless we extend this fact, that a great
    • evolution — but we are facing the BEGINNING of the greatest
    • these, battles. In the near future, the East and the West threaten to
    • this can only be grasped with greatest difficulty. How do these
    • the portal of death.
    • What we develop ONLY between birth and death, appears to one who is able to
    • spiritual world between death and a new birth. Read my descriptions of the
    • the life between death and a new birth.
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • Art and Architecture that Reveal the Underlying Wholeness of Creation
    • or Art and Architecture that Reveal the Underlying Wholeness of Creation,
    • Architecture were created by the forces which ray down from the
    • great building of wood, with its hand-carved, weaving forms and
    • Thomasius. The bareness and inadequate accommodation of the theatre
    • Great and mighty
    • creations of art and of culture through the ages have many things to
    • heard how the creations of art and of culture help us to understand
    • creation of ancient works of art, was made easier than it is for us
    • Temples of Greece and other great monuments, human thoughts alone
    • What we ourselves have to create is essentially new — in
    • those in operation in bygone times. We have to create out of the
    • we must create out of full and clear consciousness, free from any
    • work fruitful — for what we have to create must be basically,
    • striking and significant feature of this early Art of Building?
    • arises within the temple itself. Can there be any greater enigma than
    • features, the look on his face, and so on. If with the eyes of the
    • as great in every respect as that presented by the Egyptian Temple.
    • whole bearing and appearance. When the soul truly permeates the body,
    • perfection, permeated by soul, an infinitude complete in itself. And
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Migrations of the Races
    Matching lines:
    • human being which extends beyond birth and death. Such teachings,
    • which had been of great importance in earlier times, now glimmered
    • teachings concerning what extends beyond birth and death, slowly faded
    • accordance with the great Laws of Nature. Two vistas lay before the
    • of the life between birth and death. (In the very oldest Vedas nothing
    • is, in fact, contained about what extends beyond birth and death.) The
    • definite. The Egyptians attached greater importance to preservation of
    • in this combination, to create new colonies: the Phoenicians and the
    • wherever in the traditions, [are] men of great strength and are in the
    • element, into the great idea of the organization of States. The
    • the first having been to create religious culture, the task of the
    • second to create the foundations of material culture, and the task of
    • Over in Asia, mixtures had repeatedly taken place, and the Jews, the
    • found where the greatest number of spiritual impulses had been given,
    • family out of which an Initiate was to issue was selected with great
    • A new impulse and a new possibility were created through the Initiate
    • mankind itself. None of the Great Leaders who brought men forward, who
    • other worlds the great impulses they had to give to the earth. The
    • those who were political leaders and leaders of great religious
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • own efforts, "co-creators" in evolution.
    • it also throws light on the great span of human existence that
    • includes the time between death and a new birth.
    • science can be of great help to us just where daily life is
    • the stone a plant has its whole material nature permeated by an
    • repeat indefinitely. It is due to the etheric body that the parts of
    • a living entity repeat again and again, for it is the etheric body
    • wheat a wheat stalk and ears will grow, and out of a bean will come a
    • presented great difficulties, because things go in through one ear
    • and who in his youth took in a great deal and worked well, and has
    • process of recovery meets with greater difficulties in the one than
    • course that it is only present after death for a certain time. And
    • It is the forgotten ideas! That is the great blessing of forgetting!
    • on man's etheric body. So our forgotten memories have great
    • is meant to develop and yet is not helped in its development creates
    • memory picture we have immediately after death. There it becomes
    • works in the large span of life between death and a new birth. What
    • Kamaloca exists because immediately after death the human being
    • At death man first of all leaves his physical body behind him. Then
    • the greater part of the etheric body withdraws and dissolves in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 2: Different Types of Illness
    Matching lines:
    • own efforts, "co-creators" in evolution.
    • with great intensity and will do so to an even greater extent in the
    • suffer from an acute case that requires treatment. Thus a large
    • medicine assumes greater and greater dimensions and insinuates itself
    • materialistic world conception, that is, he treats people as though
    • fourfold nature and for everybody to go repeating that man consists
    • are still quoted today, they do in fact say a very great deal. Present-day
    • science has no inkling of the fact that scientists ought to treat
    • right treatment is to deal directly with the symptom. The essential
    • unnecessary to maltreat the heart or, as the case may be, the
    • stomach complaint is treated with hydrochloric acid, it would be a
    • we have to treat the nerves that provide for the stomach instead of
    • first thing to consider in the treatment of this sort of complaint is
    • treatment. We need quite a different basis, for spiritual knowledge
    • nothing to do with heredity, but a great deal to do with nationality
    • example a great mistake is being made in the field of medicine, for
    • treated externally today and lumped together with acute illnesses,
    • certainly lose their greatest value, therefore they are seldom used
    • recovery. If we see man as the complicated being he is, the treatment
    • will be considered in greater detail in one of the coming lectures,
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • own efforts, "co-creators" in evolution.
    • her wisdom had created cork so that man could make stoppers with it.
    • before the arising of the sexes. A great uniformity was there then.
    • present day seasons was very great, and it was of great importance to
    • traveled just a short distance over the earth, that had a great
    • olden times. Everything had the greatest influence on people, and so
    • the vocal cords and the other speech organs. It makes a great
    • doing, and as this is really happening all the time, it has a great
    • sunrise, for instance, had a powerfully creative effect upon man,
    • it light or sound, heat or cold, hardness or softness or this or that
    • Mazdao, the Great Aura’. The spiritual part, all the spiritual
    • were eating — an activity quite different from what it is today
    • between the great divine-spiritual harmony with its health and the
    • is more divine, for man does not have so great an influence on that,
    • consciousness can carry out the following feat — it always has
    • particular mineral substance that has permeated him. Something very
    • man takes. You create a new man within you consisting of this mineral
    • been dosing himself in this way for a long time applies for treatment
    • to someone who wants to treat him psychologically and work especially
    • need not be surprised if spiritual treatment is not very successful
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • own efforts, "co-creators" in evolution.
    • the day ego described a circle, passing through the greater part of
    • this circle outside the realm of the great ego and descending into
    • the great ego at night. For sixteen hours on average it is outside
    • have to speak in great detail if you are to understand it all. You
    • processes are rhythmically repeated in the physical body too, however
    • create the outer physical movement in accordance with their own inner
    • results when man is permeated with the great truths of spiritual
    • days. At one time everything outside him made a great impression on
    • signifies for man's being and also for the rest of natural creation
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • own efforts, "co-creators" in evolution.
    • seven days. Let us go into this in greater detail.
    • starting-point. You know of course that a great difference exists and
    • in greater detail today. With such things as these, which appear
    • penetrate a little way beneath the surface of the physical sense
    • have to look once again to the great cosmic relationships to find the
    • creatures. The orbiting of a planet around its sun or of a satellite
    • regulating of the great cosmic relationships. Man as microcosm is a
    • true image of the great world relationships, for he is created out of
    • the great cosmic cycle, when the hour and minute hands coincide at
    • greater the disorder that came into them. I would like to clarify
    • like an angel not to think in harmony with the great spiritual
    • no longer knows how to take guidance from the great script of the
    • into day. It is of far greater significance that in his inner life of
    • thought man has torn himself away from the great universal rhythm.
    • contradiction to the life of the great universe.
    • recommends people to eat certain foods only at certain times of the
    • inwards he must now create rhythm from inside outwards. That is the
    • created the cosmos, man has to permeate himself with a new rhythm if
    • he wants to share in the creating of a new cosmos. It is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • own efforts, "co-creators" in evolution.
    • karma, on that great law of causes which show the spiritual
    • what actually happens to man spiritually in the period after death.
    • know that on passing through the portal of death man first of all has
    • astral body and etheric body exists only after death, and then for a
    • immediately after death have also been mentioned; man's feeling of
    • past life standing before him as a great tableau. Then, after a
    • know that when man has just passed through the portal of death he
    • moment of death. For he has laid aside only the physical body, the
    • body that man satisfied his desires. After death he no longer has
    • could say a great deal about it, of course. Today, however, we shall
    • another being or creature or the world in general, hinders the doer
    • therefore, whilst living his life backwards in Kamaloca after death,
    • getting rid of all the hindrances you created in life. You are full
    • that we form connections with a great number of people in one life,
    • vary a great deal in this respect. Some souls have acquired great
    • which we shall only understand if we look at it in greater detail.
    • in life in a more fragmentary manner. Not until after death does it
    • appear in the etheric body in the great memory tableau. Then we have
    • of initiation into the great mysteries of existence in one of his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • own efforts, "co-creators" in evolution.
    • man's being. We have looked at the great riddle of man from as many
    • and altogether that which is greatest, is not to be sought in unknown
    • greatest wisdom, if we can only understand this. Therefore let us
    • greatest and most powerful share of divinity, he towers above his
    • fellow creatures. Therefore only a knowledge and understanding that
    • the inherited characteristics like a sheath, its own qualities and
    • incarnation, and the sheaths surrounding it, comprising the inherited
    • from within. It is this fact of being able to work creatively on
    • observe the breathing process when people laugh or cry. This enables
    • us to see deeply into what is happening. If you watch the breathing
    • essentially of a long out-breath and a short in-breath. It is the
    • opposite with laughing: a short out-breath and a long in-breath. Thus
    • the breathing process changes when the human being is under the
    • This is like a squeezing out of the breath: a long out-breath. In the
    • long in-breath when you laugh. Here, so to say, in the change in the
    • breathing process we see the ego at work within the astral body. That
    • even accompanied by a change of breathing. Therefore let us show the
    • have a breathing process that is so to speak strictly governed from
    • has been described today. That which sustains the breathing process
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • own efforts, "co-creators" in evolution.
    • one with the sun; and how greatly he had to change as first of all
    • present-day eye cannot distinguish certain sea creatures from their
    • get to the North Pole the greater are the differences between winter
    • Lemurian times, in the great increase of forces raying in from
    • living upon it is here at its greatest. On the other hand the
    • only used them as sheaths to the very smallest extent. If, therefore,
    • though they had great clairvoyant faculties, and who looked out to
    • the greatest imaginable degree. A great number of people looked up to
    • greatest chance of survival living in the countries between the
    • of great spiritual significance, were physically small in those days,
    • Atlantean population: Where the people are small we find great
    • was a great contrast between men who were good as to their qualities
    • and who were normal, for they had not developed egoism to too great
    • future, and they were also the ones that the great sun initiate,
    • permeated their whole being and made it a manifestation of egohood,
    • permeates his external being with the colour of his inner nature as
    • they deposited too many carbonic constituents beneath their skin and
    • beginning their essential feature.
    • that are sheaths for every possible level of soul, from the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    • own efforts, "co-creators" in evolution.
    • AND CREATION OUT OF NOTHINGNESS
    • aspects on the subject of the great evolutionary processes of the
    • like to draw your attention to a fact that can tell you a great deal
    • process. We have repeatedly emphasised that in the first seven years
    • the physical maternal sheath. But we know that when this has happened
    • he is still enclosed in a second maternal sheath, an etheric one.
    • physical maternal sheath. At the change of teeth this etheric sheath
    • astral maternal sheath that is stripped off at puberty. After this
    • were it not protected by the various sheaths. For when that which has
    • the protecting sheath first of the etheric body then of the astral
    • sheaths in the twentieth to the twenty-second year; then it becomes
    • and then dies. Why? Because it is a creature which, like a plant, has
    • able to take anything with him at his physical death, from his last
    • life between birth and death. And if he were not able to take
    • death and has to prepare for a new incarnation. The point is that man
    • light permeating it from top to bottom. In the lily of the valley,
    • that although the physical seed is small it is permeated by a
    • disappears further and further and the physical grows great, whilst
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • will deal chiefly with the life after death when the Kamaloka period
    • is over. After death relationships between individuals continue as
    • the planetary spheres after death depend upon moral and religious
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • great deal has been said previously about the Luciferic and Ahrimanic
    • be taken as a standard example of the way in which the great truths
    • In the course of years we have spoken a great deal of
    • the life between death and a new birth. The same subject will,
    • Between death and the new birth a human being
    • between death and the new birth — which is, in fact, existence
    • essential to become accustomed to a great deal that is the exact
    • had to be created. An outer event, an external influence, was
    • creation, or where there is a genuine striving for knowledge or for
    • good. An artist will assuredly not create the best work of which his
    • create the necessary Inspirations. If we are to ‘know’
    • Intuition to another. We must create the whole structure; nothing
    • death — known to us under the name of Kamaloka — the
    • periods in the life after death which follow the period of Kamaloka.
    • When a human being has passed through the Gate of Death
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • the body when waking from sleep. Between birth and death a human
    • repair the damage to these sheaths cannot be drawn from the Earth but
    • only from the planetary spheres after death. Particular qualities
    • be experienced by the soul after death when passing through the
    • after death. Understanding of every human soul without distinction of
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • during the winter are to be concerned with the life between death and
    • of lectures has been given. It must be taken for granted that a great
    • morning he will find that a great deal of what his memory has
    • destruction that ultimately brings about death in the physical world.
    • the gate of death we can make compensation in some form for
    • you will realise that between birth and death it is possible for man
    • continually damaging our bodily sheath. With the forces that are
    • reveals that in the life between death and the new birth we acquire
    • forces able to restore our worn-out sheaths. Between death and the
    • bodies are the reservoirs of forces needed for our bodily sheaths. On
    • Let us consider the astral body first. After death the
    • passed through the gate of death becomes in the real sense a Mercury
    • beings between death and the new birth are investigated, it will be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • with, be changed during the life after death. From the possible suffering
    • in later karma. Those living on Earth are able to have a great
    • creation of an actual link between the physical and spiritual worlds.
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • has already been indicated about the life between death and the new
    • spiritual world after death, the relationship between us is, at
    • again the relationship that existed before death because of the lack
    • over and over again the circumstances created during the life before
    • our death. For instance, if at some particular time, say ten years
    • before the death of the person in question, or before our own death,
    • a corresponding length of time after death and only after that period
    • life after death, the happier relationship previously existing
    • between us. It is important to realise that after death we are not in
    • in many respects. It is true that in the life between death and the
    • period after death, during the time in Kamaloka, an individual sees
    • what has been determined by his life before death, but to begin with
    • greater influence on the dead than the dead has on himself or others
    • conditions of souls between death and rebirth.
    • upper consciousness. After death we do not experience only the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • After death the human being draws forces from the
    • expulsion from Paradise. The purpose of life between death and
    • death and the condition of sleep is fundamentally one of
    • death. Forces once drawn from the stellar worlds must now be drawn
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • human being which at death leaves the physical body and, to a
    • between death and the new birth, and that during this period its
    • if, during his life on Earth before death, he developed a genuinely
    • before his death. To sum up, we may say that as long as a human being
    • between death and a new birth he is connected with the forces
    • with the forces of the stars between death and the new birth. The
    • is different during the period of existence between death and the new
    • his being but is something quite different. In the life between death
    • you can gather how greatly perception between death and rebirth
    • during the life after death. There man feels as if his whole being
    • at a point. There comes a period between death and the new birth when
    • actually how things are during the life between death and the new
    • that is really very similar to life between death and rebirth,
    • condition between death and rebirth than is usually imagined.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • Sermon at Benares, the first great accomplishment of the Buddha who
    • were Teachers of great significance. What actually took place there
    • between death and the new birth. We have heard how during that period
    • spheres, to traverse the expanse of cosmic space. Between death and
    • planetary spheres. Since the last death, every soul incarnated on the
    • picture with the greatest possible clarity how the Earth evolves,
    • pass between death and a new birth. Like our Earth, these heavenly
    • evolution. Whenever we pass into a planetary sphere after death —
    • death and rebirth. Until the fifteenth/sixteenth century the
    • great transformation which could have been achieved only by
    • This possibility had to be created! And it was created
    • made this possible. We will speak on another occasion in greater
    • spiritual world, to influence human souls between birth and death, in
    • order henceforward to work in the Mars sphere for souls between death
    • only between death and a new birth.
    • We are now at the threshold of a great mystery, a
    • culminating in death. But you can have some idea of it if you reflect
    • that the Being who was the greatest Prince of Peace and Love, who was
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • existence between birth and death and death and rebirth. But this 'I'
    • corresponding etheric organs is maintained. Between death and rebirth
    • during earthly life between birth and death.
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • have already considered certain aspects of man's life between death
    • death and rebirth, passes into the Mars sphere and there undergoes an
    • will help them to understand the life between death and rebirth in
    • we try to carry this question to greater depths than has hitherto
    • studies of man's life between death and the new birth. The question
    • too, that when an individual passes through the gate of death he
    • sheath of that body is cast off when the Kamaloka period is over.
    • death and rebirth. In the innermost sphere the human ‘I’
    • period between birth and death in the physical body, through the
    • greater part of the time between death and rebirth — it is the
    • whole period between death and rebirth conditions were the same as
    • with an intelligence much greater than that of a parrot will never
    • of existence between death and the new birth. All the forces that
    • life between birth and death man is quite unaware of the forces which
    • between birth and death vanishes and is of no significance when he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • in life on Earth and after death. 'Public Opinion' and
    • Progressive dimness of man's life of soul after death
    • to a far greater extent than was the case after the Mystery of
    • significance in man's life after death. The effect of the Buddha's
    • death and rebirth. Rosicrucianism has always recognised this.
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • understand with greater exactitude than has hitherto been possible
    • man's life between birth and death in the physical world on the one
    • side and on the other between death and rebirth in the spiritual
    • repeatedly considered a crucial occurrence in a man's life which
    • including the existence between death and the new birth, is possible
    • birth and death, man's life has undergone essential changes in the
    • the life between death and rebirth has also changed. Those who think
    • very great influence upon man's life of soul between birth and death
    • have been nonsense to speak of public opinion as we do today. A great
    • single personalities who admittedly exerted a great deal of authority
    • you will find a great deal on the subject of spiritual
    • between death and rebirth is of particular significance for this
    • Mystery of Golgotha, we find that after death men had an active,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • The greatest mysteries of existence are within man
    • memory we grasp a tiny corner of world-creation, namely what has
    • passed over from creation into existence. From the viewpoint of sleep
    • Experiences during the life between death and the new birth. At a
    • this is an experience of the moment of the last death in reverse.
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • Now the greatest mysteries of existence are not to be
    • world-creation, we grasp what has passed over from creation into
    • fugitive stage of created existence. But when we waken spiritually
    • are there beholding are the creative, life-giving principles working
    • to work at the creation of man, at a level above that of mineral,
    • except man — as a creation, together with happenings in the
    • accumulates and the natural death of old age ensues when the
    • Study of the life between death and rebirth, however,
    • preceding life is experienced for a time after death. All of you are
    • life between death and rebirth, a reversal of all ordinary vision and
    • time to which I have just referred, between death and the new birth,
    • the great intensity at what may now be called the human body; we
    • discern all its secrets. Thus between death and rebirth there comes a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • contacts between death and rebirth. Rejection of spiritual ideas in
    • after death, also inability to mould the physical organs efficiently
    • for the next incarnation. Individuals after death are approached by
    • beings during a soul's life after death can be recognised in
    • sense of duty enables contact to be made after death with spiritual
    • established during the life between death and rebirth even if there
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • When people do not flatly deny the possibility of a life after death,
    • may be a life after death but why should we trouble about it during
    • life on Earth? When death has taken place we shall discover whether
    • anything of importance. For if the life after death has anything to
    • the life between death and rebirth are considered in their spiritual
    • aspect. When a man has passed through the gate of death he comes into
    • the period of existence between death and the new birth.
    • Hierarchies with whom he has made contact between death and the new
    • during the time that has preceded our birth since the last death.
    • Between death and the next birth we must approach, stage by stage,
    • In the life between death and rebirth we can pass before
    • necessarily choose in our life between death and the new birth, is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth
    • in the Soul World after Death, the Spiritland, the Spirit in the
    • Spiritland after Death. These descriptions are more closely related
    • lecture-course the descriptions are of great cosmic conditions and
    • death in Kamaloka and final discarding of longings connected with
    • experiences beyond the Saturn sphere between death and rebirth make
    • Old Sun. The death on Golgotha was only seemingly a death; in reality
    • entitled Life between Death and a New Birth in Relation to Cosmic
    • have undertaken to study the life between death and rebirth from
    • on the subject of the life between death and rebirth
    • the soul after death through the Soul-World. This Soul-World is
    • was how the Soul-World through which the soul has to pass after death
    • given of how the soul, having passed through the gate of death, lays
    • from the great macrocosmic spheres, there arises the human being who
    • through his existence between birth and death.
    • dealt with the great cosmic relationships connected with the
    • the first period after death the soul has to look back upon what was
    • say: When the soul passes through the gate of death, everything given
    • these impressions after death. Recall any sense-impressions
    • experience. When the sense-organs fall away at death, all
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • and this we can also do in the world which does in some way repeat
    • repeating themselves, and begin to believe that the souls of human
    • world and there made fruitful in the period between death and a new
    • study the great epochs of art and the great artists. We shall never
    • be convinced of the reality of man's repeated lives on earth by
    • repeated earth lives, the more we study reality as a whole. I hope to
    • light of this conception of repeated earth lives we shall soon come
    • look beneath the surface we shall see the immense difference there is
    • message from another world. This creation of form was possible to the
    • models in order to create his forms. An inner knowledge gave them the
    • inter-relationship. They could permeate their whole organism with
    • a statue of Zeus, for instance, his soul was permeated with a sort of
    • him with Goliath's head beneath his feet. Michelangelo chooses
    • created works of art which deny the outer world and produce their
    • the statues of the Greek gods breathe only the air of the gods,
    • Michelangelo's breathe the same air as ourselves. This is not
    • study with Ghirlandaio, but great artist as the latter was the boy
    • contemporary talents could create: humanity had now moved forward to
    • create a sculpture which was the equal of the Greek because he had
    • disregarded by Michelangelo when, at the height of his creative
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • earth — we feel as if we lived within a great organism. We
    • and the great consciousness of the Spirit of the Earth then
    • of sleep. The animals consume, eat up what summer produces upon
    • which we take with us through the portal of death. What the
    • through the portal of death, as harvest of our life.
    • explanations repeatedly given in recent lectures.
    • so that our existence from birth to death becomes a whole, a
    • “The Education of the Child” — maltreat a
    • organism to its own elemental forces, without maltreating it. We
    • which passes through the portal of death and enters the spiritual
    • was greatly alarmed and said that quite recently a man had been
    • shot in the neighbourhood, and she entreated her nephew to remain
    • shows us that what we call the great illusion chiefly consists
    • man is as great as the universe. Even in ordinary life we look
    • birth to death. When passing through the portal of death we grow
    • right way into the world we enter through the portal of death, we
    • of course, pass through the portal of death and he must pass
    • through the life between death and a new birth, but the whole of
    • imperishable element which we gain from birth to death for our
    • life between death and a new birth.
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • great significance in every realm of human endeavor and investigation
    • greater significance in the realm of spiritual investigation. A
    • investigator therefore must be able not only to create his own
    • hallucinations, and crazy notions, see these creations as realities
    • have different reasons for denying this spiritual world, but a great
    • of death, which passes through the spiritual world and appears again
    • sheath that is cast off, the wooden part of the tree, or the shell of
    • way, such sheaths, such useless remnants, are continuously being cast
    • About Death.
    • that the human soul after death does not exhibit a very intense
    • just characterized. As great, as powerful in soul experiences, as
    • grows in the field, chops it up and eats it. This comparison is
    • world by eating them, so little does one learn to know the forces and
    • can be eaten spiritually, one deprives oneself of that which cannot
    • however, is by far the greatest part of the spiritual world, and the
    • exactly as if they were always indulging themselves through repeating
    • can, if only it is sufficiently unprejudiced and does not create
    • illuminating what is underneath, everything can appear in the light
    • must appear to provide verification. In this way the greatest
    • today about “repeated earthly lives” — when it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • and the great truths connected with that Event; they realise,
    • connection between life and death, his eyes of spirit were
    • opened and as well as a great vista of past ages of the Earth
    • forever overcome death, becomes visible.
    • Body of Christ; he sees the waters of the Earth permeated
    • made one; he sees the Earth in future time as a great
    • primeval Gods, yearning to be united with them in death,
    • experiences associated with the greatest event in his life
    • epoch there were great Teachers who were also the Leaders of
    • the divine worlds were no longer the highest, creative worlds
    • great Gods.
    • back to the seed; the seed is the creator of the leaves and
    • Thus did the great Atlantean Initiates speak to their pupils
    • birth to a God, to the great God of the future — such was the
    • of Atlantis saw into the future, foresaw the great events of
    • the future. Their vision reached beyond the time of the great
    • ensnared in matter, you must clothe yourselves in sheaths
    • the great post-Atlantean civilisations arose, beginning with
    • The great Teachers in
    • the great Spirit of the future. To the Indian people it was
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • of the great Buddha.
    • teachings of repeated earthly lives is almost tantamount to saying
    • Buddhist thought. To be freed from repeated earthly lives —
    • concludes with a confession of belief in repeated earthly
    • repeated. We are not on this earth for nothing. We are active in
    • greater future, the consciousness of continuous activity —
    • the idea of repeated earthly lives, for to understand the essence of
    • considered in connection with the great Zarathustra.
    • — the great “Illusion.” It is also natural that as
    • The wisdom arising from this could then be revealed in the great
    • sight of the corpse he realised that death consumes life, that the
    • element of death enters life with its fruitfulness and power of
    • increase. He saw a sick man — disease eats its way into health.
    • death. Knowledge and wisdom cannot surely have brought old age,
    • sickness and death into the world. Something else must have been
    • their cause! And so the great Gautama felt — because he was not
    • death and many other destructive elements. Here was a mystery
    • in the soul of the great Gautama, led him finally to full
    • innumerable lives will never solve the great riddles of old age, of
    • sickness, death.” He then realised that the doctrine of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • have accomplished such great things and brought such blessings on
    • as well as into the origin and evolving forms of the creatures
    • though the great questions about which we shall have to speak still
    • and the alluvial layers, have met with their death, as it were, and
    • earth's evolution the living creatures have developed by slow degrees
    • still in a state of heat), we find our globe, evolving towards the
    • Goethe, who besides being a great poet was also a great student of Nature
    • evolution of the earth and its living creatures. It was not, however,
    • through radiating heat into cosmic apace, and that then the time came
    • when heat-conditions made the formation of granite and perhaps of
    • radiation of heat only the surface-crust of the earth was cooled
    • interior of the earth beneath the crust remains in a fiery-fluid
    • repeatedly indicated in these lectures — we look at the
    • then find creatures without any vertebrate skeleton, and so,
    • cloud-formations and so on. A great number of substances which are
    • belongs to our earth something like live members of a great living
    • the heat is so great that life cannot develop; but in the environment
    • under conditions of intense heat — it is there that what the
    • the great living being “Earth.” The 1atter needs for its
    • into the life of the great being “Earth” by forces which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 1: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • and that this year, in spite of great difficulty we were able to
    • observation of life. I might say a great deal if I were to speak
    • gatherings, which made the lack of room greatly felt both for the
    • through the very uncomfortable heat in the room. Now of course it
    • in an ancient Greek theatre, but not in an enormous circus-like hall.
    • repeat my lecture, rather than give it once only in a still larger
    • creating an inner chamber for ourselves. This led to the thought of
    • — is more and more required, that a great number of those who
    • things too easy. When we consider the great store of lectures and
    • call itself by the name of a great spiritual individuality, after the
    • in the West. Hence we must say that what relates to the great Figure
    • without understanding the resurrection, however great theologians we
    • Blavatsky accomplished so great a work because through her a great
    • inspiration? There are great Rosicrucian truths in Isis
    • contains great truths concerning everything not Christian, —
    • but in respect to what is Christian, is the greatest nonsense. With
    • time — and will then be a great teacher on earth. That is the
    • great Bodhisattva-Individuality was incarnated; but because her
    • deny that in this being a great Individuality was concealed? We
    • arose to learn to know more intimately the great teacher of
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspects of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • mentioned with great respect. This school was well known for the
    • impossible to think of greater nonsense, yet the psychology of the
    • thought could have arisen as the greatest production of the
    • Hegel as the ox understands of Sunday, when he has eaten grass all
    • beneath him, but also what eyes can see, ears hear and hands grasp;
    • the person makes an impression upon you like a breath of enchantment.
    • Imagine this breath of enchantment enormously enhanced — and
    • heat in Saturn is as it were the sacrificial smoke of the Thrones
    • condition, that it was one of beat. Of all the elements we have
    • Saturn is heat. And this heat consists of the sacrificial heat
    • fire, wherever we are aware of heat, we should not think in so
    • But wherever heat is present we should feel that what is at the
    • development of heat, there is sacrifice.
    • Time-Spirits, and that external heat is nothing but maya as compared
    • Externally heat is really only maya. And if we wish to speak truly we
    • must say that wherever there is heat we have in reality sacrifice,
    • send up this sacrifice as foaming heat, so that the sacrificial smoke
    • sacrificing to the Cherubim and resulting in the creation of the
    • as living time, as a creation of sacrifice. Then we shall see how all
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • air, but of ‘heat.’ So, too, in first speaking of
    • substance dense enough to be called gas, nothing but heat and
    • flow of heat. That is only the outer veil of the Saturn condition.
    • For this ‘heat’ or ‘fire’ as it is called in
    • without, as it were, which appear as ‘heat.’ Conditions
    • of heat are the external expression — speaking in a general
    • throughout the world, wherever heat is perceptible it is the outer
    • expression of what lies behind it. Conditions of heat are the
    • sacrificial acts of beings. Thus in describing heat we must say
    • ‘Cosmic beat is the manifestation of Cosmic sacrifice, or
    • Ancient Saturn consists of ‘heat,’ we do not merely
    • require external, physical concepts (for ‘heat’ is a
    • of the soul. No man can know what heat is who is not able to form a
    • wishing to keep back nothing of the beat for itself, but gladly to
    • living idea permeating our soul, it will gradually lead to the
    • understanding of what lies behind the phenomenon of beat. If it
    • sacrifice in the outer Cosmic heat. He alone understands what really
    • is who can grasp the thought: Whenever heat appears in the world
    • soil-spiritual nature which is behind the heat and brings about the
    • heat.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual to be found behind the phenomenon of heat, and then that
    • conditions of heat and fire must be sought very far away from what we
    • know as external physical fire or heat. To a man of the present day
    • as the essence of all conditions of heat: a sacrifice made by very
    • conditions of heat or fire. In the last lecture we also recognised
    • their own being. This is to be found in every breath of wind, in all
    • conception of fire and heat; for in fact fire, heat and light bear
    • fire, heat and air are illusions; and the realities behind these bear
    • movement of a hand or the greatest of deeds, the impulse of the
    • strong, forceful act, one for instance that is to bring about great
    • general it is assumed that the greatness of the deed depends upon the
    • it correct that as we intensify our will we accomplish great things
    • physical world, in which we particularly live, the greatness of our
    • will, for the more we wish to accomplish, the greater are the
    • greatest deeds or better said, the greatest results do not
    • whereas in the physical world we grow stronger when we eat well, when
    • we are well nourished and acquire greater strength thereby, so, in
    • can precisely do so with the greatest ease, if, by fasting or other
    • statement, and not given by way of advice). The greatest spiritual,
    • things fond of eating and drinking and has other masterful passions,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • properties of heat or fire, and we have learnt to see in these the
    • there was naturally a greater sense of the spiritual behind the outer
    • greatness and significance to be found in resignation. None the less
    • have no recollection of it, yet it works! It becomes active beneath
    • the surface of the Soul-life just as there may be movements beneath
    • lives in great cities is less affected by it, but he will have seen
    • universal Beings, by others who found their greatest bliss in gazing
    • never create the same inner disposition of Soul as would have been
    • the disturbance beneath the surface of the sea drives up the waves,
    • enters our consciousness. Beneath the surface of our ordinary
    • obtain a conception which is of very great importance and weight:
    • eminently great Soul. If only something could have flowed into his
    • an end to this search for ideas — the greater the yearning, the
    • death! We meet here, three Springs long we love, and then we shun
    • something good, and die in doing it! One of the million deaths we
    • which reminds us of how a great mind expressed this undefined longing
    • it was a great one) which she could span with her earthly
    • Prince of Homburg, who carried out all his great deeds in a kind of
    • a particularly great man, for he whines and whimpers over everything
    • contours: that is, Spiritual Science. The greatest unites
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 6: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • that we call Maya or the great illusion, there is the Spiritual. Let
    • phenomena of heat, presenting it in its true character of sacrificial
    • that we must reduce the elements of heat back to the spiritual, to
    • the way from the microcosmic soul to that cosmic creating which we
    • the fragrance of knowledge created by the atmosphere of vital
    • recognises a relationship. Let us try to create a connecting link
    • Entities resigned it. The peculiar feature of the spiritual
    • feature of the ancient Moon evolution taking place in the soul of
    • of the Spirits of Movement. They created a possible way by which the
    • Beings of the lesser planet wished to make sacrifice to the greater
    • a single great satisfaction, but experiences a number of partial
    • actual meaning, their great Cosmic purpose.’ Certain Beings
    • inherent from the beginning: — that is Death! Death is none
    • renunciation by the Higher Entities of Death.
    • significance death is neither more nor less than the attribute of the
    • in their proper place. Even when death comes to a man in a concrete
    • but matter which at the moment of death, was shut out from the Ego,
    • within the Beings to whom it was thrown back lapses into death, for
    • death signifies the exclusion of any Cosmic substance or Cosmic Being
    • where-ever we encounter fire or heat, behind it there is its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • about the spirit in this area, for how could it be denied that great
    • the great botanist, Schleiden, discovered the plant cell. He was the
    • century. It must simply be understood that even the greatest
    • discoverer of the plant cell became the greatest and most vehement
    • earth's rock formations as the great skeleton of the earth
    • human being in sleep passes into the great world and in the morning
    • This breathing out and
    • breathing in of the soul is a wonderful alternation in human life. Of
    • limits of his skin, and then expands into the great world during the
    • sense. With the human being, stepping out into the great world is the
    • steps out into the great world when he falls asleep; in summer the
    • in the human organism light creates the eye for itself in order to be
    • spring the sun organism creates for itself the plant covering in
    • so these entities, which are real, create for themselves in the plant
    • remarkable when man discovered that plants can eat, can even take in
    • animals, are meat eaters! But it was not known quite what to do with
    • this, and this is interesting, because this discovery has repeatedly
    • really lives in the great macrocosm. We would have to perceive some
    • sleep — to the great world, living within it. Just as it allows
    • the expression of the features of our earth. Thus what we call our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • with the Great Teachers will appear in the subsequent numbers of
    • of repeated earthly lives.
    • significance of those Great Ones who have been the leading and
    • guiding spirits of the different epochs. From each of these Great
    • age, makes us realise what great differences arise in the sum total
    • man's thought, feeling and will, have undergone great changes in the
    • personality hidden beneath the name of
    • religion, must be placed a great many centuries before Buddha. Greek
    • historians have repeatedly pointed out that Zarathustra must have
    • logical thinking which we regard as the most important feature of
    • great steps forward in the civilisation of mankind. Whatever the
    • arose the Vedic poets. The region permeated with the mighty impulse
    • of Zarathustra lies to the North of the land from which the great
    • different from the Brahministic teachings of the great leaders of
    • these two ways that the great teachers attained to the revelations of
    • that we so greatly admire in the old Indian culture — which
    • Cosmos, moving and creative. And so there arose the teaching of the
    • creative. This is the other path.
    • think he has discovered a great truth here, but it leads to nothing
    • called the “Great Aura,” for it is all-embracing.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • Great Teachers
    • greater significance to study the culture and civilisation of ancient
    • reason for the great interest evinced to-day in Egyptian culture, but
    • did one of the greatest minds of modern times feel himself related to
    • words. It must therefore be of great interest to us to understand how
    • spiritual reality permeates the old mythologies and religious systems.
    • preserved, more especially by the earlier Egyptians, with great piety
    • Being, “the Thrice-Greatest,”
    • cries of lamentations were uttered at the death of cats. Again, we
    • danger of death, because his act aroused such fury among the
    • after the death of Osiris, Isis gave birth to Horus. A spiritual ray
    • The active principle of thought has become the power of ideation in
    • spread over the spiritual universe as the Osiris-power that permeates
    • within their own souls. Thus the great cosmic clock, with the
    • stars and had created in a cosmic script, an expression of
    • remains, in order that in future ages, after it has been permeated by
    • leading through the Portal of Death; the
    • other is the path through the Portal leading not to physical death
    • Egyptian therefore said: When man passes through the Portal of Death
    • is freed from the sheaths of his earthly body in the spiritual world,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • barely escaped the martyr's death of Giordano Bruno and Galileo.
    • threatened with being burnt alive. People are content to make
    • the “Spirit” in the age of the great
    • derived from an archetype, into which life was breathed by
    • the creator.”
    • Great men have the faults of their virtues. It is our task to
    • Origin of Man” differ greatly. But the Anthroposophist
    • great scientist Carl Gegenbauer, said of Darwinism.
    • opinion of Karl von Linne, the great Natural Scientist of the
    • created. Did we not have as many miraculous creative acts
    • greatest benefactors of mankind.”
    • the great English Scientist, has proved, there is much more
    • ever-growing circles, and is a great hindrance to any other
    • understanding. Those who only want to repeat what they have
    • heard from the great Eastern Teachers cannot become
    • English edition of Haeckel's “History of Creation,”
    • so very great. Therefore certain conditions of life, into which
    • transformed them into lower human souls. Any miraculous creation
    • how fish evolve from lower living creatures, and that is enough.
    • explain how mammals evolve, for there is a greater difference
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • Life and Death
    • Life and Death
    • man to Life and Death to-day, we may be reminded of a
    • up all the movements after death of the separate substances
    • the death of man?” Quite apart from the fact that there
    • from many an observation on the nature of death, or one which
    • establishes the idea of an antithesis between life and death,
    • of the fact that “death” and “life”
    • dare not speak in the same way of the death of a plant or an
    • in the physiology of the great naturalist, Huxley, for
    • that we must distinguish between the local death and the
    • death of the tissue in an organism, and it is expressly
    • maintain the breathing by artificial means, we might quite
    • breathing, the organism would still continue to live in the
    • really speak of death, although no brain were there at all.
    • traced back to the life of the smallest living creatures.
    • independence, at least of the smallest living creatures. It
    • states that the smallest living creatures propagate
    • four, and so on. There we could not admit of a death, for the
    • sought for a definition of death, and just this definition of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • we have lived the great ideal which we want to express through
    • inclined to dedicate our forces to this great ideal of mankind,
    • spiritual light or means of light to the dawn of the great
    • force of love are the greatest, the most intense, the most
    • the feeling that wisdom is a great thing — that love is
    • still greater; that might is a great thing — that love is
    • yet greater. And this feeling of the power and force and
    • threefold figure of the Christ-Impulse can have great
    • pay homage to the great spiritual King Who appears in the high
    • related to the great cosmic forces. We have this connection
    • with the great cosmic forces when, through an understanding of
    • impulse. As something yet infinitely more great and mighty than
    • prevents men from feeling the full greatness and power of this
    • there was created a figure, a figure, however, which lived,
    • without prejudice, and felt a great change in itself. To-day we
    • sink into the poem of the Greek Empress Eudocia. She created a
    • lived wholly in the world of the old heathen gods and could
    • Golgotha was still completely given up to the old heathen
    • use of the old heathen magical methods. All this is played out
    • Do cherish true and warm our Saviour great in praise:
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Galileo, Giordano Bruno, and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • cry from the great Zarathustra or Zoroaster, who formed the
    • great personalities who provide the subject matter of our
    • Spiritual Science has reached to-day. The same great impulse
    • ago, the great authority, Aristotle, made such or such an
    • great deal. For the deeply illuminating teachings and
    • the greatest benefit to them.
    • ought to go to the great book of Nature, which speaks so
    • concerning the seat of the nerves. Their theory was that the
    • their seat in the brain and that the chief nerves originated
    • of Aristotle, was greatly astonished and said to Galileo:
    • treatise on immortality. Let us consider for a moment the
    • two incidents, we can see how greatly Aristotle was
    • allow this. Hence the great battle between Galileo and
    • Thus Galileo and Giordano Bruno were the two great
    • pedantry of the Scholastics and of book-learning to the great
    • greatest admiration, refers to this in a lecture which he
    • lecture, he drew attention to the fact that the great
    • great laws of mechanics, had discovered the laws which govern
    • distribution of space, created by the genius of Michelangelo,
    • Galileo, that great thinker, that it has become possible for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of Raphael in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • through their mighty creations, their being has been engraved into the
    • life of mankind, like a limb in a great organism. This is especially
    • Raphael's creations went on working after the painter's death as a living
    • evolution of humanity has proceeded since the creations of Raphael, and on
    • figures of his pictures. What Homer created long ages before the appearance
    • pictures we feel that something would be lacking if the creative, formative
    • centuries but his creations form one organic whole with all preceding
    • great significance when we thus see how a uniform spiritual essence
    • Raphael. The truth of repeated earthly lives that have so often been
    • again in repeated earthly lives through the epochs, bearing from one life
    • an education proceeding from all that is created and born from out of
    • study of Raphael's creative activity. There is no question of giving
    • of course, to enter into the details of the single creations of Raphael.
    • before the audience. The general impression of the creative power of Raphael
    • All that the Greeks not only created but experienced as the outcome of
    • and the bodily element was still held. This is why the creations of
    • the Greeks seem to be as fully permeated with the spirituality as that
    • a still greater inward deepening, the more we observe it in relation to
    • what has remained to us in the creations of Raphael. Raphael stands there
    • as an attempt to create as broad a conception and idea as possible,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • of the community will be the greater, the less the individual claims for
    • together, the well-being of the community will be the greater,
    • textual irregularities, represents a great enrichment —
    • only in those areas to which one retreats from the great common
    • egoistical way want to retreat into the self and cultivate it
    • Theosophy that it wants to stand apart from the great
    • which are active in the great world-all are also active in the
    • There is no greater mark of poverty than when someone who
    • out a great deal on what is right. What are people around us
    • portray it in its direst colors, is greater than it was in
    • greatly changed. And there, if we study the question thus, we
    • is necessary to get to know the great laws of life. What has
    • We must study and understand why the souls of the great masses
    • who is able to look into the soul is one who, in the great
    • German naturalist and philosopher.] have brought us great
    • The great laws that are to be realized in the future show us
    • of these great world laws that can be a guide for us is the law
    • The greatest needs of the human being of today were embodied in
    • everything which creates outward inequalities, the same soul
    • order to have this life between birth and death be of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • seek to penetrate into his hidden technique, by re-creating him in
    • the manner of nature. A great and truly heroic idea which sufficiently
    • significant through their application, and throw great light
    • He repeatedly emphasizes how unreal and meaningless Fichte's
    • philosophy is. In fact there could not be a greater contrast than
    • and Fichte — two great contrasts unite in Goethe, and he seems
    • difficult to reach with the understanding. He tries to create a
    • with spirit-created thoughts. Thus Goethe's proto-phenomenon is
    • overboard old traditions, and create feelings, thoughts and ideas
    • its creator, but also in those who would enjoy it; they feel the
    • And now allow me to explain the chief features of this
    • “legend” in Goethe's works;’ and so I repeat that
    • great voice cries
    • There are a great number of attempts to solve the riddles
    • life. The Old Woman then says something significant: she repeats
    • Canary in her neighbourhood, and had taken great care not to
    • Like the pointer of a great Sun-dial, he is held fast in the middle
    • is the great task of his existence.’ And then Schiller tries
    • great means of education, a means of aesthetic education, a freeing
    • in a correct and pictorial way, by creating a parallel work to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • of something which a poet has created in the free play of his
    • shall see there is a great difference between the two. Take, for
    • ideating, but also a feeling and willing being. Now those who
    • will always repeat: in science, only the power of thought may enter,
    • creative fantasy, and if we look upon them as representing
    • soul-powers, we see that they permeate and work in his whole soul. If
    • Thus he created the sequence of the story's events, which is
    • omits the differentiating features and puts together the common ones.
    • what creative spirits have produced in literature. I do not mean to
    • ideal creations not as something abstract in themselves, but as
    • If we wanted to discuss every feature in this fairy tale and
    • principles contained in the story. But every feature shows us
    • of the world, with the Creative, Spiritual forces. The
    • longing for these creative forces is the longing for the Beautiful
    • initiated into Goethe's meaning, once, at the time of the great
    • ‘And so long thou hast not this, Death and Birth!
    • Death and Birth! Learn to know what life can offer, go
    • world which otherwise he would tread only after death, in the world
    • it is also with the other sentence: ‘And so death is the root
    • Let us take yet another feature: namely, when the Giant comes
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Faust; which was not to be published until after Goethe's death.
    •  Scarce a breath,
    • went to Weimar and owing to his position there entered the great
    • Faust-creation appear to us in different ways, according to
    • personality, now we see before us a great conflict carried on
    • reminded of the great dramatic representation of man's life
    • passage through the great world, but in such a way that the second
    • material, thought out in terms of the theatre to please everyone and I wished for nothing
    • illness, bringing him very near death. Much that a man's soul can
    • which he had erected to the ‘great God’ of Nature, a
    • greatest nonsense, and at that time it was most difficult to
    • had developed an intuitive mind. He must have been greatly pleased
    • wound round in a circle, beneath which another dragon had fixed
    • These mysterious signs and words must have made a great
    • developing in ever greater refinement. But it was not easy to find
    • things and yet defeated by them.
    • centuries, when studious lives were led, we find a great
    • spiritual vision to the creative power of the world, enthroned in
    • — a mysticism, a magic, a theosophy, treating of things which
    • the mystics with great pains, to miss the way and being unable to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    •  His path predestined through Creation
    • poet's images, created by right of poetic licence’ —
    • passage of some great words spoken thousands of years ago; words
    • called it ‘Ahura Mazdao,’ ‘The great
    • at the sun, and feeling the world full of spirit, spoke the great
    • what is the highest in the world, what He, the Great, Ahura Mazdao,
    •  And now thou breathest new-refreshed before me,
    • Now Faust is to go into the great world with the gifts he
    • Such a man, steeping himself in the whole great course of human
    • as he enters the great world where decisions affecting the world
    • human thoughts are really pervaded and permeated by beings from the
    • bring people to a condition of great confusion. We shall see best
    • death. The images, indeed, will take on other, fixed shapes, when
    • man is dissolved at death into its elements.
    •                                         ‘Escape from the Created
    • little, but in truth it is saying a great deal. For usually between
    • hereditary line, taken from the physical-sense-world and bequeathed
    • spirited words that only the conditions of his creation are
    • be solved only by real creation out of Spiritual Science. To those
    • And now we see the creation of man, which Faust
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christianity in the Evolutionary Course of Modern Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • repeatedly, at intervals, and incarnate vicariously in a
    • The greatest Avatar-Being Who has lived on earth, as you can
    • once. They incarnate repeatedly, but they obtain for themselves
    • is the center that in the ancient Hebrew narrative a great part
    • explain a great deal to us. We have to do with a very exalted
    • the Christ entered into the threefold sheath of Jesus of
    • little consideration is given to a fact of very great
    • physical relics are emphasized. Just consider what great
    • themselves listened to the pupils of the Apostles. Great value
    • What great prominence was given to
    • greatest importance was attached.
    • people who would have considered it the greatest folly had they
    • into a great number of people; because it was granted to
    • great historical law which should be of special importance for
    • Here we see a great historical fact
    • wisdom which is the primordial wisdom of the Great Avatar, of
    • greatest Avatar-Being, the Christ descended to earth. Let us
    • of existence. What the human being is in particular, the great
    • future; it will offer humanity far greater things, and the
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: An Impulse for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • develop new forms of being. Passing through death and the submergence
    • impulse took place along with the great turning point [of history].
    • with the hardest opposition from the outer world. A great pain can
    • a human will which has become free of selfishness. He repeated these
    • very small circle has been created. It has
    • been created in the sense of our stream for this endowment; thus in a
    • with the positions which will be created only duties are associated,
    • endowment a number of associate branches will be created. And as the
    • a founding in the outer world must be created. Only in the context
    • of our endowment, the branch for Theosophical Art, should create a
    • that an excellent model will be created by the existence of this
    • had been for a long time himself in Freudian treatment for a nervous
    • reproductions (Rudolf Steiner's drafts of the great dome in the first
    • Death tore her from us at the very moment that a place for her work,
    • new architectural style created by Dr.
    • given by Dr. Steiner developed alongside the creative colors
    • And all these, artistically created from the most varied elements,
    • impulses. He was torn from us by death in 1925. He had to pay with
    • death for the immeasurable richness of his gifts. We were enlivened
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture I: The Significance of Supersensible Knowledge Today
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • evolution and destination, the riddle of birth and death, the
    • great variety of age groups are represented in the audience,
    • it will create conflict with their religious conscience. They
    • great philosophy or world outlook has arisen out of the
    • the great religions. Spiritual science, while resting on its
    • to show that all the great world religions are based on the
    • Greater
    • has a greater ennobling effect on the human soul because it
    • destination, birth and death, infinity and eternity; (b)
    • after death when a person has laid aside the body. Every
    • faced with greater issues and unable to cope even with
    • To questions concerning eternity or the meaning of death? At
    • another. Another point of great interest was the way the
    • after death, his experiences when attaining spiritual sight
    • science, advancing as it does at great speed, a center of
    • Jesus, the greatest founder of religion in modern times.
    • These cultures became great because their exponents
    • divine origin, and that death is vanquished. All the great
    • civilizations draw their spiritual creativity from the faith
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Blood is a Very Special Fluid
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • one does not stop short at its shape and features, but
    • shall turn our attention to that which creates on earth its
    • problems are bound to increase as time goes on. The great
    • embryos human beings repeat once more the earlier stages of
    • is the case, an image arises within the creature in response
    • sensation. The inwardly felt has its seat in the astral body.
    • Thus, we see that creatures belonging to the animal kingdom
    • the above creates a physiognomic expression in the below as
    • is permeated by the astral body, which calls up in the
    • are to attain the capacity to create inner mirror images of
    • external events, then the ether body must be permeated by the
    • living creature is a small world that mirrors the great
    • consciousness in simple creatures is compensated by its
    • creatures. If you consider people while disregarding their
    • out of which the human being, as a living being, is created,
    • world of light the workings of the great cosmic laws.
    • through its reorganization became permeated with the astral
    • outer world and recreate it within the self.
    • we are able to build up anew what is repeated within
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture III: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • “Illness and Death.” Yet each lecture is complete
    • closely bound up with evil, illness and death, often cuts
    • greatest riddles. When attempts are made to find meaning in
    • times, it features as one of the foremost questions.
    • brought together, one of which the greater part of humanity
    • other one of life's greatest benefits.
    • human beings and the higher creatures are concerned — a
    • creation, where knowledge of good and evil is intimately
    • appears as a testing, as an incentive to greater striving. In
    • climax the suffering ends with the death of the physical
    • that from death certainty arises, certainty that pain and
    • suffering, and even death itself, are conquered.
    • portrays more sublimely than the tragedy the greatest human
    • large part of humanity as the greatest in history. The event
    • victory over death. From looking up to a universal suffering
    • of a tragedy. The poet can only create such a work of art if
    • the other. Nothing provides greater understanding than
    • physical material creation, as a kind of flower growing from
    • inorganic organizing itself within the living creatures.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IV: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • suffering, illness and death, but does not concern itself
    • primordial human wisdom that penetrates beneath the surface
    • creators and leaders of human evolution, were once at the
    • must not be thought that the same repeats itself; nothing
    • hidden, permeates the foundation of earth existence;
    • the earth began when wisdom became permeated by love. As
    • previous planet. Peculiar legendary creatures wandered about,
    • lower for the very breath of life.
    • love engendered by mortals is breathed in by the gods. This
    • well as the lowest, is the breath of gods. It might be said:
    • now. On the previous planet, a creative instinct of wisdom
    • ruled, as now a creative instinct of love. Thus, human beings
    • were removed. The world creator needed evil in order that
    • of the power that always intends evil, and always creates
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture V: Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • Illness and Death
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • Illness and Death
    • must obviously concern everyone, for illness and death enters
    • that is upsetting and even frightening. Death is indeed
    • life's greatest riddle, so much so that the individual who
    • could solve it would have solved also the other great riddle,
    • death is a riddle that no one ever has, or ever will solve.
    • to answer the specific question, How can illness and death be
    • death,” were for centuries regarded as an answer, a
    • solution to the question concerning death. Nowadays these
    • have anything to do with a physical fact such as death. Nor
    • by saying: All living creatures, in all realms of nature,
    • all living creatures: the attainment of individual
    • death.” You will realize that not only this, but also
    • concerned themselves with the riddle of death — a
    • arrive at any other conclusion than: “Basically death
    • death; for life is miserable; it can be endured only because
    • of the knowledge that death puts an end to it. On the other
    • hand, if one fears death, it is a consolation to know that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VII: Education and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • of teeth, protected by an etheric sheath, just as the
    • earlier epochs. Even the embryo repeats all primordial stages
    • repeats earlier human evolutionary epochs.
    • to Alexander the Great.
    • Alexander the Great (356-323 B.C.) was king
    • person repeats that event during physical birth. At that
    • Lemurian and Atlantean epochs are repeated in a child's
    • teeth and puberty that epoch of evolution is repeated in
    • which great spiritual teachers have appeared among men. Buddha,
    • greater, a fact we find preserved in heroic legends and
    • great teachers was self-evident to the human soul. It is bad;
    • it does great harm if the child doubts the teacher. The
    • create a life of its own, not draw it from outside. What the
    • permeate every subject that is taught. The child will not
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VIII: Insanity in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • Friedrich Hölderlin (1770–1843) was among the greatest
    • have great suggestive power over weaker personalities, can
    • question, we must also bear in mind the fact of repeated
    • similar to what occurs at death. When we go to sleep the
    • bed. At death the ether or life body too separates from the
    • sense, and the more numerous and greater the talents and
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IX: Wisdom and Health
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • are capable of developing spiritual forces of greater
    • and exaltation, or when life threatens to fall apart, a
    • wise. Wisdom is science becoming creative. We must so
    • not abstract but creative images. Abstract concepts and ideas
    • eyes are active transforming light. Unless the soul creates
    • cannot stream in. The pictures thus created will maintain
    • create in the soul are not accurate, it will not matter; they
    • creative wisdom. We know that the human being consists of
    • discovered, and the doctors were greatly alarmed; she showed
    • thus become creative. Their health-giving effect acts
    • is transformed into wisdom, the spirit creates the
    • therefore also the greatest healer.
    • surrounded by wisdom because wise beings created the world.
    • Spiritual Being is the greatest healer. From Christ is born
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture X: Stages in Man's Development in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • the greatest truths, but even more than other great truths it
    • not first created them. Out of an originally lower organism
    • are created by the light for the light.” However, the
    • recognize their creator — the light.
    • recognize what created them, that is what to the eyes is the
    • an organ, a tool; and self-knowledge becomes ever greater the
    • spirit-light, existing in the eternal world, that created our
    • death. In so doing, we must not forget that when a person
    • starts his life an earth he is not a newly created entity; he
    • brings certain qualities with him. Repeated earth lives are
    • a person's existence after death if we are to recognize what
    • what he has retained throughout the time between death and
    • ourselves that at death the human being leaves behind only
    • the physical corpse. The main difference between death and
    • needed to create a building, as the bricks do not come
    • together the physical matter and forces from birth to death.
    • falling apart. But at death it leaves the physical body,
    • sentiments, that leaves, whereas in death the ether body also
    • astral body's existence after death, comparable to someone
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XI: Who are the Rosicrucians?
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • alchemical feats, does not inspire much confidence.
    • feats were for the genuine Rosicrucian nothing but symbols
    • uphold that the great work of the Rosicrucians is to be
    • Rosicrucianism contains things of far greater import. Rather
    • that appears as a basic feature of various accounts can be
    • mysteriously told, Paracelsus, the great medieval physician
    • sworn to secrecy. That is also why nothing of great
    • The great secret is revealed of what “ultimately holds
    • impart the holy secrets of existence to great masses of
    • method developed by the Rishis, the great spiritual teachers
    • millennia the great masters of wisdom who guide mankind's
    • Becoming one with the macrocosm or great world
    • philosophers of great renown tell us that human beings cannot
    • Rosicrucianism, this is known as self-created thinking.
    • characteristic contortion of his features, you see beyond the
    • vertical beam. Plato, the great philosopher of antiquity,
    • the Rosicrucian school had repeatedly to bring the picture
    • has permeated his substance, his flesh, with physical
    • desires permeate the lower organs, a person will become as
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XII: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • able to speak. The artist lives and creates according to
    • these laws as the plant creates according to laws that are
    • always been so. The great mystics of the early Christian
    • Ruhe fand). These words already reveal a great deal
    • artists who attempt to create out of fantasy that lacks
    • Beauty created by art should also express truth and
    • of artistic creativity in religious feelings and perceptions.
    • creating a harmonious whole to which each contributed with
    • B.C.) was a great Athenian dramatist
    • and had selflessly created combined artistic works. Wagner
    • great dramas, seen by those who had been admitted to the
    • and they were permeated with deep religious devotion. A few
    • drama depicting the world's creation. Such dramas existed
    • formed into the various creature's of the kingdoms of nature:
    • itself in its own creation. This descent and resurrection of
    • knowledge combined to depict in dramatic form the creation of
    • to be a great, beautiful, worthy and estimable unity; when
    • creation of the world.
    • was a religious mood created, but the drama also conveyed the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XIII: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • A modern person, however great his faith, can have no notion
    • could come. People saw the Bible as dealing with great world
    • picture, a procedure that was later repeated. And indeed,
    • in great contrast to the usual experience of those who
    • often based on deep seated hostility, though sometimes it is
    • structure, there is greater similarity between the lowest
    • spoke about it as a great heresy in 1859. This view influenced
    • just as real. The difference he sees is just as great between
    • developing to ever greater perfection forces that are
    • initiate is actually greater than the difference between the
    • someone who possessed greater knowledge than anyone else.
    • In the course of time the initiate will lead a great number
    • greater insight, till finally the pupil became an initiate.
    • subject is dealt with in great detail. There are many reasons
    • various people are similar This fact contains a great secret,
    • a great mystery. The people always looked up to their
    • greater detail from the viewpoint of spiritual science, and
    • further back we go in human history, the greater the
    • infinite greatness. It is this aspect of a person's being
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture I: The Past Shows Us a Picture of Necessity
    Matching lines:
    • — which is now happening in many places from a great many
    • slightest way deny the great value and significance of progress
    • long as he lived. After his death nobody could wind it, and
    • knew how to look after it. The legend attaches great
    • death he begged once more to be permitted a moment in which to
    • as well have taken this from great world events as from
    • death.
    • something took place in the soul that was of far greater
    • very great deal more, though not consciously. You will
    • of a great deal that happens to us in the supersensible realm
    • me is permeated by a subtle elementary process that runs
    • Not only beings are permeated by a supersensible element, but
    • Remember something I have repeatedly referred to and which even
    • This can also create great confusion if we do not watch out.
    • supersensible world to some great good fortune for those
    • that God created the world or that he did not. There, too, they
    • proceed from one thought to another. But “creating
    • Creation as following of necessity from our series of
    • supersensible world, permeates ours — is not organized in
    • Just imagine, a book has just been published by the great
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture II: The Legend of the Prague Clock
    Matching lines:
    • Because of this, the party arrives at the spot beneath the rock
    • buried beneath the rock because of the chauffeur's
    • fact, it is a great work of art created by a very talented man.
    • received the power to create it entirely through a kind
    • he felt death approaching was the clockmaker allowed to touch
    • Death on one side and two figures on the other. One of these
    • is Death, the balancer (we shall say more about this
    • alternation of life between death and birth and between birth
    • and death human beings rise above the sphere in which Ahriman
    • his works have been created if he had been brought up
    • vain man and, opposite them, Death. Now it is possible to say
    • man looking at his reflection, and Death. And how many people
    • Namely, every time the clock was about to strike, Death began
    • ringing apparatus, then the other figure moved. Death nodded to
    • skeleton, Death, opened its mouth and people saw inside it a
    • of moral uncertainty might observe the clock and see Death
    • work of art through divine inspiration has done a great deal of
    • Death and Ahriman and Lucifer upon it was the most wonderful
    • he noticed that it was only the rich man to whom Death nodded
    • work of art, one that has great inner value, because it might
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture III: Three Teachers with Different Attitudes
    Matching lines:
    • pupils, you acquire greater capacities to understand the
    • recorded what great progress had been achieved by the first two
    • accomplished things of far greater significance than the pupils
    • greater capacities I thus acquire will help me achieve what I
    • create and then they see that their creation was good. They do
    • superior beings for having made a good creation, but they admit
    • that it is good in order to continue creating. They incorporate
    • only create light if I knew beforehand what light was like, and
    • minutes behind time. Therefore they arrive beneath an
    • between his previous death and rebirth. This means that we must
    • between the last death and the birth into the present life.
    • to call. So we certainly see a great deal of necessity in what
    • which will pass through the gate of death — it could,
    • repeat what he did well and avoid what he did badly, but
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture IV: The Roman World and the Teutonic Tribes
    Matching lines:
    • a stream permeated with a strict inner necessity moving
    • should play a great part in human life, the domain of
    • difficulty. You know, the great Spinoza said that when we look
    • eat, or would like something for some other reason than
    • punishment.” Now a great many theories have been
    • greatest freedom of all is to obey historical necessity! For if
    • ought also to say, “I want to create a poem, but I am a
    • Goethe would not have been able to create Faust, for it
    • the time between death and a new birth a human being plans his
    • and Faust, take their turns, and then comes Goethe who creates
    • of greater value than those things he did exactly as they
    • this is even the case with the Elohim. The Elohim created light
    • also eat every day. There is no question of freedom there. You
    • free by not eating, because you feel the taking in of food to
    • permeates it with necessity; it creates the necessity itself,
    • we remain bound to these after death, and have to carry them
    • with us through the life between death and a new birth, and
    • beyond death. On the other hand, with regard to everything we
    • that we permeate a thing with consciousness, that is to say,
    • consciousness we soar toward the beings who permeate and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture V: The "I" is Found on the Physical Plane in Acts of Will
    Matching lines:
    • quite enough that after death, probably for eternity, the
    • the greater part of humanity only for the past few centuries,
    • saw it to a far greater extent than now in animals and also in
    • created. They had no models. If a particular curve of the arm
    • I into the astral body, created the curve out of this
    • observes it in great detail, but he leaves it to the scientist
    • what is manifest in the human being as a creature of body and
    • create a world view, is to deny the will as such and say,
    • mythological creation. Ziehen expresses himself a little more
    • yet create a world view. For if one does form a view of life
    • again that we have to gather a great number of ideas to arrive
    • extremely obvious idea, that people think they are great
    • can easily point out that this is no great logic but proper
    • this dream view of life will appreciate the great and
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Haeckel, "The Riddle of the Universe," Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • towards such great and simple paths of thought as those from
    • not be unmindful of the fact that Haeckel's great powers of
    • nineteenth century, set themselves to confront the great riddle
    • animated by a certain subtleness — a breath, as it were,
    • and again told us how distinctly the mind of his great teacher
    • this subtle breath. You can read in Haeckel's own writings how
    • animals under Johannes Müller) by the great resemblance
    • possible for man to observe, to a far greater extent than
    • distinguish living creatures, showing that we have to do with a
    • creatures to be lost sight of, because no physical sense,
    • impression made by this great advance in the domain of
    • world. Things that now seem puerile created then the most
    • discovery, feelings and sensations play a great part in the
    • spectrum analysis, to a greater theoretical knowledge of heat,
    • centuries, a time when a greater spiritual sensitiveness
    • an event of great moment when Haeckel, in the year 1864,
    • creature may be accredited with a sort of consciousness, but he
    • the smallest living creature.
    • animals to be even greater than that existing between the
    • in the 'nineties, not long before his death, gave utterance to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit of Fichte: Lecture I: The Spirit of Fichte Present in Our Midst
    Matching lines:
    • great size stands beside a brook. The generations inhabiting this
    • might perhaps repeat the sermon by heart; it is known that he can
    • society. Then it was suggested to him to repeat the sermon which he
    • word, he repeated from beginning to end the sermon which he had
    • And he repeated it in such a way that all felt as if everything
    • the mansion, which formed so great a contrast with everything to
    • his mind was the idea of a voluntary death. Then, just at the
    • prospect of being able to do great things with him. But the process
    • mother who behaved in such a way towards a pupil was the greatest
    • necessary to understand the deep-seated difference between Swiss
    • or those particular writings and treatises which radiate
    • writings of this man, Immanuel Kant, confronted him as a new creation.
    • and sat at the feet of the great teacher. And he
    • soul of this teaching, which he held to be the greatest ever
    • he had a singular experience. A great many critics at least found
    • which were now permeating the world. And he mingled the substance
    • be a creating reality. This is the Ego itself,
    • that Ego which recreates itself every moment,
    • that being consists in its creation; in its self-creation. And into
    • this self-creation flows everything that has real being. Away then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival In The Changing Course Of Time
    Matching lines:
    • Christmas festival. Indeed, it is one of the greatest festivals of the
    • human heart as a commemorative thought of the greatest impulse which
    • permeate ourselves with the Christmas mood, and wish to receive this
    • former greatness. His habits prevent him from perceiving this
    • greatness any longer, a greatness to which humanity had become
    • full depth and greatness of the impulse which belongs to this
    • sense of the word, that depth and greatness which cannot be any more
    • on the one hand, the mood which social custom creates nowadays in
    • permeated the Christmas festival. On the other hand, let us compare
    • the full depth of what is connected with our great seasonal festivals.
    • breeze permeated the mood of soul of those who believed that they bore
    • the Christ in their hearts during the great festivities surrounding
    • which permeated humanity like a gentle spiritual breeze during those
    • little of this magic wind which permeated the soul mood in those times
    • it permeated the souls, the mood, of country folk in certain remote
    • retreated into the homes as a family festival you would see there no
    • retreated into the homes was more or less a last echo of something
    • in connection with what the Bible tells of the great Christ Impulse of
    • days. The memory and the thought of the great periods of humanity were
    • supposed to permeate their souls during this season. I myself have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • Mysteries, whether Eastern or Western: contact with death, passage
    • worlds between death and a new birth, we enter again through birth
    • undergone a great change, in that Initiation can be attained up to a
    • objectively what is really there. In general, one of the greatest
    • Beneath the threshold of the consciousness there is indeed something
    • incredible shock. One must prepare oneself, then, by an ever-repeated
    • But through constantly repeated meditation on the thought that things
    • cannot be altered by knowing about them, one expels a great part of
    • Death”; the second is “Passing through the Elementary
    • what is meant by having “come into contact with Death”, by
    • “To come into the vicinity of Death.” The point here is that
    • in his waking condition between birth and death a man really lives
    • to the Gate of Death.” For the person knows now what is meant by
    • small at first, but it becomes ever greater and greater and spreads
    • permeate himself with the whole world; and the more he permeates the
    • with it, and finally he becomes as great as the world that is at his
    • aspirant has risen beyond the mere “Contact with Death”, but
    • activity of the eyes. It is not a matter of constructing or creating a
    • which a man passes between death and a new birth. That is what I
    • worlds are like between death and a new birth, and in how far it has
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • fate of morally irresponsible souls after death is to become the
    • servants of terrible beings. Untimely deaths, also epidemics and
    • after death. Suitable and unsuitable characteristics for the
    • the realm that he inhabits between death and a new birth. When the
    • of Death, are going through their development between death and a new
    • In that realm we find souls which for a certain period between death
    • beings, and that it was through their own lives before death that they
    • his physical body from birth to death and how — as has often been
    • so-called natural death is brought about through an inner conformity
    • not speak of this death at present. But there are other deaths. There
    • are those deaths by which a man is snatched away, through accident or
    • deaths at different ages? We understand that a man must die when his
    • worlds. Those deaths which are to a certain extent untimely also
    • attention if we want to understand the life between death and the next
    • birth. We see the physical world permeated by illnesses and diseases,
    • death pass over the Earth; we see disease and pestilence. And. the
    • seer sees souls living between death and a new birth who are helping
    • so-called untimely death.
    • periods of their lives between death and a new birth human souls have
    • become servants of the evil spirits of illness and death, and have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • the Gate of Death, and, with them, too, he gazes downward, and sees
    • Then, however, arises a great longing, a longing that becomes terrible
    • spiritual sight; and that in which you sheathe yourself when you are
    • the great longing we have spoken of: they had no need to behold their
    • understand what these sheaths conceal? That is the difference between
    • stirred when they saw how the sheaths which man needs if he is to
    • incarnation build up sheaths out of the Cosmos, but they build only
    • sheaths.” That was precisely the essence of the Zarathustra
    • and parents in order to clothe himself with new sheaths. All the
    • how the etheric and physical sheaths arise and are formed out of the
    • outside its sheaths and has passed through the “cosmic
    • another, and also the forces which illuminate the soul between death
    • conveys the soul from death to a new birth; and when there presses
    • towards you the spiritual Light that illumines souls between death and
    • ocean of forces which illuminate the soul between death and a new
    • inward part of me as a human being from death to a new birth. Only
    • Sphere-music with the creative cosmic Word — the Word which
    • permeates space and pours into the beings everything that has to be so
    • etheric body after passing through the life between death and a new
    • death and a new birth. That which is hidden deep in the physical
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • The Being formerly known spiritually as the Creative Word first became
    • Creative Word was disappearing. When it reappeared, belonging now to
    • steps: Approach to the Boundary of Death; Becoming acquainted with the
    • spiritual worlds, I found Osiris permeating cosmic space with the
    • Creative Word and its meaning, which represent the ground-forces of
    • as the Creative Word, had gradually become lost to the experience of
    • regions to which he could first attain he felt the Creative Word
    • shall see that for spiritual sight this Creative Word now goes forward
    • death, but during the Eastern period of human evolution it was still
    • toward death. We investigate how this has come about, and we find that
    • created their bodies in accordance with it. But our souls have lost
    • exercise on man a very great influence in a quite special way. While
    • Grail referred to the permeation of the Intellectual or Mind-soul with
    • what he had to learn in order to permeate with the new wisdom the part
    • spiritual forces there, a person can have just as great and powerful
    • after-effects of the great Empedocles still present in the atmosphere,
    • In the middle of the Middle Ages, Calot bobot in Sicily was the seat
    • the one hand there is the great, high-minded soul who could bring
    • greater demands on the innermost part of the human soul; but in a
    • overcome — the elements which can so greatly disturb the Initiate
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: First Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • previously that the great philosopher Hegel would be present
    • sick, he has gone through everything from death to
    • wishes, passions, etc. It permeates the physical body in the
    • a spell in our souls. These great eternal verities will rise
    • spell in John's soul and brought forth the great visions.
    • says: Do what I have done. Let the great formula, “In
    • of which John speaks. He says it with great clarity:
    • appearance, to a greater or lesser extent, an expression of
    • features came from the father or mother, an uncle or an
    • itself in the features, in the gestures of the hands and in
    • of the complete extinction, the death of the lower nature. He
    • must go through the three days of death and then be awakened.
    • profundity, and then it becomes one of the greatest texts
  • Title: Second Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • create the necessary conditions for the astral body to work
    • The animal is of higher rank than the plant. It breathes
    • person goes through when he follows this path. The great
    • This is the mystical death. The whole world appears as
    • creature can see the sunlight unless its eyes are opened so
  • Title: Third Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • eaten of the Tree of Knowledge, should also eat of the Tree
    • beyond all death and all that is transitory. This is the
    • fig tree, thou believest; thou shalt see greater things than
    • birth and death ever and again, until he has gained his full
    • so in the body of the great world mother — where we are
    • through rebirth and repeated earth lives. It is said that
    • permeates man's innermost being and leads it forward. For the
    • Thus he said, signifying what death he should die. The people
    • obliged to take the life between birth and death as something
    • birth and death was only a passing episode. But then man had
    • death.
    • Certainly, the priestly sages of Chaldea taught great
    • Race, the Lemurian epoch. Mankind did not then breath air, he
    • breathed through gills. Lungs and breathing through lungs
    • does not appear, only the death on the Mount of Golgotha.
    • materials with which nature provides him. He creates works of
    • art, pictures of the Almighty, but he cannot breathe life
    • time the intellect has achieved great things, but the John
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VI: Easter: The Mystery of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • greater distances than is the case in our Middle European countries.
    • In the very heart of these lands, enwreathed as they are by myth
    • before the great Festival symbolising the victory of the Spirit over
    • Death. The Festival of Easter is close upon us and we remember,
    • Europe and America, on the continent now lying beneath the waters of
    • a great deal more than the colours and tones familiar to us to-day.
    • which he was conscious, were the garments, the sheaths, of spiritual
    • about to receive Initiation. And then, when the great moment came, in
    • influence has so greatly increased that man has lost, not only the
    • greatly differ; they were in balance, and it would have been foolish
    • wisdom was the basis of them all, as the one great unity. This wisdom
    • in a great number of individuals the etheric body is beginning to
    • face the greatest danger of being without a single inkling that there
    • ground under his feet. He will be threatened, in this condition, with
    • what is known as the “spiritual death.” For around him there
    • is the death in the spiritual world. It is the doom which threatens
    • victory over that body, and there was placed before men the great
    • time Christ lived in a physical body. And His victory over death
    • Christ came to establish the great synthesis between the Easter
    • up to Christ not merely as the Saviour but as the great Prototype with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 1: Spiritual Life in the Physical World and Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • The Forming of Destiny and Life after Death
    • Spiritual Life in the Physical World and Life Between Death and Rebirth
    • SPIRITUAL LIFE IN THE PHYSICAL WORLD AND LIFE BETWEEN DEATH AND
    • directed to the fields where the great events of our time are taking
    • thro' the gate of death:
    • on to the Earth and passed thro' earthly Death for the salvation of
    • N.B. — These Meditations were repeated at the beginning of each
    • embraces, when compared with the greatness and might of the whole
    • “No matter how far the spiritual world may extend, however great
    • between birth and death. But even a very little penetration into
    • acquire between birth and death through the external means of the
    • repeated earth-lives. That which probably most astonishes those who
    • repeated earth-lives, and that the time which we pass here between
    • birth and death is relatively so short, compared with the time which
    • we pass in the spiritual world between death and rebirth. From many
    • man has to pass between death and rebirth is much, much longer than
    • the relatively short time between birth and death here in physical
    • death, in the way of knowledge and fruits of life, stands to the
    • the same ratio as the short time between birth and death stands to the
    • longer time between death and rebirth. For in reality, it will occur
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 2: On the forming of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • The Forming of Destiny and Life after Death
    • greater number of our friends. She belongs to those who have grasped
    • and above all, it may be said, with the understanding created by the
    • death, are still truly united with us in soul, and are most
    • times as our own, in which the enigma of death approaches the human
    • greater part of the civilised world — who does not see at almost
    • every stage the great riddle of Life confronting him? And who does not
    • feel that great connections lie concealed behind such events as those
    • thereby created, into which the souls descending later were born. Thus
    • were once seated together those who, when Christianity was first
    • announced represented its great Cosmic Truths. I have already often
    • in the atmosphere of the old heathen philosophy. We see this Empire
    • below, truly more underneath than our ‘under’ signifies
    • to-day — literally underneath, in the catacombs under the earth,
    • creative. Let us picture to ourselves these catacombs. There,
    • underneath in the catacombs, with their thoughts directed to the
    • permeates himself with them, may have the assurance that here too some
    • there hardly exists a greater similarity in historical evolution, than
    • between birth and death — in time — is again lived through
    • after death; while now on the other side a quite different point of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 3: The Subconscious Strata of the Soul-Life and the Life of the Spirit After Premature Death
    Matching lines:
    • The Forming of Destiny and Life after Death
    • After Premature Death
    • AFTER PREMATURE DEATH
    • leads between death and rebirth, as well as on the connection between
    • human nature, makes a greater or less individual progress in the
    • birth and death. The Greek in the fourth Post-Atlantean period was not
    • why the Greek as a sculptor was in a position to create quite
    • leave the world in which we dwell between death and rebirth, we leave
    • etheric body has acquired a certain perfection, greater than man is at
    • accomplishes must naturally be thought of as permeated by the astral
    • ways, of a man who in early youth is led through the gates of death
    • transforms the entire life following after death. It is just the same
    • in quite a different way through the gates of death, if he is
    • arises a great question: What is the actual significance of this? What
    • the Vienna cycle: ‘Inner Being of Man and Life Between Death
    • entering it through the gates of death. You see, here on earth, man
    • people are already greatly taken with this idea of ‘the concept
    • to create the ‘imagination’ of them, if they were to know
    • nothing of the table until they had created it for themselves in
    • might almost say, disagreeable, is its permeation with existence. It
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 4: The Connection Between the Spiritual and the Physical Worlds, and How They Are Experienced After Death
    Matching lines:
    • The Forming of Destiny and Life after Death
    • They Are Experienced After Death
    • THEY ARE EXPERIENCED AFTER DEATH
    • the life led by man as a soul between death and rebirth, and the life
    • experience after death and before rebirth. We direct our thoughts to
    • riddle of death. Now to-day, in order to consider the connection
    • spoken, the fact that man goes through the gate of death. I repeat, we
    • world and passes through the gates of death, at first there remains to
    • of death these thoughts and feelings which united us with him, now
    • our experience. A great part of our physical life is lived in memory.
    • examine the contents of the greater part of these recollections, we
    • memory of our dead, or of one who has gone through the gates of death,
    • through the gates of death, and who are now living in the intermediate
    • world between death and rebirth, also extends to what transpires here
    • intermediate stage, between death and rebirth. I explained that souls
    • those souls living between death and rebirth. If you grasp this, you
    • will realise that after the soul has passed through the gates of death
    • souls to which it was related before going through the gates of death.
    • appear the memories of those who have gone through the gates of death.
    • has gone through the gates of death when he now sees embedded in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 5: Concerning the Subconscious Soul Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • The Forming of Destiny and Life after Death
    • directed to that life, which transpires beneath the threshold of
    • different sides which harmonise, a certain wisdom is created, and this
    • may create a feeling of security.
    • world which he beholds with ordinary consciousness. Beneath the
    • something of the life which transpires beneath the threshold of
    • wisdom that lies beneath the threshold of consciousness. One cannot
    • the way, but with intentions lying beneath the threshold of
    • the gate of death. This region belongs to that ruling consciousness,
    • of him, A great deal goes on in the intervals between the events which
    • events of life, and in what transpires beneath the threshold of
    • of death. And now something on which we dwelt in our last
    • beneath the threshold of our ordinary physical consciousness. One
    • greatest lawyers of his country. He was feared by all those who had
    • life; he laid great stress on being correct and blameless in external
    • this verdict as one of the greatest triumphs of his many years of
    • rapidly hissed forth a stream of bitter curses and threats directed
    • against the President. To repeat them here in the offensive jargon in
    • grandfather again. The jury were greatly distressed at this incident,
    • threats and curses against him, with a face distorted with fury,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 6: Lecture on the Poem of Olaf Åsteson
    Matching lines:
    • The Forming of Destiny and Life after Death
    • connected with Christmas and the Christmas season. It treats of the
    • no difference between waking and sleeping. Those great beings of
    • does man himself, who is a microcosmic copy of the great macrocosm.
    • feeling for this experience of what is lived through in the great
    • usually designated as the “Approach to the Gate of Death”;
    • ends in death. We know from the considerations already put forward
    • birth and death that it can fall into decay and dissipate into the
    • Cosmic elements, we are enabled to create the organ by means of which
    • But in the depths of a man's life between birth and death there is a
    • progress through the gates of death; it is that which develops in the
    • life. We need not constantly repeat that in no wise do we undervalue
    • fact remains that those concepts and ideas which are created in our
    • course not so proud as to lead all men to want to think a great deal:
    • people say: ‘In our epoch we must think a great deal if we want
    • Philosophy’ really think? Thought is to a great extent lacking in
    • journalistic train of followers, who naturally regard it as a great
    • in our word-symbols. A sagacious thought. I repeat it in all
    • intended to solve the great riddles of the universe — or disguise
    • absolutely permeated through and through with this thinking. Nothing
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness: seven appertaining to man, five to the creative gods.
    • The Twelve apostles as the twelve Christ-permeated stages of
    • A fundamental difference exists between all those animal creatures
    • such a creature feels a flower as being within itself. In the earth
    • spirit. Just as our soul creates eyes and ears in order to perceive
    • the world, so does this common Earth-Soul create the invertebrate
    • anatomical examination. They are indeed of far greater exactitude and
    • also dream of a snake, because this is the creature which was placed
    • the five others are creative
    • stages. They are those of the Creators, of the creative Gods. These
    • you, the servant is not greater than his lord’. The more highly
    • great initiates, with their outlook into the far future, taught people
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • after death. The appearance of the Guardian of the Threshold as the
    • Double. The significance of Christ's death of atonement. The influence
    • absolute rest, is the creative element, that which is productive. Thus
    • creative forces. He cannot himself regulate the movement of the
    • his three sheaths are active. When for instance he sees a rose, all
    • three sheaths are engaged. To begin with he perceives red. In this the
    • Between birth and death man accustoms himself to perceive the world
    • through his organs. After death what he is thus accustomed to must
    • after death a person could say that he had no further desire to use
    • town, where the movement is greater and more frequent, the instrument
    • transformed his etheric body so that it remains intact after death and
    • death. Many of the practices of black magicians consisted in their
    • creating willing servants by this means. It is the rule of white
    • between birth and death, that because of the very slight degree of
    • insanity. It will become ever stronger and more threatening, because
    • this in mind the expression ‘vicarious atonement through death’
    • atoning death of Christ. Before this, death in the Mysteries had to be
    • substitute has been created for the old form of initiation. Through
    • into the German language. It is the initiates who have created
    • central point was created whereby the tumultuous emotions of the world
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • a creator who brings things into being. As the Earth Spirit builds the
    • are pictures, drawn out of such depths. A great service was bestowed
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • schooling. It does not start by cramming into the pupils a great deal
    • build with a substance which he creates out of his own being. The ants
    • — are inter-related. We breathe in oxygen and breathe out
    • plants assimilate carbonic acid and breathe out oxygen. Animals and
    • and oxygen. The plants retain the carbon and breathe out the oxygen.
    • first the Earth became covered with a layer of peat, the remains of
    • piece of coal. Nature has created the diamond from a coal still older
    • sea and are formed from the cast-off shells of sea-creatures. Thus the
    • kingdom will be transformed by man. To a great extent this will be
    • Round will himself create his body out of the materials of his
    • through the process of creating their body for themselves. Males,
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • Man breathes in the air. When he experiences in himself the life of
    • reason for the breathing exercises of the Yogis. No one can attain to
    • the Nirvana plane if he does not actually practise breathing
    • preliminary stage leading to a later power of creation. Now man has at
    • warmth, and still later man himself will learn to create. First he
    • learns to create a picture; then to create and send forth radiations;
    • then to create beings. Freemasonry calls these three forces wisdom,
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • The difference between receptive and creative beings in connection
    • creative intermediate being; 3. the ‘pure man’ of the
    • creative for the purpose of regulating the continuity of evolution;
    • 5. Nirmanakayas: creative beings reaching out beyond the Earth who are
    • and creative beings.
    • Here, in this domain, we have the creative wisdom which manifests
    • Man is both receptive and creative. On the one hand, for instance with
    • thinking however he is creative. Nothing gives rise to thoughts unless
    • being and on the other hand a creative being. This is an important
    • difference. Let us imagine that man were to be in a position to create
    • creates thoughts. Today he is only creative in one sphere, in
    • thinking, and in order to have perceptions he needs creative beings
    • around him. In bringing forth his own being he was at first creative.
    • In the beginning he himself created his own organism. For this he now
    • what is outside and around him and is creatively active. He has
    • which create life. Once man was perfect and he will become so again.
    • But there is a great difference between what he was and what he will
    • later become the faculty of being creatively active. This will then
    • and has thus become a creator, is called a Bodhisattva, which means a
    • Buddhi of the earth. Then he is advanced enough to work creatively out
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • in birth and death; the degree of balance in the gradual reciprocal
    • sheath of the lower forces and organs.
    • rank, or assume it for a purpose. Eliphas Levi repeatedly emphasised
    • from Jehovah in pictures. That is why Genesis is a sum of great
    • one looks at the external creatures on the Old Moon, these are the
    • sheaths which surrounded man, not man himself. The sheaths could be
    • formed they interpenetrate one another. Through this, birth and death
    • another we have birth and death, and every period of time between
    • birth and death is a continual attempt to make these two beings fit
    • warmth-permeated word), and lastly ‘form’, the word shaped through the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • existed as it is now. We must understand that man belongs to the great
    • cosmic organism. In the times in which great changes take place in the
    • time also people had not yet learnt to write. The great poems were
    • reincarnation. The great Masters
    • death Christ becomes the Redeemer of materialism.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • the physical body we must now enter into greater detail. Man was
    • he will create actual beings which remain; when through the word he
    • transition. When man becomes creative through the will, then the
    • of a previous planet create the basic conditions for its successor.
    • Beings will be there which we have created as the Pitris did. Just as
    • is actually created from within outwards.
    • become truly worthy, the bodies of the beings they create will be
    • The 14th century was the time of the creation of towns. Within a few
    • elementary teachings of spiritual life in order to create once again a
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • of the woman. The forms and colours of the astral body and its sheath:
    • enclosed in an egg-shaped sheath. This has an underlying blue colour
    • the brain. Helena Petrovna Blavatsky calls this egg-shaped sheath the
    • The greatest impulses of world history can however no longer be read
    • in the Astral Light, for the impulses of the great initiates were
    • book ‘The Great Initiates’ by Edouard Schuré could not have
    • read the results of the lives of the great initiates in the impulses
    • strong and passionate emotions in regard to the actions of the great
    • difficult to study the deepest motives of the great initiates because
    • of mankind. For the human being is connected with the great happenings
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • nature is of the very greatest importance; for only so can man have a
    • After death the soul goes to the Astral Plane and thence to the Rupa
    • astral world. The astral sheath has been half broken through and he
    • state of dream, on the Mental Plane he slept. He repeats these
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • bodily sheaths and the gradual loosening of the Deva-forces through
    • the ego. The working of the Devas in the life after death. Sojourn in
    • Devachan and re-embodiment. Life after death in the case of suicide
    • and death by violence.
    • The second stage of development was the permeation of this physical
    • surrounded by the threefold protective sheath of the astral, etheric
    • says in the legend that Buddha remained seated under the Bodhi tree
    • co-operate, Deva beings, so that all creatures having a blood
    • astral body is permeated and worked upon by different Deva forces. The
    • has not permeated the entire astral body, so long must the Deva forces
    • body and the ego is broken off after death. Previously this connection
    • The etheric body is to a great extent in a similar situation to the
    • completed when after death the entire etheric body remains intact. The
    • complete etheric body, because the necessary conditions are created
    • When a man is put to death by violence he is in a similar situation.
    • In the case of someone who meets a violent death he continues seeking
    • a terrible rage against those who have caused his death. Then in the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • mineral kingdom through the work of man after death. The activity and
    • the Primal Beginnings or Archai. ‘In the Beginning God created the
    • stands at this stage, created heaven and earth. It was one of the
    • certain stages of consciousness of the great universe, and the Beings
    • form. Dionysius had bequeathed to his pupils such a teaching in regard
    • the Gods. After death the human being first goes through Kamaloka, the
    • themselves created their physical conditions. The Folk Spirit works
    • engaged with others in creative work on certain aspects of planetary
    • of his creative activity; the foundation for the following periods of
    • In our speech we create the foundation for later planetary conditions.
    • divine in so far as he is able to breathe out again what he has taken
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • Man's sojourn in Devachan between death and a new birth. The formation
    • activity on the physical plane. All this is creative and comes back to
    • retain their existence after death. Such things belong just as much to
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • created are still full of the magic of the sacred primaeval language.
    • that is concerned with earthly life between birth and death they also
    • John still speak of the great importance of Wisdom, Beauty and Power,
    • the building of a great cathedral. He knew that the forms of the
    • building would create in him an organ for the future. All such works
    • until he who created them finds them again and recognises them when he
    • createst for thyself, the three kingdoms of Wisdom, Beauty and Power.
    • reciprocal attraction between them. What has an organ-creating
    • beings to a greater or lesser degree; they are not individual.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • of Karma: creation out of nothing. The experience of Nirvana.
    • Nature had first to be created. The mineral, plant and animal
    • creates is not there in reality. The mere form worked upon by the
    • people create out of moral intuition, in that they bring new duties,
    • called in occultism: Creation out of Nothing.
    • Thus our life creates around us remains — personal,
    • the Lemurian Age and for the first time created his own Karma, before
    • this he had created no individual Karma; we must ask ourselves: Where
    • which is ‘created out of nothing’. The beings who at that time
    • fructified the four-footed creatures so that they became human, were
    • creates for further incarnations. A people as a speech-community
    • creates for new peoples. Humanity creates for a new humanity, for a
    • into being. Without these great perspectives we cannot understand
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • affects the karma of the group or race. In words lies a greater
    • great religious teachers of earlier times spoke pictorially, for
    • power to make an imprint in something, (to imagine).’ In creative
    • far that he can create such pictures has attained the stage of the
    • spiritual beings who are involved in the creation of races. One who
    • only involved in the creation of races, but in the creation of the
    • intuition creates something which is not yet existent, which is
    • nowhere manifested, that is to say he creates out of Nirvana. This
    • the future can only be created out of intuition.
    • Just as man develops himself to the stage when he can create pictures
    • are working as creative forces. The crystal is external in so far as
    • it reveals itself to the senses; it is however created by means of
    • stands a great intuitive Spirit. It is the same Spirit that manifests
    • outside in the creative forces of Nature he calls it ‘Holy Spirit’.
    • first place that we perceive through the senses. Behind is the great
    • body, through man's external nature. Thus we create in the body, in
    • we are speaking remain behind, formative forces which create new
    • races. Our present race has been created out of what lay behind the
    • collective Karma of the whole race, for the word is not created
    • working? The Spirit of the Race is active in man's feeling, permeates
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • before their death they were roasted, thus proving that cannibals
    • being back to childhood we do not come to greater imperfection for the
    • achieved great skill. It is necessary for man to pass through the
    • The lower astral body merged with the higher astral body. A great part
    • astral body which has its seat in the mental body — what
    • this way in the Cosmic Light. When man himself works into his sheathes
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • Thus people who are still very undeveloped but very passionate create
    • with far greater intensity. The animal however presses its own
    • impulses into its own astral form, so that it usually creates its own
    • when he ennobles his passions and desires to an ever-greater degree.
    • which also has the power of creating life in the surrounding astral
    • of noble form also arise and the elemental beings created in this way
    • beings are created in such a way that we are obliged to incarnate in
    • feed on it; it has for them a great force of attraction. This shows
    • in the astral forms which we ourselves create. They are the so-called
    • passions, meditate, creating strong thought forms, they conjure up
    • clearly enough into thoughts, he creates this substance, and because
    • being creates in the way of elemental beings. This astral trail is
    • animals. This is not so however with the beings created through man,
    • suicide. It deceives the other person and creates in him a feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • immediately after death and the vision of the future preceding new birth.
    • sheath. Such a person wanders about in astral space. As a rule he does
    • creatures it has a definite result. The pain caused in this way, when
    • of the earth to differentiate itself physically to an ever greater
    • an ever greater degree. Near the adept with his pupils, there is also
    • of the physical body. After death the desire for enjoyment is still
    • often what is made known after the death of a person proceeds from
    • understand the technique of reincarnation. The moment of death
    • When at the moment of death the physical body is laid aside, he
    • astral and etheric bodies. Immediately after death therefore
    • death, he looked back on his past life. This however expresses itself
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXI
    Matching lines:
    • and Devachanic World in the life after death and the preparation for
    • When in Nature an effect like heat arises this heat must be withdrawn
    • be there first. These forces which create the forms on the physical
    • into a crystal; because in the crystal lies a great purity. In it
    • instance, the creator of the Zeus head. It is artistic creation in
    • the etheric body. Great teachings are not only embodied in words, but
    • around us, built up in a style in keeping with the great Theosophical
    • greater degree than du Bois-Reymond, Herbert Spencer and Haeckel; they
    • tries to create a form as unemotional as that created by the
    • mathematician. Through this he wished to create emotionally free
    • kinds of artistic creation also rise up to the Devachanic plane. When
    • understood with great difficulty. In ‘Iphigenia’ and
    • found on the Arupa Plane. In a life between birth and death we leave
    • an imprint is present on the Astral Plane. After death we go at
    • worked upon and ennobled by the ego. With savages the greater part is
    • karmically the most intimate. They are creative through their own
    • works creatively upon one's character.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXII
    Matching lines:
    • The problem of death as a question of consciousness. The duality:
    • select for special consideration the problem of death in its
    • Now we will first look away from death and picture the human being in
    • worlds there would be no death, then there would only be
    • into the other. This passing over would be no death for him, and for
    • world. The beings who retain consciousness do not know death. Let us
    • the earth as a great astral ball made up of astral human beings. All
    • joined together like a great blackberry and enclosed by a spiritual
    • enthusiasm in the place of desires, he creates harmony between the
    • Here we have come to a point where we continually create a new kingdom
    • existence the effects of our actions. We call this the creation of our
    • that was in it. Now man created for himself a new kingdom of deeds, as
    • it were out of nothing, in regard to relationships, a ‘creation out of
    • created out of himself, something which he himself had first to take
    • the Gods and create for ourselves immortal bodies. The Chela, who
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIII
    Matching lines:
    • sexes as also of birth and death. The changing direction of the Earth
    • existence was repeated, in the Second Epoch the Sun existence and in
    • form having a certain great beauty. Their substance was much softer
    • the fact that a remarkable and great help had been granted them. The
    • Epoch they created for themselves an upright form, completely
    • Thus on the one side there was an intense heat and on the other side
    • would then only have been concerned with the creation of beautiful
    • his manner of working. He created man and woman. What could no longer
    • ourselves, and brings death into the world and everything connected
    • to Jehovah's greatness. By the intervention of the Luciferic principle
    • will regain Kriya-shakti, the creative power of reproduction. He will
    • birth and death entered into the world. Previously this had not
    • he conquers death. The separate forces exhaust themselves when they
    • would have greatly improved. The first evil arose through the fact
    • ever-greater degree. This is very beautifully expressed in the saga of
    • creatively is able to renounce completely his lower nature, then will
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIV
    Matching lines:
    • death and a new birth. This consciousness can be enhanced. Then he has
    • similar to a peat bog that is half mineral and half plant. The Old
    • Moon was actually a great plant. Its ground consisted of intertwined
    • the Earth. The entire Earth evolution has the purpose of creating in
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXV
    Matching lines:
    • creation exteriorises from within outwards what was present as inner
    • Kingdom. These are the elements light and fire, permeating space. Man
    • In the Seventh Round man will create himself. He will then be able to
    • great circles, expanded from within, each having a special colour, all
    • constitutes the atom. This multiplies itself, creating itself out of
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVI
    Matching lines:
    • looking into a great model filled [with] small crystals. Present within
    • kingdom, in a great astral sea. This then densified ever more and more
    • During the great Pralaya preceding the First Earth Round, they had
    • Mars was introduced. A great advance was brought about through the
    • would not be possible for wisdom alone to manifest in a form-creating
    • When they are heated they become first hot, then liquid, then gaseous.
    • man will create his form from within outwards. The Earth will then be
    • create the new plant kingdom out of the Ego.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVII
    Matching lines:
    • The Three Logoi, or Form, Life and Consciousness (Creation out of
    • construct a whole, a creation within a form. Now there are other ways
    • is created.
    • the chain of planets has gradually come to manifestation as creation,
    • consciousness creates the new. At the end therefore something is
    • is created which arises out of nothing. When one personality looks at
    • Thus the three ways of creating are as follows:
    • Creating out of nothing:
    • Second Logos the One who in the quiescent substance in things creates
    • the will. In the creative activity of the First Logos there is
    • and then creating once more in accordance with these thoughts out of
    • nothing. Creation out of nothing is however not meant in such a way as
    • is created, so that what is there melts away and out of experience
    • there is the creation of the new.
    • This creation may be compared with the following: Somebody sees
    • another person and observes his appearance. If he were creatively
    • negative, he has created a completely new form. This he could imbue
    • with life. It would be a completely new creation that was not
    • experiences, the observer would be able to create a new world.
    • new creation. This is above all a creative activity of the Third
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVIII
    Matching lines:
    • greater understanding of what they contain.
    • illuminated, as many sea creatures still do today, the objects around
    • sense of smell, the nose, life. Jehovah breathed into his nostrils the
    • breath of life.
    • creative wisdom. Now we have a wisdom based on observation. The
    • creative wisdom is that wisdom which once made man, building up one
    • describes. The creative wisdom is exactly the same as the wisdom which
    • those stages of evolution through which he has been created.
    • then to create light within us, until the world appeared illumined
    • inwardly in the creative wisdom and penetrate into everything with
    • outside. The moment one sinks oneself into the heart, one creates for
    • The god had lost his previous body and created for himself a new one
    • still today continually creates new conditions, new forces of Nature
    • through fire which man himself had created.
    • The next stage — during the Atlantean Age — was the creative
    • a social force. The Sixth Sub-Race has the task of permeating society
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIX
    Matching lines:
    • oxygen, breathing. Connection of freedom with birth, death and illness.
    • engendered in the Europeans created spiritual forms. If such an
    • progress. On the other hand one sees in this god Mammon the creator of
    • the knowledge of such relationships. It was foreseen that the threat
    • greater degree into the understanding of the ways in which the
    • makes use of carbon for itself and breathes out oxygen, thereby
    • creating the source of life for all creatures in its surroundings who
    • need to breathe. This source arises from the plant world. All that
    • breathes today is there through the action of this mysterious workshop
    • Moon breathing did not exist as it does now in human beings and
    • animals. A quite different process took the place of the breathing
    • surroundings. On the Moon there was warmth or fire breathing. The
    • Lemurian Age the breathing process began to take on the form it has
    • finds its material reflection in breathing. Breathing signifies the
    • a breathing process. He regulates rhythmically what man has today as a
    • natural process in order to bring breathing under his control. Just as
    • before man advanced to this process of breathing, he inhaled and
    • blood, so the pupil of Hatha Yoga seeks to form the breathing process
    • Hatha Yoga rules signify the transformation of the breath into a
    • human beings as the breathing process of the Hatha Yoga pupil. Behind
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXX
    Matching lines:
    • healing in which the doctors attach the greatest importance to the
    • healing forces within themselves, especially in the treatment of
    • made this possible; like an all-pervading bloodstream they permeated
    • something new appears. They began for the first time to eat food that
    • eating what is dead. He took the lifeless into himself in various
    • the forces of what is dying when he eats what is dead. Equally dead is
    • eating of fruit continued; other things were added as something new.
    • mineral treatment of the plant had to play its part. The first three
    • Last Supper. The Last Supper is the greatest symbol of the One who
    • indeed the true ‘Son of Man’, who descended to the greatest depths in
    • order to rise again with the greatest power, He had to hold to what
    • about when the plant has been killed, but then further treated with
    • ‘This is my Body; this is my Blood.’ Here He wished to create a
    • create his nourishment. Now he takes what the Gods have created for
    • what should be eaten, these are not actually laws, but stories: You
    • create life for himself out of the mineral world.
    • This is the great progression of human evolution. What the natural
    • scientist knows today is only a fraction of the great cycle.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXXI
    Matching lines:
    • great whole. All this was, as it were the finest flower, the extracted
    • must realise that this great primal spiritual teaching underwent a
    • original greatness consisted in grasping the mighty divine unity which
    • for instance, which eats into iron, is elsewhere very beneficial: you
    • someone could himself create good out of the world: this was the
    • Here they adapted the whole teaching to a working people. They created
    • of great initiates who taught geometry, the practice of surveying,
    • culminated with such magnificence in the three great civilisations.
    • outside world; to create initiates who laid great value on what was
    • The initiators do not always introduce something great into the world,
    • of Greece and Rome (Roman law) both become great just through this
    • beauty of the human culture of the Greeks and the greatness of the
    • range of nations. Everything at that time was permeated and inspired
    • indications of a great, primeval, Atlantean initiate. Wod-Wodha-Odin.
    • greatness make their appearance in Tibet, there we have a modern,
    • there he was confronted with something greater than anything the Huns
    • to be understood in the light of these great considerations.
    • new can only develop after great upheavals.
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • It has frequently been emphasized that man's greatest riddle is
    • greatest riddle is himself, it must also be emphasized that each
    • the discovery of evolution to be its greatest achievement. In animals,
    • the bodily features that link human beings to a hereditary chain? How
    • into the physical and separates from it only at death. There follows
    • thus the outwardly most important feature in the melancholic is his
    • sharply chiseled facial features, the sanguine's are mobile,
    • dangers of aberration, one great, one small. One danger for the young
    • develops into maturity. That is the small danger. The greater is that
    • danger is flightiness; the greater is mania, induced by a constant
    • the greater is stupidity, dullness. For the melancholic, insensitivity
    • greater is insanity.
    • order that we might beat it into him, we must focus on what he has,
    • your treatment of all of life's little details be an occasion for the
    • other thing is given. Through such true, living wisdom do we create
    • catechisms, but by creating a social groundwork, upon which human
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • experiences spirit, creates out of the spirit. Thus we speak of the
    • sense we find spirit inwardly creative in man and in animal.
    • life, of the living, in man. Death ensues when the physical body is
    • chemical forces active in the physical body. The moment death occurs
    • which take possession of it immediately [after] death occurs, is due to the
    • activities only at the moment of death.
    • man we say that in him the astral body is also permeated by an “I,”
    • ensemble. This creative intelligence of ours has a particular
    • is a creative force, we form a concept of intelligence, of reason, of
    • creative intelligence, and then we look at the universe around us. —
    • the spirit in the great universe, and then compare the way in which it
    • creative in the same way as the spirit outspread in space and time is
    • creative. And a feeling will dawn in us of why those who knew what
    • the “astral body.” They turned their eyes to the great
    • can read in any simple textbook of history what a great event it was
    • answer can be given that in the animal there is an inwardly creative
    • creative in the organism itself, and creates from out of the
    • differently in man and in the animal. A great deal has been and is
    • ready to ask in his infinite pride: “Am I not greatly superior
    • and if we keep this idea in mind it will be a great help in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Spirit and the Animal Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • does, in what it produces, in what it creates, we have exactly the
    • essential feature of man's life of soul lies in the human soul
    • existence fully equipped, and bequeaths to its racial descendants its
    • this learning to stand, a great deal in human life lies concealed;
    • beneath the surface of consciousness, into everyday words such as “I
    • between birth and death when the ego inserts itself between spirit
    • Laurenz Müllner, a great admirer of Galileo, on being appointed
    • what is presented in St. Peter's as the artistic creation of
    • Galileo's birth and the day of Michelangelo's death fell
    • intelligence. This is so in the creation of any work of art. This
    • ennobled and purified instinct man creates what he discovers only
    • later. As animals create instinctively, in the way bees, for example,
    • organize their wonderful bee community, so man creates directly out
    • created by the spirit when it enters the organization.
    • experience of the spirit, as it is seen in the imaginative creations
    • may judge how great is the significance of the position and all the
    • corresponding beats in the right artery and the left are different —
    • article “Heartbeat and Pulsation,” in which quite
    • treated by external investigation is best shown in Goethe's
    • are the same but formed from different sides. Hence his great joy
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 1: The Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • their descendants, how the relationship of world and man and the great
    • is able to decipher the script that is written in the great festivals,
    • date than the actual age in which the great thoughts of the Rishis of
    • that time a great flood deluged the continent of the ancient Atlantean
    • female sexes did not exist. Thus, in the spirit of the great Indian
    • human civilization after the great flood. At that time one did not yet
    • Divine and of what had occurred in the great celestial vault of the
    • the greater Mysteries, the same events also took place as an event in
    • development even now. As the Messiah, the Redeemer, created a unison
    • embodied as a human being, as his human brother. This was the great
    • re-created — a re-creation that can only be brought about by the
    • cosmic law that creates the everlasting harmonies of the world.
    • from out a battle of chaotic heat; you would find that harmony in our
    • initiation had to be so permeated by this lawfulness that it was
    • Thus, we are faced with an historical event, a great mystery that is
    • All the great teachers of wisdom — the Egyptian Hermes, the ancient
    • the Truth and the Life. The great difference between earlier religions
    • concerned with a great teacher of wisdom — teachers of wisdom were
    • birth of the greatest Sun Hero, of Christ Himself. Thus these two
    • the Masters, because it will be to the Masters, as the great leaders
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 2: The Christmas Festival as a Symbol of the Sun Victory
    Matching lines:
    • of those who in the past established the great festivals as symbols of
    • experience the great depths of the words spoken by Goethe at the
    • the only artist: from the simplest substance to the greatest
    • contrasts, without seeming exertion to the greatest perfection, the
    • accordance with the great law flowing through it and streaming into
    • with nature and there were created those signs of feeling united with
    • the great festivals. Now they have become abstractions, and the soul
    • the great creative Word that lives in nature and the whole universe
    • intention, when the great festivals were established on the occasions
    • memorial of a great event that once had taken place on earth. During
    • a great secret. What they said to them was somewhat as follows. I am
    • sense when the sun celebrated its great victory over darkness. Up to
    • immortal human soul. Then, in this primeval age, the great moment in
    • the Lemurians were fructified by the higher human soul — a great
    • prospering of man on earth, and also for his fellow creatures, the
    • what was of the greatest importance for their earth existence. It was
    • this great moment that was commemorated in the festival celebrating
    • universe and all that is related to it, we experience the great rhythm
    • would result. Our universe is only made possible through the great,
    • Observe the pulse or the processes of digestion and admire the great
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 3: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • Refreshed anew life's pulses beat and waken
    • And breath'st before me in thy new adorning,
    • Too great a flame, we stand, with wonder burning.
    • And in the night of death
    • Creation's new beginning
    • O now create a Sun!
    • which, in the great Mysteries, was celebrated by those personalities
    • occurs. In the great Mysteries man was permitted to behold the active
    • which he underwent the greatest experience possible.
    • Mysteries, were first taught what the awakening signifies in the great
    • at the time when darkness on earth is greatest, when the outer sun has
    • entire course of human evolution, realizing that the great festivals
    • contemplation of the great eternal truths. The pupils directed their
    • learned that for them, too, the great moment would come. "Today," they
    • that from apparent death life springs forth, that from dead stone,
    • Mysteries were to experience that in death life resides, that out of
    • overcoming of death by life that is present in death. This was shown
    • arouse in themselves what may be called faith in man's greatest ideal.
    • Christos was to appear as the great Ideal of all men, that He had been
    • as it contains life in its death and lets it stream forth anew, so
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • be superficial to treat these things in such a way. Recall that we
    • used in both instances. It is of great significance that in the description
    • The Ten Commandments are interpreted by the great majority of men
    • in discussing them we are creating an inappropriate diversion.
    • and great grandchildren, and their bodies will become waste. If you
    • what lives in you as “I” created the world in six days and lived
    • fellowman, nor upon his servants, nor upon the other creatures by
    • So we see the full power of ego recognition slowly permeating the
    • That means that when the ego has become permeated with the essence of
    • divinity who is involved with the creation of the earth!
    • no notion of the highest divinity who helped create him and lives
    • working and creating, but his name he proclaims to you now.”
    • etheric and physical bodies that he currently possesses, were created
    • the crown of earth's creation by what he perceives in his ego. No
    • great mystery of the ego, who also knew the ego-god of whom there was
    • priest-wisemen on the one side, and on the other, the great unfree
    • I would have to tell you a great deal to portray for you the deeper
    • A strong ego impulse that creates good health was to be given the
    • permeate the entire folk.
    • nothing more than a shell from which the Jehovah God has retreated.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Mission of Savonarola
    Matching lines:
    • or how it expressed itself in the wonderful creations of
    • also, like Savonarola, see the great De Medici, of Lorenzo de
    • were actually the enemies of Savonarola? All those who created
    • his preaching was with great difficulty because he could only
    • utter the words from his throat with great effort. However he
    • us to know the day and hour when the divine Creator got
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture I - The Prometheus Saga
    Matching lines:
    • Now Zeus had created the human race. But humanity had become
    • beings to-day. Mankind was guided by great leaders and teachers whom
    • also guided by great initiates, but our initiate are different from
    • what this difference was. There is a great difference between the
    • Epimetheus. An invention occurs when a human being creates something
    • life-force permeating the etheric body) you will see that in one way
    • to the paths that are to lead over into the future. The great
    • The saga thus expresses great cosmic truths. That is why I said at the
    • root-race. This Promethean struggle with suffering is repeated in the
    • those schools as the great destiny of man. Just as I was able to show
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture II - The Argonaut Saga and the Odyssey
    Matching lines:
    • permeated with love. When intelligence and love are once more united
    • First he had to overcome two fire-breathing bulls. Then he had to sow
    • beyond death. Odysseus was an initiate and the Odyssey itself is the
    • the great wisdom teaching of Manu4 who, in the sub-race
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture III - The Sigfried Saga
    Matching lines:
    • must first find its place in the great cosmic happenings in the world.
    • means, “that which leads to death, to destruction.” It is still
    • who had paved the way for the great initiate who is to lead the northern
    • death”. That is the note which sounds forth in the various
    • I must draw attention to one feature which we always find in such a
    • race of the great discoveries and inventions, the race that has
    • conquered the entire physical plane and that waxes great amid the
    • older version she wages war against the great initiates who
    • came into possession of the Nibelung treasure and had been a great
    • brings death to the ancient folk-soul. First we have the dawn of
    • you have the tragic deaths of Baldur, of Siegfried.
    • relatively short intervals between each death and rebirth. He is not
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture IV - The Trojan War
    Matching lines:
    • mankind, their Manus, will arise in mankind itself. None of the great
    • to the earth as great impulses. The Manus of Lemuria and Atlantis, as
    • were political leaders and leaders of great religious communities,
    • Last time I discussed the great initiates of the northern region. On
    • matter of which alone we can treat when we would speak of physical
    • of the lower nature; it is what draws us downwards, the great signpost
    • something of great significance in the sphere of the mental life of
    • it already has a great importance, it has a great influence upon what
    • fire will acquire great influence on what lives in the human heart.
    • mere symbolism but man will then really be permeated by a force which
    • well-being of the whole. So deeply will man be permeated by the
    • be permeated with its full power. They will provide the material, they
    • wrath. When the whole of mankind is permeated by this
    • itself by working with great power in individuals and since the others
    • great events in the history of the world to the initiates from this
    • secret, because they reveal not only the great events of the past, but
    • penalties. In ancient times the penalty was death. It was not the
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: I. The Position of Anthroposophy in Relation to Theosophy and Anthropology.
    Matching lines:
    • the top from below. At the top, everything is beneath you, and above
    • reaches down to him; he is permeated by the spirit. In contemplating
    • above. At the same time he sees what is merely nature beneath him; it
    • you speak. Speak of what is beneath as well as what is above you, and
    • takes its view from a point beneath human capacities. It is chained
    • spread out beneath it. They cannot rise to the planes of imagination,
    • reality, for something created by human thinking. There is, as a
    • creatively without having recourse to the higher worlds.
    • For this reason a great number of expositions given
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: II. Supersensible Processes in the Activities of the Human Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • Something that is different permeates and flows through the etheric
    • life spirit, or buddhi, which in time will permeate him, but which
    • We come now to a third element that can permeate man's
    • pressure without being squeezed to death, he receives the answer that
    • water he wasn't squeezed to death.
    • sentient soul. This thought substance has far greater elasticity than
    • can bear the heat no longer, and we are burned. When it is no longer
    • possible for the sentient body to stream out, the heat becomes
    • permeate him — the Angeloi, the Angels — that send their
    • Essentially, then, it is foreign astral substance that permeates man
    • during the process in question. They are the Archangels, who permeate
    • creation of the particular expression of the human organism as
    • greatest experiences vouchsafed him who ascends to higher cognition
    • sounds in relation to their creative force.
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: III. Higher Senses, Inner Force Currents and Creative Laws in the Human Organism.
    Matching lines:
    • Creative Laws in the Human Organism.
    • and Creative Laws in the Human Organism.
    • aurally disregarded, and only the harmony created by the harmonics be
    • Incorporated in this harmonic series, which creates the
    • never that in “the news created a sensation.” In other
    • a great deal of us that we cannot perceive unless the appropriate
    • When an organ is to be created in which not a conscious
    • be a sheath and something like a blood vessel membrane against the
    • there was such a person as Frederick the Great. Formally there is no
    • belief that there was a Frederick the Great. When someone constructs
    • for you the life of Frederick the Great from external data, you
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: IV. Supersensible Currents in the Human and Animal Organizations.
    Matching lines:
    • from without, nor bring them to us. That is the great secret of the
    • must permeate him just as it does what surrounds him. The two
    • through all forms recalling animal stages, thereby repeating, in a
    • more we will see in it a great school for learning to think. The
    • them. What at first permeated the sounds they uttered was sentience.
    • the great continents, in the southern, the vast oceans; the tendency
    • In this way a great deal becomes clear. When we know the
    • intelligently, although this intelligence is not permeated by an ego.
    • or at least prepare, the feature of the intellectual soul that the
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: I. The Elements of the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • it will greatly help us to understand phenomena that concern us
    • introspection will convince you of this. If you want to create higher
    • to how great an extent the soul life consists of products of
    • world, the conception of the ego can never possibly be created merely
    • during the night it follows that after death it need not necessarily
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: II. Action and Interaction of the Human Soul Forces.
    Matching lines:
    • insignificant among us, as well as the greatest genius, is chained to
    • greatest genius is subject to the domination of these conflicting
    • to unearth the earliest works of great men, if possible in their
    • twenty-one, thirty-five, or a still greater age.
    • greatest efforts to remember them. This conflict is actually a
    • in different ways with a great variety of results. This conflict
    • between our own soul forces and the visualizations varies greatly in
    • recalls conceptions, is of great importance because it is a measure
    • you are absorbed, the greater is this opportunity. Looking back at
    • with the soul life — it is of great importance to note whether
    • repeatedly made an impression on him in the past; he shuts himself
    • time remains unoccupied, and this time void is permeated by the old
    • the cause of our greatest bliss and our deepest suffering, in so far
    • great healer of the ills caused in our souls by sorrow and suffering.
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: III. At the Portals of the Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • The dooms they utter from their council-seats!
    • by far the greatest portion of the soul life is achieved at the
    • power of attention, and the greater the attention, the more readily
    • many feelings in a great variety of satisfactions and decisions.
    • impatience, are permeated by the other element of the soul life, that
    • achieves satisfaction; there is a great difference. A desire that has
    • world surges up to the soul, and we then develop a desire, permeated
    • When a longing of the soul surges in great waves to the
    • be done by permeating the conception with love. To give part of our
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: IV. Consciousness and the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • thought. We saw that thought itself become poetically creative, as it
    • awkwardness in the poetical treatment of the material; poetry is not
    • features of the soul life, one that we encounter at once, has been
    • occurs immediately after death, with the result that during the
    • it were, from its inner walls. The essential feature of ego
    • be reflected from within, that is, it must create a substitute for
    • would be repeated in modified form what was studied in the third, in
    • That accomplishes a great deal. It is really possible to bring a
    • physical plane upon which the great world powers have not placed us
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: I. Franz Brentano and Aristotles Doctrine of the Spirit.
    Matching lines:
    • resulting in the creation of an ambiguous being, a sort of
    • features of the current concept of the soul would be unaccounted for
    • Instead, the spirit is an original creation of the Divinity, directly
    • definition, “When a human being enters existence he is created
    • through actual creation (creatio), it is interesting to follow
    • had previously not existed at all; the God creates him. Neither for
    • be when soul and body pass through the portal of death. On the
    • contrary, this spirit that has been created remains in existence
    • after death, and although it had been specially created for this
    • well, follows the course of a human life through the portal of death
    • and then has that which was created by God for the individual live on
    • of the birth of a man in one incarnation — an original creation
    • reincarnation would not be a new creation. This alone suffices to
    • doctrine of creation. Now, it is a curious point, and one that must
    • death, other than that the spirit finds itself in a rather
    • contemplation of life from birth to death. According to Aristotle,
    • death upon this one life. In one case the spirit may thus see its
    • sense, would carry on after death. We must ask ourselves, however,
    • mere existence in the vale of tears, but that it is of great
    • meaning later on. Had the God created the spirit-man without having
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: II. Truth and Error in the Light of the Spiritual World.
    Matching lines:
    • because the great majority of those who join us feel in their souls a
    • may be fraught with many a disagreement, but one praiseworthy feature
    • derived through a method of observation that must be created by means
    • objection that man creates super-sensible truth within himself; hence
    • This presupposes that all objects are permeated by the divine nous,
    • When the outer world has created for itself a reflecting
    • because we have error. So the feature of the super-sensible world you
    • endowed with the spirit as a new creation [“Aristotle's
    • If the God were to create a super-sensible man, then, as
    • we saw, an unsatisfied state would arise in all men after death. It
    • would follow that the God created man for a state of discontent, but
    • his super-sensible component, is created by a God, it would be
    • unthinkable that after death he should pass to an imperfect state.
    • of reincarnation and repeated earth lives.
    • greater compulsion to believe in the devil than in anything else that
    • says that we pass through the portal of death and take with us our
    • divinely, spiritually permeated sense world. Though materialism
    • must act as a preparation for creation and as formative forces for
    • its realization and perpetuation; that is, as creative force not
    • world, continually active and creative, a sustaining force or
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: III. Imagination--Imagination; Inspiration--Self-fulfillment; Intuition--Conscience.
    Matching lines:
    • through a connection with the outer world. It has been repeatedly
    • all artistic creation, in fact, of all productive work of man.
    • memory; they thought of him a great deal. One morning they found that
    • spiritual world as a spiritual being, created a bridge to him. Let us
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: IV. Laws of Nature, Evolution of Consciousness and Repeated Earth Lives.
    Matching lines:
    • Laws of Nature, Evolution of Consciousness and Repeated Earth Lives.
    • and Repeated Earth Lives.
    • man's spirit passes through repeated earth lives, and at the end of
    • imprisoning the human soul for the period between birth and death?”
    • In view of such an honest objection to the doctrine of repeated earth
    • beauty and grandeur of the external world. The doctrine of repeated
    • be admitted that among the advocates of the doctrine of repeated
    • with general, vague ideas about repeated earth lives. We could ask
    • call a feeling of moral responsibility, particularly toward the great
    • opposite can occur. People who have achieved great skill in
    • to a humble man must seem great appears to him small, like the tiny
    • lies in ambush. You can see a great variety of things in the
    • of this sort, in reflecting on the extraordinary creature he has
    • its true likeness. The reply to the oft-repeated query of why one
    • A great deal, then, is required to attain to this
    • our outer world and our bodies with their organs, but great indeed is
    • imaginative world, cannot possibly consider himself great and mighty.
    • the soul when he passes through the portal of death. The
    • were equal to it. If we repeat such an exercise many times, then,
    • adapted we are to what lives in the great realm of nature. Another
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 1: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • years. Let us consider the nature of this progress. After the great
    • Indian civilisation, during which the great Rishis were the teachers
    • if we take great periods of time, we find that all the sentiments and
    • words, we could not have advanced if there had not been great Teachers
    • perceive that every wrong act created astral forms in his environment,
    • I have repeatedly laid stress on the fact that no one who really
    • successive age and that the attitude of the great Teachers towards the
    • that the great Teachers themselves undergo development from one cycle
    • progressive evolution of the great Teachers of humanity. Just as man
    • turning-point, so likewise do the Great Teachers.
    • Man goes through a descending and an ascending development. The great
    • meaning. The great Teachers could not have taught the Old Indians by
    • they have explained it by word of mouth. To the Old Indians the Great
    • pupil. What was of greatest importance was what the teacher saw, in
    • of his soul were of the greatest importance; for a sort of inspiration
    • the great Teachers of the Old Indians to have a particularly developed
    • One thing, however, was necessary in these great Teachers: their own
    • were those of the people. If a great teacher had stood at the same
    • in through the sentient body, that the Great Teacher of the Indians
    • contact with one of the great Indian teachers, he would have said:
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 2: The Law of Karma with Respect to the Details of Life
    Matching lines:
    • should continually enter in greater detail into the questions and
    • felt in the constant and repeated study of all the details connected
    • sufficient merely to know that there is a great law of destiny
    • time to studying the law of karma, the great law of destiny, with
    • in the external world. If we wish to find a comparison for this great
    • water remains as it was. We now take the other ball and having heated
    • of another event, the result of the ball having been heated. — The
    • plenty of confirmation between birth and death of the existence of a
    • and was put into the new trade, he took a great interest in it. At
    • with greater zest. When he is eighteen or nineteen the feelings and
    • of karma is experienced between birth and death. There is a remarkable
    • death.
    • permeates the soul and, as life goes on, it becomes transformed. In
    • results of this treatment show themselves. All the children who had
    • true observer many years after. Nothing but the great connections and
    • then be able to trace the law of karma even between birth and death,
    • who was very greatly respected and honoured. I had not yet seen him
    • is of great and special value in any life. I have known men who
    • heavens! Could you create those? Look at that wisdom-filled structure
    • is good for a child we must not force him to eat it, but should try so
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 3: The Entrance of the Christ-Being into the Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • In each of the Gospels light is thrown on the great Mystery of
    • presented by the Gospel of St. Mark from the aspect of the great
    • ‘There is a great difference between having the ego only in
    • subsequent earth-periods was destined to attain greater and greater
    • In the course of years a great deal has been said as to what the
    • part of the same, but we cannot repeat it all now. To-day we will
    • divine-spiritual world Order, but to decide for himself, creating a
    • noble, wise and great. As human beings, we are not only able coldly to
    • of still greater significance has come. If man had not been subject to
    • of death would not have come to him. If man had descended less deeply
    • sheath is laid aside, a new form of existence begins; but he would
    • disease and the realisation of death. Man is being led back into the
    • greater good-health; and when we have gradually learnt to understand
    • death in such a way that the Death at Golgotha works as a prototype of
    • death in our own soul, death will then have lost its sting. Man will
    • retrospectively, thus enabling the holy Rishis to reveal their great
    • become what it was to be, when that ego takes into itself the great
    • to be aglow for what is great and good, to feel enthusiasm for the
    • brings about to a still greater extent the consideration of one man
    • event was taking place? Just reflect that Tacitus — the great
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 4: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • in the Beatitudes of the Sermon on the Mount, and, starting from that
    • Zarathustra. We have a great deal more to learn through our studies
    • In Solomon there were great, important rudiments, which were to be
    • in his outer life the germs of the qualities he is to bequeath to his
    • descendants; perhaps for the very reason that such great forces are
    • order, in the development of physical humanity, to create a sheath
    • realise the relation to the spirit in his own ego, and thence permeate
    • permeate itself with what was the pattern of Christ. That enabled man
    • the good but to the evil spiritual powers. That is the great
    • later, in the Sermon on the Mount, Christ in the second Beatitude
    • Spiritual Science, to read the great scriptures of old aright, through
    • A third point is this. In olden times, when men could permeate
    • expression by pointing to the great progress of evolution. This has
    • occasion in the Sermon on the Mount when the subject of the Beatitude
    • difference between the fifth Beatitude and the others, in all of which
    • understood without knowing that the fifth Beatitude points directly to
    • Christ-Impulse should stand firm on the basis thereof, quite permeated
    • inwardly with its force. If they are inwardly permeated by the force
    • the last of the beatitudes of the Sermon on the Mount points straight
    • of the great teachings of cosmology and humanity, while everywhere
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 5: Correspondences Between the Microcosm and the Macrocosm
    Matching lines:
    • the divine Spiritual life of the world. A descent beneath those
    • regions of the soul which are illuminated and permeated by the Ego,
    • indication of a deeper foundation of cosmic Mysteries, permeating all
    • existence. In reality this is in itself as great and mighty a fact as
    • a great and still more comprehensive law permeating all human
    • unities. We can point externally to one great and mighty fact,
    • among other things, that great fact in the evolution of the world, the
    • expression, the image, of a still greater cosmic polarity rooted in a
    • unity; greater than the example in our present-world life, of the two
    • microcosm, is born out of the Macrocosm, the great world — must
    • the great Cosmos. If we compare man, as seen to-day in the light of
    • others one characteristic feature of immense importance for the
    • of greatest importance in it. For example, there is much truth in what
    • greater importance. If we wish to feel the force of this, we must make
    • in the great world, is that of the Sun to the Earth; and the same
    • cosmic space, — these forces have their seat in the Sun. Anyone
    • their outer sheaths. This must be thoroughly understood; for if what
    • and is just as greatly out-of-drawing as that of woman. Thus the
    • human being in one incarnation between birth and death. We incarnate
    • physical body is permeated with the effects of having plunged down too
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 6: The Birth of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • such questions can be drawn from much greater depths in a study-group
    • great poet, Æschylos. When we let the personages depicted by the
    • that name. Five hundred years before the Christian era the greatest
    • repeatedly emphasised that only gradually has the soul developed to
    • Æschylos, the great Greek dramatist, depicts around Orestes. What we
    • instead of contemplating short spans of time we look at great periods,
    • greatest height possible, so that in the Graeco-Latin civilisation it
    • some slight extent grasp the great thoughts of the guiding Cosmic
    • Beings! When man asserts that the truth is simple, that is great
    • universe yielded eternal verities, is making a very great mistake;
    • physical plane. The content of these pictures will succumb to death,
    • In this way we can divine a great mystery of our human development,
    • vehicle for the highest. A premature ego-feeling, a too great feeling
    • It would have been impossible there for one person to tower so greatly
    • is right for that time. It is one of the great assets acquired by
    • lived and experienced in advance by the Great Leaders, the Great
    • having greatly developed his inner personality, was of particular
    • realms of shades!’ The great value of the invisible, of the
    • juncture, at the turning-point of the times, a great Leading
    • This deed was accomplished by one of the great Sages of ancient
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 7: The Further Development of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • terminology of the day, as the death-day of the instigator of that
    • an ever-increasing knowledge, that what the outer world calls death is
    • stimulated by the Spiritual world. When to-day we remember the great
    • development of man, and must repeatedly take place in the future. It
    • great impulses through which Spiritual life has flowed down from the
    • In the primeval past, not long after the great Atlantean catastrophe
    • Finally, we have the greatest Impulse of all in that mighty inflow of
    • given in the past, and as we have repeatedly emphasised, it is greater
    • We have also repeatedly stated that new impulses must ever come; new
    • Christ-Impulse, that greatest Impulse in the development of mankind. I
    • individual manhood; they even celebrated His suffering, death and
    • an individual man having really passed through suffering, death and
    • know that to him that Event was the great revelation, whereas all he
    • We have repeatedly laid stress on the fact that the first thing for us
    • undermined. Thus while there was the greatest necessity that this new
    • this is the great and final result of the materialism which has been
    • play so great a part; even though the reverence of a few persons is
    • personality and belief in Authority is particularly great. We are,
    • doing, for we know that the activity of that personality after death
    • were to carry out its great original impulse, unweakened, and with a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture I: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • we do encounter a difficulty, a great difficulty — not for our
    • plant-kingdom, and creates the forms. During this process it changes
    • into movement. That was his great central act; his most significant
  • Title: Lecture II: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • a great many. We find that one philosopher is after this and another
    • would be beneath the dignity of man to let one's things be made by
    • nails are driven into the soles and leather. He knew all this down to
    • constructed. I will suppose that there is a great last at the
    • foundation of the world. Over this last the world-leather was once
    • describes animals; there are doctors who have learnt how to treat the
    • shoe-leather and the repolishing of it in the night. But in terms of
    • there. Only look at the paths which the disciples of great men have
    • had to follow in order to come to this or that great man, and then
    • they eat mice, etc. One can call such creatures “cats”.
    • Then one has formed a general concept. All these creatures have
    • that a great many of these people call their pets “Pussy”.
    • Hence he classes all these creatures under the name of “Pussy”.
    • creatures belonging in both cases to the general concept. And yet no
    • ideas that permeate the world-process, may be called Idealists and
    • valid only whatever can be treated mathematically. From this results
    • actual. (I have treated this more precisely in my book,
  • Title: Lecture III: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • unable to grasp with their whole souls anything of the greatness and
    • world-outlook signs. Certainly, the Gnosis will render the greatest
    • can lay hold of into a great concept-organism — a logical
    • great men. Thus, for example, Hamerling is an out-and-out Monadist or
    • voluntaristic Psychist. It is precisely great men who have so
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • constellations are of much greater importance in the life of the
    • would bring to expression a mathematical world-structure permeated by
    • permeated by will — a will that wants to effect its purpose by
    • than the image of a face is created by the mirror. The brain, in
    • is the “great thinker” which down to our last finger-nail
    • carry out the great thought-activity which engraves upon the world
    • activity of the cosmos. Then resounds the Creative Fiat, the Creative
    • be placed one-sidedly in life, we know that we belong to a great
    • them. And thus they create conditions which call for adjustment.
    • Otherwise he could probably do something greater, much greater;
    • constellations. These persons do great harm by hypnotizing the world
    • perceptive feeling, into the spiritual features of the world.
    • I might say: “With bleeding heart I declare that the greatest
    • — the greatest hindrance to the knowledge of this fact is the
  • Title: Lecture I: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • we do encounter a difficulty, a great difficulty — not for our
    • plant-kingdom, and creates the forms. During this process it changes
    • into movement. That was his great central act; his most significant
  • Title: Lecture II: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • a great many. We find that one philosopher is after this and another
    • would be beneath the dignity of man to let one's things be made by
    • nails are driven into the soles and leather. He knew all this down to
    • constructed. I will suppose that there is a great last at the
    • foundation of the world. Over this last the world-leather was once
    • describes animals; there are doctors who have learnt how to treat the
    • shoe-leather and the repolishing of it in the night. But in terms of
    • there. Only look at the paths which the disciples of great men have
    • had to follow in order to come to this or that great man, and then
    • they eat mice, etc. One can call such creatures “cats”.
    • Then one has formed a general concept. All these creatures have
    • that a great many of these people call their pets “Pussy”.
    • Hence he classes all these creatures under the name of “Pussy”.
    • creatures belonging in both cases to the general concept. And yet no
    • ideas that permeate the world-process, may be called Idealists and
    • valid only whatever can be treated mathematically. From this results
    • actual. (I have treated this more precisely in my book,
  • Title: Lecture III: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • unable to grasp with their whole souls anything of the greatness and
    • world-outlook signs. Certainly, the Gnosis will render the greatest
    • can lay hold of into a great concept-organism — a logical
    • great men. Thus, for example, Hamerling is an out-and-out Monadist or
    • voluntaristic Psychist. It is precisely great men who have so
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • constellations are of much greater importance in the life of the
    • would bring to expression a mathematical world-structure permeated by
    • permeated by will — a will that wants to effect its purpose by
    • than the image of a face is created by the mirror. The brain, in
    • is the “great thinker” which down to our last finger-nail
    • carry out the great thought-activity which engraves upon the world
    • activity of the cosmos. Then resounds the Creative Fiat, the Creative
    • be placed one-sidedly in life, we know that we belong to a great
    • them. And thus they create conditions which call for adjustment.
    • Otherwise he could probably do something greater, much greater;
    • constellations. These persons do great harm by hypnotizing the world
    • perceptive feeling, into the spiritual features of the world.
    • I might say: “With bleeding heart I declare that the greatest
    • — the greatest hindrance to the knowledge of this fact is the
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • Origin of Suffering, Origin of Evil, Illness and Death
    • and death, and the highest a human being can attain: the fruit of pain
    • Illness and Death. Yet each of these three lectures will be complete
    • illness and death, seems to man sometimes to grip so deeply into life
    • as to be connected with its very greatest problems. Hence the problem
    • together, one of which no doubt a great part of mankind would like to
    • higher creatures on our globe. Thus at the beginning of the Biblical
    • story of Creation the knowledge of good and evil and suffering are
    • around us in the Old Testament and study the Creation story in regard
    • he has seen the suffering submerged in death and that out of death
    • death. Through nothing in art can this highest victory of man, this
    • again take place before the eyes of the spectator in the theatre, we
    • look up to what is still felt by a great part of modern humanity as
    • one of the greatest upliftings, one of the greatest upbuildings and
    • sprung from the world historic sight of suffering. The greatly
    • eternity, a victory over death. All these supporting and uplifting
    • small and great, ever again rise to the surface, how they actually
    • continually asserts itself and which stands as a great consolation
    • sees Spirit only as a crowning of perceptible creation, above all as
    • creative element. At the base of all things we perceive the conscious
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • Origin of Suffering, Origin of Evil, Illness and Death
    • and death, and the highest a human being can attain: the fruit of pain
    • illness and death; but not for evil. In the case of the animal one
    • of man was once the stage of the Beings who are the creators and
    • repeated. Nothing happens in the world twice; there was never the
    • complete way the problem of how to carry the greatest possible mass
    • characteristic of physical nature and where this wisdom is permeated
    • one another. If there were no plants then in a short time the breath
    • breathe out life-destroying carbonic-acid. Yet the plants inhale
    • the lower for the breath of life.
    • ambrosia from the mortals. Both signify love; love is created within
    • the human race. And the race of the gods breathes in love; it is the
    • gods' nourishment. Love which is created by man is food to the gods.
    • higher, is breath of the gods. Now it might be said: If all that is
    • as love is today. A creative wisdom-instinct prevailed, as today
    • a creative love-instinct. Wisdom led man instinctively; but through
    • devil-figures. The creators of the world needed evil in order to
  • Title: Lecture: What Do We Understand by Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • Origin of Suffering, Origin of Evil, Illness and Death
    • Illness and Death
    • and death, and the highest a human being can attain: the fruit of pain
    • ILLNESS AND DEATH
    • the words “illness” and “death” express
    • often too in a vexing, frustrating, frightening guise, and death
    • presents itself as the greatest riddle of existence; so that when
    • that death is an unsolved riddle — a riddle which no-one will
    • understand by illness and death?” Hence we cannot go into
    • answer to this question concerning the nature of death, one that has
    • words: “For the wages of sin is death”. As we have said
    • solution of the riddle of death. Today those who think in modern
    • the nature of illness and death.
    • text “the wages of sin is death”. For Paul and those who
    • The undercurrent is something of this kind: All living creatures in
    • “sin” and thus Paul defines death as the “wages of
    • with the question of death, which for thousands of years we may find
    • solution Schopenhauer could arrive at was that death consoles us for
    • life, life for death; — that life is an unpleasant affair and
    • would be unbearable were we not aware that death ends it. If we are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Earth As Being with Life, Soul, and Spirit: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • notably because man is bound between birth and death to a particular
    • humanity inhabit, is a kind of great living being, and that we
    • ourselves are included as members within this great living being. In
    • really spiritual processes. Man eats. He takes up into his own
    • processes through which the substances he consumes pass. We breathe,
    • involved by the process of breathing with what happens in the
    • by the nation-spirit. We do not only breathe in oxygen. Something
    • spiritual lives in the breathing of oxygen, and in it the
    • nation-spirit. We do not only eat; substances are transformed in us,
    • entering us through breathing, nourishment and so on.
    • Man breathes. Through this he stands in a
    • continuous connection with the surrounding air; he breathes it in and
    • breathes it out. And when in a particular case the nation-spirit,
    • relationships, chooses out the path of the breathing — and
    • through the breathing — then it can be said ‘the
    • organism. Thus what the inhabitant of Italy breathes in through the
    • air — what through the breathing gives a special character to
    • wrappings.) It is the rhythm of the breathing, which beats up towards
    • present in a still greater degree when we go further eastwards. That
    • Against this there works the rhythm of the breath; in this lies the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Earth As Being with Life, Soul, and Spirit: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • living, ensouled, spiritually permeated earth has to be conceived
    • between death and a new birth, but — in a way conditioned by
    • an ensouled and spiritually permeated organism — and the
    • between death and a new birth, differentiated in such a way that for
    • can be guided between death and a new birth by what he then learns.
    • relationships man develops between death and new birth the forces
    • being can use what he can observe between death and a new birth to
    • death: ‘Ex Deo nascimur, in Christo morimur!’
    • which we live between death and a new birth, but in very concrete
    • death and a new birth.
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas VII: The Creation of A Michael Festival Out Of The Spirit (Extract)
    Matching lines:
    • THE CREATION OF A MICHAEL FESTIVAL OUT OF THE SPIRIT
    • ... In the first period after the great Atlantean catastrophe, the life
    • earth has been exhaled entirely; breathed out into the wide spaces of
    • repeat themselves periodically. In ancient times, something was known
    • their way back, in the right way, through death into spiritual life.
    • in which man contemplates death and the immortality which follows it,
    • through His own victory over death; but we human beings understand the
    • midst of earth-existence, namely, the Death and Resurrection of the
    • through death in the right way. This means that death and
    • inner resurrection in his soul, he may go through death in the right
    • At Easter we should submerge ourselves in Christ's Death and
    • the risen human soul may go through death in the right way. Just as in
    • death, so we are able to acquire another feeling when we have lived
    • we experience springtide. Just as we can experience the Death and
    • experience in the autumn the death and resurrection of the human soul,
    • go through death in the right way. Moreover, we must understand what
    • wither, the trees grow bare and Nature faces death, — just as it
    • great and worthy way out of the spirit. How much more important than
    • such a creating out of the spiritual world. For what would that imply?
    • It implies a great deal for an insight into man's inner nature if I
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Deed of Christ: Lecture 2: The Deed of Christ and the Opposing Spiritual Powers. Lucifer, Ahriman, Asuras.
    Matching lines:
    • We have often looked back to the times preceding the great Atlantean
    • They are the great builders and architects of existence who have led
    • pain and what is connected with them, namely death, the Beings whose
    • suffering, illness and death in order that despite the possibility of
    • in the great cities come to expression in orgies of dissolute
    • even death, were brought by the Spirits who are intent upon man's
    • thou bear thy children!” Death has come into the world. Death was
    • world through which man passes between death and a new birth
    • those who entered it through the portal of death. Each one felt
    • Feelings” are united in the great Guiding Lodge of mankind. And as
    • under his command, but by permeating himself with the Spirit, by
    • the human being when he passes through the gate of death. The modern
    • mind finds great difficulty here.
    • immortality. Spiritual science is an active power, permeating the soul
    • of orientalists to say that the Buddha died from eating too much pork
    • redeemed. For everything in the great World Plan is good and the evil
  • Title: Deed of Christ: Lecture 1: Mephistopheles and Earthquakes
    Matching lines:
    • greatest blessings.
    • Hence in those great centers of the Oracles in ancient Atlantis the
    • Zarathustra, the great leader of the ancient Persians. The mission of
    • by Zarathustra as “Ahura Mazdao”, the “Great Aura”.
    • a mysterious way with the nature-forces in wind, weather and the like;
    • appeared in the realm into which man enters after death, where
    • here on earth between birth and death. In the realm of existence
    • between death and rebirth, Ahriman's influences worked upon man with
    • egoism would have set in between death and rebirth; man would have
    • spiritual world a great deal appears the connections of which are not
    • substances of the earth are permeated by forces of magnetism and
    • warmth — is permeated in a material sense with forces similar to
    • victims of such catastrophes will be all the greater, for our
    • difficult kind because the hindrances are greatest. — And perhaps at
    • relationship. The greatest hindrance to occult investigation in this
    • happenings connected with the great karma of humanity is to be found
    • possibility will be created for individuals themselves to have an
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - I
    Matching lines:
    • epochs which preceded these journeys through births and deaths. I also
    • surveyed too the life that stretches beyond birth and death. Before
    • During the period immediately following death, the astral body is
    • between death and a new birth. The position of the etheric body today
    • physical body that is of the greatest significance for him. The
    • permeating itself with physical matter. At the end of the first Root
    • that in that epoch man had greater power over his etheric body
    • great inventor, or discoverer, or king is established as a principle
    • sublime, majestic spirit-world of the Brahmans. The great light-sides
    • 2:7 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches; To him that overcometh will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the paradise of God. \
    • churches, to him that overcometh will I give to eat of the tree of
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - II
    Matching lines:
    • drawn down from the heights of spirit has been gathered into a great,
    • Me.” These words were uttered by the great Christian Master
    • world-creative Will. And when the Christian says anything at all about
    • world-creative, universal Will. When man desires to bring the highest
    • Will, that is, through the world-creative principle, then this is
    • into being through the Highest, world-creative Will, just as man
    • Flesh, the One Who in the great Universe can be seen with eyes, heard
    • is great similarity. This similarity in the Annunciation, in the years
    • a life repeats itself in certain epochs of human evolution. But in the
    • sacrificial death, the suffering, the dying, which do not occur in the
    • they who do not see and yet believe. This epitomizes the great,
    • seclusion of the Mystery-Temples, attained through vision of the great
    • Mystery wherein man himself goes through the gate of death in order to
    • enacted on the great stage of outer world-existence. What came to pass
    • Mystery-rites. The rites of sacrifice and the sacrificial death were
    • constantly repeated, in the Mysteries. But the old Mystery-teachings
    • indicated what I have said in words of great profundity. All the
    • from these depths. But true Christianity must be permeated by fire,
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - III
    Matching lines:
    • again repeat that this explanation can be of real value only to those
    • sympathetic understanding. A great deal will have to be said here that
    • Mystery-Temples was carried through Christianity on to the great arena
    • realise that the way of the Passion, the Death, the Resurrection, the
    • there find something that I will now briefly repeat.)
    • beginning of a race gives the great impulse, the direction in which
    • Fifth Root Race began its development, the great impulse was given by
    • we find the superhuman Manu, by whom the great impulse was given. But
    • Paul, one of the greatest Christian Initiates, could only hint at
    • round about the throne were four and twenty seats, and upon the seats
    • to receive glory and honour and Power, for thou hast created all
    • things and for thy pleasure they are and were created.”
    • Passion, Death, Resurrection and Ascension. The seven seals belong to
    • This is repeated four times. The unsealing of the mystery of the
    • book, the same experience is repeated. When this has happened several
    • in such a writing, finding in it ever greater depths. That is the
    • this springs the consciousness that the greatest treasures given to
    • maxim, and which must permeate theosophists ever more deeply. For it
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 1: Spiritual Science and Language
    Matching lines:
    • which did not emit a sound remains unanswered. The great linguistic
    • of the imagination, feelings and perceptions, was created initially without
    • and permeates it so that it rules over everything which lives in the physical
    • also, because this work begins with controlling the breathing processes, with
    • (Cf. German “atmen” — to breathe.)
    • three members of the human being developing into the future, created by the
    • working in the past already on the ether body. This created internally in the
    • been created; the sentient soul, the intellectual soul and the consciousness
    • before the ego was ready to establish itself within them, spiritual creation,
    • spiritual actions, worked on our sheaths and gave them form, movement, shape.
    • and action of these three sheaths of the human being.
    • physical body affected when it is permeated by an ether or life
    • work of these beings on us through air created what gives us our form as
    • organ and connected with the other vocal and speech organs, was created from
    • hidden being which is capable of creating the eye for itself.
    • times to create in the human being the intricate organ of the larynx and all
    • because before the ego begins to create order in the human being, the drive
    • in the astral body all have to be considered as having been created with
    • — and having been created in such a manner that a sculpted, an
    • as it were, has been created in our larynx and in the whole of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 2: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • with eternal life, with the highest qualities of the soul or with great
    • is achieved in the legends and the great traditions of mankind — so
    • the great Zarathustra, who became so immensely important for Eastern culture,
    • was particularly significant that this great spirit came
    • all creatures in the world exulted, while evil spirits and adversaries in all
    • these legends and traditions to the works of a single great genius, we might
    • of great significance. But to speculate on the nature of spirit is easier
    • three external sheaths and within them lives the ego which makes him the
    • crown of creation. The ego works in the soul-life on its three components,
    • are concerned, as regards our inner soul-processes, with creating harmony
    • outer world is broken. Because of the soul-condition created by our
    • Just as the expanded astral body loses tension and creates in the physical
    • compensate for this by spurring himself on to an inward act of creation,
    • species to which it belongs. For example, there are no such great difference
    • great spiritual-scientific whole. If we observe a person laughing or weeping,
    • we can see that a change in the breathing process occurs. When sorrow goes as
    • contraction also of the physical body, the in-breathing becomes shorter and
    • shorter and the out-breathing longer and longer. In laughter the opposite
    • occurs: the in-breathing is long and the out-breathing short. When a
    • breath of air is drawn in. In weeping the opposite occurs. We press the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 3: What is Mysticism?
    Matching lines:
    • of what great men have understood by mysticism and of what they believed it
    • life and death of Christ.
    • to flowering and withering, to birth and death. And when we observe what
    • all ideas of growth and decline, of birth and death, are not applicable to
    • birth and death, will arise within him. This awakening of the inner kernel of
    • the soul, after the death of ordinary soul-life, is experienced by the mystic
    • as an inner resurrection, an analogue of the historical life, death and
    • the centre-point of our life, is always working to create unity in our entire
    • great thinker of the 17th and 18th century, said to himself: When we look at
    • immediate, his attitude to the world. Certainly we can learn a great deal
    • ego, and contrast it with the green chlorophyll sap permeating the plant, we
    • wreathed with red roses becomes a symbolical summing-up of what the soul
    • meditation, it creates a new spiritual eye, and then we can see into a
    • make its activity flow into the external world by the creation of symbols. In
    • thinking, feeling and willing and permeates our inner and outer
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 4: The Nature of Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • — as a great and wonderful preparatory school for spiritual-scientific
    • when it is permeated by some form of egotism. In this lecture we shall try to
    • that is greater than anything we have employed to form ourselves in the past.
    • something greater, with something in our soul that guides us to stand face to
    • that something greater than all our will-power dwells within us. And thus we
    • greater than itself, this realisation will evoke in the soul a reverence
    • Faust the great lines, addressed to
    • view it will not seem surprising that the greatest mystics found in their
    • mystical means. This mistake was repeatedly made by mystics and even by
    • of prayer came to be permeated by egotism, an egotism which impels the soul
    • if we have come to live in this feeling, we know that great moments come for
    • my clever thinking creates in my consciousness, from everything brought about
    • man, when he repeats the prayer, will not be able to fathom these depths. But
    • Similarly, if the wisdom of the world has gone into the creation of a prayer,
    • being grasped. However, unless it has been created out of wisdom, it will not
    • something great in me to which I have never allowed full scope, but now I
    • will let it permeate me and perfect me — then in a certain sense a
    • have no need to learn or experience anything to do with the great secrets of
    • would deny that in a great majestic cathedral we have something like a prayer
    • powerfully on his soul. And what is it, fundamentally, that permeates and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 5: Sickness and Healing
    Matching lines:
    • “Understanding Sickness and Death”
    • life. And since we have inquired repeatedly into the preconditions, the
    • order to clarify how illness, health, death and healing stand in relation to
    • creation; the bearer of the ego, his self-consciousness. When we consider
    • awake we can make our soul-life perceptible, we can create it before our
    • experiences are significant in our life between birth and death. An example
    • existence between birth and death we have a whole series of experiences.
    • has taken place in the human life between birth and death. We have had a
    • death. Experiences are transformed initially into abilities of the soul which
    • All personal experiences between birth and death take place in such a manner
    • each night what she has woven during the day. Great depths are revealed where
    • and death. Development between birth and death is essentially restricted to
    • transformation between birth and death.
    • instructions were given on how to create life from the environment. Thus a
    • carcass of a horse has to be beaten tender in order to create bees. Similarly
    • bullocks created hornets, donkeys, wasps. It was in the 17th century that the
    • great scientist Francesco Redi
    • threatened with burning. Today this type of inquisition has been abandoned.
    • axiom of repeated earth lives, of which a closer study of spiritual science
    • furnishes the proof. Our life between birth and death leads back to other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 6: Positive and Negative Man
    Matching lines:
    • another, we find the greatest possible variety. In these lectures we have
    • to make it clear that this treatment of the subject — which will be
    • individual between birth and death as following always a uniform course. For
    • greater than anything evident in his daily life, he will be impelled to look
    • up in worship to this greater thing that towers above him. We saw that in
    • certain stage and will then be able to carry through the gate of death what
    • we can repeatedly experience the truth of what a dialect poet, Rosegger, has
    • There are great dangers here for persons of a negative type.
    • about our ascent into higher worlds by vegetarianism or by not eating this or
    • that; it would be altogether too easy if we could eat our way up to those
    • threatened by one danger after another.
    • hindrances that may have arisen from our previous eating habits.
    • may have happened when we last went through the gate of death and entered a
    • it possible for us to receive a great deal into our soul-life between death
    • soul, while on the whole throng of followers, who merely repeat the doctrine,
    • Thus we can say that it makes a great difference if a man achieves a
    • about Nature does the reverse. But we must qualify this by repeating that a
    • system of ideas such as geometry, he will learn to respect the creative
    • calls forth its hidden forces, so that they may permeate all the saps and
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 7: Error and Mental Disorder
    Matching lines:
    • who greatly emphasised a theory set up by him about the
    • is justified: if an ether body which creates a hindrance for our intellectual
    • has been emphasised here repeatedly and which is considered to be nonsense by
    • often seen as comparable with another truth which the great natural scientist
    • ether body on the intellectual soul becomes too great, it is plausible that
    • normally take effect immediately in our present life between birth and death.
    • This only happens if it becomes repeated and habitual. For it is another
    • matter if we continually compound error upon error between birth and death in
    • thinking, feeling and willing and live with them between birth and death. The
    • outer bodily nature can only change a limited amount between birth and death.
    • When we pass through the gate of death the physical body with all the good
    • and willing everything good and bad which we have created. And in
    • someone was standing in his way. Where such an effect by the eye creates an
    • appear as symptoms of the actual, more deeply seated sickness.
    • inner regulated, strong soul-life, if the obstacles are too great. But it is
    • expand our thinking to encompass the greater context; for seeking to pursue
    • outer human being is greatly encouraging. Thus spiritual science gives us the
    • it is said: “Prove what you say about repeated earth lives and so
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 8: Human Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • to be heard in the concert of voices which speak of the great and fruitful
    • underneath this power of the soul there is something else, something of finer
    • these is the great German philosopher, Johann Gottlieb Fichte, who pointed
    • for example, who at one time had great influence on Nietzsche, wrote on the
    • a martyr of philosophy, whose death crowned and ennobled his philosophical
    • sense-world are to be found. And it has repeatedly been shown — for
    • treated as quite separate from one another. We named these three members the
    • makes the great discovery that something like an awakening of the soul can
    • with an ego-nature of unlimited perfection worked upon our bodily sheaths. In
    • sheaths as though in the darkness of a mother's womb, we find that
    • human ego, but of incomparably greater perfection. Clairvoyant insight thus
    • external world to the inner life of the soul? If it was the great cosmic
    • encounter in ancient Greece the great dramatic poet Aeschylus,
    • reason that the same subject was treated by a late Greek poet in a quite
    • great poet could only show how bad deeds rose up before the human soul in
    • great poet as he was, cannot yet speak of conscience itself, while his
    • which from all spiritual standpoints must be seen as the greatest impulse
    • the Creator of things and of the external sheaths of man, can be recognised
    • the conqueror of death through the Mystery of Golgotha, men would never have
    • created by light for light.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 9: The Mission of Art
    Matching lines:
    • greatest treasures that spring from man's inner life. We will consider
    • that truth and beauty have nothing in common. And yet, the great leaders in
    • the realm of artistic creation have always felt that true art should flow
    • and to find answers to the great riddles of existence. Before the time of his
    • beheld great works of art and caught in them an echo of the art of antiquity.
    • have been created by men as the highest products of Nature in accordance with
    • could discern that the great artists who had created works of art of this
    • so that they come to full expression in the soul's creative powers.
    • of artistic creation, many similar indications of the inner relationships
    • soul with convincing power and permeate our feeling with a conviction of
    • primal act of creation, when chaos was ordered and harmonised, long before
    • be added here. When we make acquaintance with great works of art in the sense
    • mysterious revelations of great art? We will approach an answer to this
    • Greek poetry, whose work has come down to us in the two great epics, the
    • forces of the great world; and he could say: “When something takes
    • primeval consciousness of mankind: we need only look at some features of the
    • Homer describes a great armed struggle between the Greeks and the Trojans, but
    • first great work of poetic art, Homer's
    • bound to be a great difference at certain times between the souls of the
    • before the soul in great dream-pictures, and how man can witness the deeds of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: I: A Retrospect
    Matching lines:
    • greatly enhanced.
    • one of the greatest minds of western civilisation, we have, as we all
    • those great spiritual individuals who, from time to time, have made a
    • when stirred by its great spiritual truths. The thing that matters
    • within our souls when the great truths of humanity strike these
    • knowledge of great spiritual truths; the feeling that the nature of
    • these great truths is such that we must approach them in humble
    • comparison should impress on our souls the way to approach great
    • illumine the great facts of existence from the most varied
    • time the need will grow ever greater for observing things from every
    • present a system or a survey of those great events comprised within
    • the greatest of all truths without which the human soul, in its
    • these studies to impress repeatedly on you the first requirements for
    • The great questions
    • beyond it, the truths concerning life and death: all such questions
    • great question, and springs from the most human of desires. A man
    • before man to-day when these great and puzzling questions arise
    • death, those without doubt are the most important which he can take
    • with him through the gates of death. Or let us put it as a question
    • him? All his discoveries would be wiped out after death! Just as much
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: II: Some Practical Points of View
    Matching lines:
    • permeate our whole movement, all our spiritual efforts. We realise
    • given by us of the Event of Palestine great care has been taken that
    • have repeatedly pointed out that the accounts of the four Evangelists
    • four Gospels, a great lesson is given showing the necessity of a many
    • of a country by walking about on the level, observing the features of
    • then fade and only certain features remain. So it is with spiritual
    • conception of, but at first he is far from the greater difficulties
    • confined to life between birth and death, that we bear within us a
    • spiritual man, that we pass through repeated earthly lives, and so
    • accept and understand them presents the very greatest
    • are especially concerned with the creation of this feeling for, and
    • but are the continuation of creatures that existed formerly. There
    • sun when it is outside. Thus among the various creatures of the
    • regards the greater part of what people think in daily life. We are
    • another way. This is because one man has within him a greater,
    • to describe the characteristic feature of these images we must say
    • feature of the human soul to-day is this powerlessness of its
    • great moment. All sense-perceptions do not grant us the pleasure of
    • to them in order that they may he so greatly enhanced that we can
    • I would like you to notice. The great difference between the interest
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • of another great catastrophe, so that we have to reckon in all seven
    • the little world, or microcosm, and the great world, or macrocosm; I
    • have shown how man, the little cosmos, is a copy of the great world
    • greater world.
    • catastrophe until the next great catastrophe is macrocosmic. Humanity
    • evolves like one great man throughout the seven post-Atlantean
    • In the first period the teeth are directly bequeathed, in the second
    • the physical organism is bequeathed, and it produces the second
    • wisdom. People make a great mistake when they try to express the
    • soul as a characteristic feature of the time we are considering. This
    • what they recited, it was as if newly created at the moment. This was
    • feature of the ages that followed is that Atlantean knowledge had
    • had been treated in this way a hook of fifty
    • treated in this way. But it is also possible to proceed otherwise.
    • learnt that the super-sensible part of human nature which permeates
    • Christ-Impulse. The greatest spiritual Reality entered
    • along-side that great Spiritual Outpouring. We can think of no
    • greater disparity than between the spirituality that came down to the
    • but also gave him the first great impulse upwards. Naturally this
    • men's thoughts. The greater part of what is called philosophy
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • teachings are constantly repeated. May I say here something rather
    • and which no one requires to know about any actively creative
    • emerges on to the great plane of history. The Evangelist who begins
    • which, transformed into something greater, fulfils the instructions
    • He tells from the first how man has evolved so that this great fact
    • of immeasurably great importance to human evolution; an event
    • Prophet refers in these words to the greatest event in history
    • You, know that in our studies of the other Gospels great trouble has
    • great deal behind the words, because the images employed were taken
    • example of how great were the errors that arose through this. To-day
    • What is the fact of greatest importance in the Christ-Impulse? The
    • create within their souls a place for the ego, to prepare for the
    • the reference to the great change in the evolution of the human soul;
    • certainty that the greatest mystery of the spiritual world could well
    • you study the Gospel of Mark further, that in certain cases great
    • this voice? It sprang from what I have just described as a great
    • In this materialistic age man has become a great Philistine in
    • gives the first impulse to this development. This is the “Great
    • of the souls it now begins to evolve ever greater power and will have
    • repeat. Isaiah referred to the great event that was to take place
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • it than from the other Gospels concerning the great laws both of
    • that to which I have referred when indicating certain features of the
    • teaching of that great leader, Zarathustra; and the other is one that
    • comes before our souls when we study the special methods of the great
    • Buddha. These two great teachers, Buddha and Zarathustra, differ very
    • ego enclosed within three sheaths: an astral sheath corresponding to
    • the Moon-evolution, an etheric sheath corresponding to the
    • Sun-evolution, and a physical sheath corresponding to the
    • dies. But this is not correct, for what a man leaves behind at death
    • live when the laws present at death are active in it. These laws did
    • in the course of his repeated earthly lives. Man does not see these.
    • great moment of his life when he sat under the Bodhi tree. Buddha
    • through his lower desires man injures his astral body. The greater
    • only in the course of repeated incarnations that the faults he
    • spiritual being, the sheaths that envelop his spiritual nature only
    • world. This sinking down, this breaking through the sheaths of the
    • bearer, the sheath one might say, of a higher Being, of a spiritual
    • “sheath-nature” he receives from his parents or his
    • sheaths, and on this account such a man feels more or less
    • dissatisfied with the way fate has treated him. But so heavy, so
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • their external physical constitution — as regards what they eat
    • Angels, do not differ much from each other. Creative influences are
    • this creative activity of Hierarchical Beings beginning with the
    • must develop in the temperate zone, for all those great Beings who
    • the plant creation as light.
    • “Which has the greatest effect on my soul, that which I have
    • provided by nature. He might then ask: — Who is the greater
    • appears to us infinitely the greater!
    • When the great
    • merely repeated. Compared with what we have received as the
    • nature has to give is infinitely greater. For the revelations of
    • know how the greatness of the Hierarchies increases as they ascend,
    • they originally presented to us. So that it is in all great works of
    • art, in all great works of genius. Something continues to affect us
    • creation,” the first Adam, so that he might have spoken
    • us to-day in the course of his evolution between birth and death in
    • differ greatly from each other; only this difference is not noticed
    • great importance when man is studied as a whole. Human evolution must
    • within the great world. At present he loses this. He has no later
    • fact nonsense, for the moment man exhales breath, the breath he had
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • which will be of great assistance to us in our later studies.
    • acts according to instinct, who eats when he is hungry, sleeps when
    • always something greater than in his deeds. According to spiritual
    • science this is the outstanding feature of the idealist. Keep this
    • are always greater than what he is able to accomplish on the physical
    • something, when we carry out some piece of work that is greater and
    • the etheric body, thoughts that are greater than the fulfilment of
    • There is a great
    • on the physical plane is gradually prepared for death. But those
    • experiences which our thoughts only grasp with the greatest
    • difficulty. Eating and drinking are things that spring anew each day
    • regards eating and drinking when we have discovered why, in order to
    • is possible so to regard them that we say: — We eat this or
    • case accustom ourselves to allow eating to be no mere material fact,
    • perfectly as regards eating.
    • causes is gradually prepared for death; and another set of forces
    • When after death we
    • forsake our sheaths with the spiritual part of our being we still
    • to work in us after death, and contain the life-forces necessary for
    • who created ideas merely through his understanding, and such ideas
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • After being told that John the Baptist is the great prophet who
    • the great facts are put before us so, that again without giving any
    • These we have in great measure, and faith in them is not wanting. The
    • great that it will shortly be necessary to form councils to establish
    • objectively, and the temptation is very great to give it to the
    • artistic natures reveal certain periods in their creative activities,
    • that they had not roam so much as to eat bread. And when His
    • 3:20 And the multitude cometh together again, so that they could not so much as eat bread. \
    • Science, great antipathy will be manifested by those who turn from
    • fanciful tales by the greater part of humanity.
    • to be made clear, one sentence, the special feature of which consists
    • “death and birth” (Stirb und Werde) in the course of
    • death-like state after having endured the tragic suffering of one
    • must experience “death and birth.” What formerly had only
    • pupils of this greater wisdom.
    • inner nature of the Gospel of Luke is of great value, for it is the
    • post-Atlantean period of civilisation, and on until the next great
    • nature of music permeates our astral body; and finds expression
    • can be illustrated in a trivial manner. We are permeated by music and
    • are permeated by the Logos — they will then feel for the first
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • periods of transition, it is helpful to recall the great
    • passed, often mentioned by me as the great incisive moment of the
    • essence of Christianity Jahve did not really differ very greatly from
    • more powerful it will permeate all human life until earthly evolution
    • are repeated which occurred in the third age — the
    • of Mahomed, but permeated in an extra-ordinary way with what we might
    • the souls of men, then the great Impulse for the human head, for the
    • great mind who united in himself the fullness of science, of
    • concerning the repeated cycle of six, and again six centuries, we
    • regarded as a heathen.
    • creatures, will only be understood when quite different ideas
    • present confusion. It will be realised that a great part of what is
    • of human nature, concerning which there is the greatest confusion at
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: IV: The Path of Theosophy from Former Ages until Now
    Matching lines:
    • of the great wisdom of the world the hearts and souls of the men of
    • already accepted sufficient of the great law of Karma to know that it
    • creatures of the different kingdoms of nature, and of what enters
    • therefore cannot have any great results. It would be most
    • bequeath these truths to others who are unable to travel the path
    • think of what is greatest in this, we think of the spirit without
    • Everything a man creates must be created by the spirit; if he thinks
    • The smallest creative act, even in everyday concerns, has an eternal
    • thou hast not experienced death and becoming, thou art a gloomy
    • repeating some of the things that were spread abroad through Middle
    • bring him safe home the dragon will eat thee — we shall all eat
    • know the threefold nature of the human sheaths. In former days we
    • of the kingdoms) he acquired a covering, a sheath.
    • concerning the threefold sheath-nature of man was brought to people
    • A man can only create
    • repeat the macrocosm microscopically in ourselves.
    • other hand, grew ever greater and greater, the more the ideal of a
    • life could only be preserved by spending the greater part of it in
    • this way from greatness of spirit. Ritter Wahn sets out to conquer
    • death. On the way he meets with three old men. It occurred to Julius
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I - Lecture I: The Eternal and the Transient in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • need only to realise that the human being thinking of death feels a
    • in death cannot get through this horror completely. One has tried to
    • from creating a better life here. Others say that only in this way existence
    • this question. But just the admiration of Haeckel’s great achievements
    • saw a big threat betraying the mysteries if they were in everybody’s
    • facilities, of the states? The individuals who created them disappeared,
    • again, the parts take on their characteristic shape again. The creative
    • if they are sowed to the fields. The whole creative power rested invisibly
    • Hungarian wheat which was
    • created once. — This was an easy answer. Everything that had originated
    • was brought to life by a creation miracle. The natural sciences of the
    • we recognise that they were not created as those, but came into being
    • his great discoveries in biology, would he have limited himself to examine
    • The great laws exist everywhere,
    • also after death. The human soul moves into the body and leaves it again
    • to create a new body after the time of maturity again and to enter in
    • at death; we have to look at that for which we cannot find physical
    • neither the soul came into being at birth nor it disappears at death.
    • Lessing put on the end of his significant treatise
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I: Lecture II: The Origin of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • Iron, great laws
    • knowledge the influence of a great poet is based, namely: how much closer
    • that Confucius, that all the great founders of the different religions
    • depends on the time in which he lives. Aristotle, the great scholar
    • of the body. It lives in the movement, in the breathing, in the digestion.
    • first level of the soul. It created the human organism. It built our
    • the creator. The soul is a creation from nothing for Aristotle. A new
    • creation is every soul also for the exoteric Christianity of the later
    • soul creation. Like the origin of the vegetative soul has resulted from
    • itself, but by the great teachers helping this human race.
    • There must also be great
    • These great teachers who
    • because the human beings would not understand their language. The great
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I: Lecture III: The Nature of God from the Theosophical Standpoint
    Matching lines:
    • find our great discoveries and inventions, our sciences and what they
    • science teaches and recommends living, all great laws which it makes
    • creation were often presumptuous so that they could not advance. There
    • to a book. One says it is a great merit of Feuerbach,
    • turn round the sentence: God created the human being according to his
    • image — and say: the human beings created God according to their
    • above himself. Then his imagination creates an image of him. The gods
    • true that really the human being creates his gods to himself? Is it
    • as for example Du Bois-Reymond, the great physiologist: I would believe
    • created from their own chests like Feuerbach says.
    • in a great, nice, worthy and valued whole if the harmonious pleasure
    • only that human being also creates a deep feeling, a feeling, which
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I - Lecture IV: Theosophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • big topic in great detail and comprehensiveness, and, hence, I ask you to make
    • thereby differs quite substantially from the time of the great spirits who developed
    • of the peoples created. — The Son of God evaporated to a divine ideal
    • and through him all things came to be; without him no created thing came into
    • the physical reality up to death by which Christ became enslaved without being
    • The Lamb of God was the most innocent; it is able to do the sacrificial death.
    • This one should remember. Therefore, the sacrificial death should not be considered
    • temples. Christ, like all great teachers, taught his adherents in the inside
    • spirit of God Who created the universe.
    • Bethlehem and not in you, you are still lost forever.” The great mystic
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course II: Lecture I: The Epistemological Basis of Theosophy I
    Matching lines:
    • by a philosopher. One says that the great mental achievement of Immanuel
    • is a higher experience. If you read Leadbeater’s
    • the value experience has facing the world in this way? This is the great
    • see that the solar heat falls on a stone. We think that it is the solar
    • heat which warms up the stone. What do we see? We perceive solar heat
    • solar heat is the cause that the stone becomes warm. That is why Hume
    • important knowledge of the great physiologist Johannes
    • However, this is only your own mental picture. You create the whole
    • Webster Leadbeater (1854–1934), clergyman and theosophical
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course II: Lecture II: The Epistemological Basis of Theosophy II
    Matching lines:
    • great physiologist Johannes Müller found the law of the
    • the nerve transforms it into a sensation: in heat and cold, in softy and hard.
    • concerned, the organ transforms it into heat or cold, into softness or hardness.
    • he says: the starry heaven is created by us. It is a reinterpretation of the
    • consciousness creates. He is enclosed in his consciousness. He can suppose —
    • world which surrounds us would be nothing else than what we would have created
    • and that also the inside world is nothing else than a creation of subjective
    • your movements to sensations of touch. This hand is nothing else than a creation
    • a creation of my subjective consciousness. Or I take my brain: if I could investigate
    • Also a philosopher who had great influence — also in pedagogy: Herbart.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course II: Lecture III: The Epistemological Basis of Theosophy III
    Matching lines:
    • Schopenhauer, Kant and similar great German thinkers. I tried to show at the
    • von Hartmann created. I have shown with it that basically that kind of epistemology
    • If they were only subjective creations of our egos, we could not come beyond
    • as subjective creations of our egos. Thereby we would always be rejected to
    • philosophy. As far as that is concerned, the greatest spirits have never thought
    • in by the creative spirit; that we are not loafers who only think about the
    • universe, but that the contents of our mind is creative outdoors. That is why
    • of world creation, guaranteeing the real being, like Schopenhauer about the
    • of this philosophy in images. You find a philosophical treatise on that in my
    • He knows what real knowledge is even if he has not still come to the great thing
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course III - Lecture I: Theosophical Teachings of the Soul. Part I: Body and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • the heavenly wisdom. Plato revered his great teacher Socrates particularly because
    • and the admirers of Ernst Haeckel — as a great man of science more than
    • I myself. But great human beings also have big shortcomings, and thus it may
    • find the body and its functions, but nowhere a soul. The great moralist of Darwinism,
    • of modern psychology, nothing of the discoveries of the great Johannes Müller
    • There Nagasena answered using another metaphor: how have you come, great king,
    • By the way, the great anatomist Metchnikoff reckoned that
    • great discoveries in the field of the theory of electricity that the modern
    • which have led the first Christians and the great Christian Church Fathers to
    • founded his psychology at the end of the great Greek philosophical epoch. For
    • its creation, and then the possibility is there that the soul element comes
    • Kepler, this great astronomer, read through what he says about this basic phenomenon
    • the creator of the future that way. Somebody who thinks through these two things
    • the spirit. The saying of the great Kepler that the laws won in a lonesome study
    • clearly say this. Indeed, he says repeatedly: the soul develops gradually up
    • of Aristotle that is put into the human soul from without by creative activity.
    • with Aristotle. He adds the idea of creation to the view. We will see how the
    • theosophical psychology overcomes this idea of creation how it draws the last
    • but receives its heat from the fire. — The human soul is just like a higher
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course III - Lecture II: Theosophical Teachings of the Soul. Part II: Soul and Human Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • else than the transformed foodstuffs which the great poet Shakespeare had eaten.
    • and its processes must be treated as academically and impartially as the questions
    • a way as once Galileo discovered the great pendulum law when the sense dawned
    • if we have understood their creation as a species. We have to express the important
    • We would have to look at the single animal, which stands in perfect creation,
    • has developed so far that its body has taken on a human form, then the creator
    • is created into any single human being. There is only one other way, and this
    • the recently deceased great English philosopher, has shown. He realised —
    • not profess himself to the theory of evolution must profess himself to the creation
    • miracle of creation at any birth. The scientific doctrine of creation is a belief
    • are as many species side by side as have been created originally. There are
    • also in the field of psychology only these two ways: the miraculous act of creation
    • to do that, he will also profess himself to the creation of any single human
    • will be the two ways which we must pursue in clear thinking: either soul creation
    • life within the single personality was exhausted between birth and death, the
    • we look at the life of the human being beyond birth and death. The balance of
    • to the principle of energy conservation. This is the great principle which controls
    • by the energy which is its cause. If we convert heat into vapour in the steam
    • to our psychology. Listen to the discoverer of this principle, one of the greatest
    • and prepared Darwin is Lyell, the great English geologist.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course III - Lecture III: Theosophical Teachings of the Soul. Part III: Soul and Mind
    Matching lines:
    • Socrates facing death stands before
    • his pupils. During the next hours the end of the great teacher must happen.
    • Facing his death, Socrates speaks about the eternity of the spiritual core in
    • the great teaching of the human soul and the human mind to them. He makes it
    • consecration of death, a conviction which simply testifies because it is expressed
    • defeats the event which befalls him in few hours.
    • over to him in view of death.
    • souls, we think of two things. Plato, the great sage of Greece, tries to support
    • it in view of death. This conviction expresses itself as something that lives
    • this great teaching, why does it make sense to them? It makes sense to them
    • Which human being could treat other
    • to approach these questions. Without desire and grief the human being must treat
    • does the human mind live before birth and after death? And: which is the destination
    • of the human being in time and in eternity? that these questions cannot be treated
    • can be treated. Because one was clear to himself about the fact that then the
    • with our death more or less. We must leave this narrow circle of that which
    • laws, controlled by the laws of gravitation, magnetism, heat, light et cetera.
    • an immediate natural force, there the thought becomes creative. The thought
    • is creative, and the spirit is creative in the whole nature. It only does not
    • be the determining factor. If the great basic principles of the theosophical
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV - Lecture I: Theosophy and Spiritism
    Matching lines:
    • life had received another physiognomy. Great naturalists postpone the dawning
    • like the great English chemist Crookes, did completely commit to spiritism?
    • the great chemist, knew to which extent nature follows the sensuous laws, to
    • and he found — independently of each other — the great thought of
    • and the attitude of these great men.
    • are treated as scientific questions. These researchers do not at all regard
    • the great emissaries of the Theosophical Society, went out from the spiritistic
    • has a spiritual nature in himself that his life between birth and death is only
    • them are able to give evidence of them. These great beings are the leaders of
    • and calls it the great brotherhood of the so-called adepts. Who believes honestly
    • Only with regard to the soul question a counter-pole had to be created, a spiritual
    • what it concerns here. The human being is not created by purely natural forces.
    • spiritual life is not created by means of physical strength. Wisdom created
    • the world. Wisdom also created every human being. I presuppose this here; it
    • the organism of the living body, we find no God, no divine creativity, but only
    • natural forces. They do not find the spiritual, creative forces. Already if
    • without the spiritual influence of its creator — this human soul with
    • was necessary — I have to talk figuratively — to create the basis
    • legitimate creators of the organism could have built only up to one of the lower
    • steps that they would never have been able to create this intricate human organism
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV - Lecture II: Theosophy and Somnambulism
    Matching lines:
    • Or another example: somebody is in the dream in an overheated room; he sees
    • saw an overheated stove and the like more. So not only events and facts of the
    • so-called vegetative physical life, our digestion, our breathing, and our heartbeats
    • This etheric double body holds together the physical processes. At death the
    • picture which I only must create to myself to be able to perceive the flame
    • astonishing kind, not only that their dens are true creations of an instinctive
    • greatest possible effect with the slightest expenditure of energy, one could
    • cheated, even if the facts are not correct. A mediumistic woman may go, for
    • Your mortal breast in roseate dawn!
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV - Lecture III: The History of Spiritism
    Matching lines:
    • and the great organiser, Colonel Henry Steel Olcott, went out from the spiritistic
    • to the physical science. On the other side, in the great spiritual movements
    • give one example, the great representative of the occult science of the 16th
    • comes from to you? — The answer is: it comes to me from the creative ,
    • asked for a secret which a brother had not completely told before his death
    • was put in another séance. The answer was: the soul is not created, but
    • séance followers of the so-called creation theory were, and at the other
    • You will not deny that that has a great cultural-historical significance. However,
    • which takes place in the human being between birth and death, but also knowledge
    • of that which is beyond birth and death. Spiritual science cannot do this without
    • aware that all the spiritual movements must converge at a great goal at last
    • by anything that is analogous to the sensuous. Therefore, he says the great
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV - Lecture IV: The History of Hypnotism and Somnambulism
    Matching lines:
    • history which, indeed, repeats an ancient history in a certain form, but in
    • to show how difficult it is to bring certain great phenomena in the life of
    • assure you that I have the greatest respect to many a scholar with regard to
    • him, while you give him a potato: this is a pear, take and eat it! — And
    • you can see that he thinks to eat a pear. You may give him water to drink, and
    • In 1766, a treatise appeared by
    • believes. However, this first treatise should not occupy us, because it shows
    • and cheated souls in big public gatherings again and again. The experiment consists
    • such cases were mixed up repeatedly with flawless facts. One must be in the
    • it was a certain Stone who caused great sensation and became a talking point.
    • scholarly treatises about these phenomena from the forties. They referred chiefly
    • in which from now on these questions were treated by the official science for
    • was understood in such a way as if it could be treated like an everyday scientific
    • can be performed and repeated any time. This requirement was also put to this
    • with this field which is so subjected to deception that even great scholars
    • the phenomena of hypnosis in a coffin; thus that retreated into the background
    • they wanted to protect science against the treatment as the Nancy school has
    • and whether one has abandoned himself to self-deception or has been cheated.
    • nothing is to be hoped from the modern academic treatment of hypnotism and suggestion.
    • Schwenter, however, had taken it from another book Recreationes mathematicae
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V - Lecture I: What Does the Modern Human Being Find in Theosophy?
    Matching lines:
    • to live stopping to breathe, sees him dying, and that he cannot imagine that
    • spiritual experiences which the primitive human being has to a greater extent
    • are our images of a life after death, of a yonder realm which is not enclosed
    • from there to the phenomena which one calls human creations, to that which is
    • if we go to the realm of the living beings: birth and death. Birth and death
    • and death hold sway continually, the only one which is accessible to the human
    • phenomena, in the processes of originating and passing, in birth and death.
    • gain the external experience. You cannot go far beyond birth and death in the
    • have, no, only in those soul forces which are beneath the external superficial
    • the simplest one: the plant life. There you see birth and death perpetually
    • and death are the qualities of the external phenomena and forms, rebirth and
    • and death is the typical in the realm of the forms, the external figures. If
    • is the force, and this force, not the external appearance, is the creator of
    • has left behind nothing but the force of the creation of a new one. As we never
    • to the creation of a new lily, just as little we can understand how the surging
    • life. There you only need to take a great German spirit, then you will get an
    • being. Bruno died a martyr’s death because he agreed openly as the first
    • but that, above all, an image is created by this teaching which makes the world
    • that everything emerges and disappears, is birth and death. We have seen that
    • also the most wonderful works which are created pass. If we ask ourselves, however:
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V - Lecture II: What Do Our Scholars Know about Theosophy?
    Matching lines:
    • great sensation, have experienced many editions and conquered hearts and souls.
    • not join in this choir of materialism who spoke about a self-creative spirit.
    • believe in the materialistic history of creation? How many are among those who
    • to believe what is in Haeckel’s history of creation, that you yourselves
    • other qualities; does it maybe have the quality of heat? There the physicist
    • answers: heat even comes from oscillatory movement. However, these people are
    • however, as single great spirits have owned it, it could not been given to the
    • others as great spirits if this materialistic scholarship has brought it so
    • find symptoms of insanities with the great spirits who are regarded as leaders
    • oven, heat the room and make it warm. — If one wants that the oven gives
    • off heat, then one must put heating material into it and kindle it. One must
    • put heating material into it. This is the spiritual force, the ability to behold
    • this theosophical attitude with the attitude of theosophists, of great, lofty
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V - Lecture III: Is Theosophy Unscientific?
    Matching lines:
    • particularly if the reproach is done repeatedly from the part of science, in
    • particular from the part of those who want to create a configuration of life
    • In the preface of The Wonders of Life you find repeated what Haeckel
    • today. If, for example, the great English researcher Darwin was asked for his
    • the great sentence that the physiologist Johannes Müller
    • To a more distant past the spiritual researcher rises and with it he creates
    • Attempts were made later repeatedly
    • see him trying hard to create spiritual natural sciences and to find a bridge
    • what was once and how the world laws are: an image of life was created there.
    • to rise to the spiritual again in future. In great pictures this piece of art,
    • his heart is saved by Zeus. This is the performance of a great human drama;
    • unite, they create that atmosphere round themselves in which the single human
    • The great spirits have expressed
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V - Lecture IV: Is Theosophy Buddhist Propaganda?
    Matching lines:
    • in the world. Not only Buddha, but all great teachers of wisdom have spread
    • All great religions of the world made this difference between internal and external
    • the peculiar shading caused by the finer soul forces, the whole spiritual breath
    • of these great Christian teachers know to tell how their souls were completely
    • words from the force that is created in esotericism. It had become necessary
    • founders. These religious founders were nothing else than envoys of the great
    • Blavatsky wrote her Secret Doctrine, not only oriental sages as great
    • in certain way. The great sages of the movement emphasised that immediately
    • in the outset of this movement. The great sages had come from oriental knowledge,
    • All great world religions and all
    • great world views come from envoys of these great brotherhoods of advanced human
    • beings. But while these great religions do their wandering through the world,
    • times there were great sages also in Europe; and there were also such brotherhoods.
    • this secret doctrine of Buddhism and all great religions of wisdom in a living
    • deprives a human being of his life, holds a eulogy on death or stirs up others
    • to suicide and says: what is this life of use for you? Death is better than
    • Buddhism reads that way and a ban to speak to anybody of the fact that death
    • one can repeat a hundred times, but over and over again people speak of renunciation
    • The great cardinal Nicholas
    • This is the important feature of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Novalis: On his Hymns to the Night
    Matching lines:
    • profound sense can only be created because the largest part of
    • that Theosophy as a teaching is based on the greater occult
    • experience, in their life mood they were totally permeated with
    • mathematical imagination became a great poem which filled him
    • became the expression of divine creation, divine thought as it
    • her in death” (Ich sterbe ihr nach!). Nevermore was he
    • interruption, as is expressed in the words: birth and death.
    • no sense of death in this prehistoric past.
    • Then the thought of death struck into the life of these gods
    • impressions creates a weaker fragment out of the great world of
    • Sophie's soul by emulating her in death. In this emulation his
    • perceived a point of transition: how death hit the world and
    • how the human beings during this time placed death as their
    • fantasy and art. But death remained a riddle.
    • this universal womb of creation from which everything
    • origins, to the unsolvable riddle of death. The Greek spirit of
    • death appears as a pondering muse, as an enigma which cannot be
    • Golgotha, that here victory overcomes death and as a result a
    • actual essence of what the Christ death implied. In the night
    • of the soul the riddle of death revealed itself to him, the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 1: Whitsuntide. Festival of the Liberation of the Human Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • theosophical ideas concerning the creation of the universe. Those of
    • request, therefore, that today's lecture be treated as an episode in
    • the Vatican Library, where it is guarded with the greatest care. To
    • Devas all around. He sees them as creating powers when he penetrates
    • purely soul-spirit nature. That was the reason for the great contrast
    • with its animal-like creatures had not evolved so far at that time,
    • lacking then — one thing of great importance, if not of the utmost
    • In the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat bread’, etc. That is no less
    • was also the endeavour of all the great founders of religion, that
    • After repeated refusals Jesus finally went up to the feast. The
    • (In the last day, that greatJohn 7, 37):
    • ‘In the last day, that great day of the feast, Jesus stood and
    • mankind's greatest Representative. Therefore it is also said:
    • human spirit, as the great symbol of mankind's struggle for freedom,
    • which emanates from the great Masters, which flows through a few
    • great Adepts, who are the founders of our spiritual movement — not our
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 2: The Contrast Between Cain and Abel
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • last time that a great number of occult secrets
    • created man, in the likeness of God made he him; male-female created he
    • created. And Adam lived an hundred and thirty years, and begat a son
    • Male-female created he him; not yet sexually defined, asexual. And
    • how was he created? In the likeness of God.
    • created after the image of God. They were propagated by asexual means.
    • as the Creator has presented it. One does not cultivate the herds,
    • which has been placed on the earth, that is Abel. The one who creates
    • ask you to visualise the following. The greater the importance
    • during the Great Plague, was able to foretell the future. He wrote a
    • Jesus Christ remained on the earth for ten years after His death.
    • form and not stated openly? I must here remind you that the great
    • would be a great sin, a sin against mankind. But to deny him this knowledge
    • life between birth and death had to be acknowledged.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 3: The Mysteries of the Druids and the 'Drottes'
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • to receive their instructions beneath oak trees.
    • sheath. The veil of maya is really a sheath which must be penetrated
    • by him who is to be initiated — the sheaths drop away, the human
    • aware that the sheaths had dammed back the impulses which would have
    • creative thinking, which builds and constructs things of the world,
    • replaced by a thinking permeated by spiritual force. The blown skin
    • of a caterpillar is the empty sheath of the caterpillar; when filled
    • sheath-thoughts, living active power is poured so that the priest is
    • to deceive even the higher beings. He must not only repeat truths but
    • preparation. He, [the initiate] however, could create these sagas so
    • utterance to things in this way of course had great power over his
    • fellow men. The creator of a saga of this kind imprinted something
    • the merest vestige of it survives death. Eternal truths remain
    • longest after death. Of less elevated scientific thought hardly
    • ‘Drottes’ priests, a power over life and death. It is
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 4: The Prometheus Saga
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • whole development of our fifth Great Epoch. At the same time you will
    • time in great torment.
    • with all the outward attributes of the man of the fifth great epoch.
    • incurable illness. He was half beast and half man. He suffered death
    • this saga lies the whole history of the fifth Great Epoch and true mystery
    • the future of the fifth Great Epoch. An understanding of this is only
    • leadership of great teachers and guides, whom we call the ‘Sons
    • of Fire-Mist’. At present, humanity of the fifth Great Epoch is
    • also led by great initiates, but our initiates today are of a
    • fifth Great Epoch took its start from a handful of men, who had been
    • sifted out from the previous Great Epoch. They were collected
    • (The name ‘Manu’ comes from the Sanskrit root ‘man’ = ‘thinking.’ In Indian theosophical terminology this denotes high spiritual beings, who have the task of forming new cultures or epochs. For further details concerning the Manu of the fifth epoch see Rudolf Steiner\'s Cosmic Memory, Rudolf Steiner Publications, 1971; Occult Science, Rudolf Steiner Press, 1969, and a lecture given in Heidelberg on 21st January 1909; Some Aspects of Reincarnation and the Life After DeatNote 2)
    • already great masters and advanced leaders of humanity, and we have
    • these great masters who are leaders of the fifth Root Race is
    • sixth Root Race will be the first great epoch to have as its Manu one
    • heat were also included under that heading. The consciousness of the
    • (This is expressed in H.P. Blavatsky\'s The Secret Doctrine, Volume 3, ‘Esotericism,’ p. 330, in the following way: ‘Prometheus is a symbol and a personification of the whole of mankind in relation to an event which occurred during its childhood, — “Baptism by Fire” — which is a mystery within the greatNote 3)
    • fifth Great Epoch.
    • things of his surroundings work upon him, but creates something for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 5: The Mystery Known to Rosicrucians
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • fifteenth century, it has often been repeated and explained in the
    • a time when one of the Elohim created a human being whom he called
    • After this, another Elohim, named Yahveh, created Adam. Adam also
    • descendants of Cain are all those who have been creators of art and
    • fire; they went further. And during the creation of man they were no
    • creation with calm and clear wisdom. That is the essential Jahve — or
    • fire of the Moon Epoch, created the Sons of Cain.
    • showing enthusiasm for wisdom. These two types are creative within
    • earthly culture, the great Temple of Solomon, has already been built,
    • describe in a few words how this Christian Rosenkreutz came to repeat
    • Molten Sea is what is created when the appropriate amounts of water
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 6: Manicheism
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • movement whose great opponent was St. Augustine,
    • It is further related that at his death he left these writings to his
    • Manicheism is a great cosmic legend,
    • significant feature which I beg you to take account of — they were to
    • death. Therefore, it continually consumes itself and thus carries
    • through death, what should not have been there; to conquer it within
    • form has been created, life overcomes it and passes over into the
    • that form evolves in the great cosmos.
    • body; now this has become the sheath, the form. Always the life of
    • intention is to create a spiritual current which goes beyond the
    • creates forms and destroys forms in various religious systems. It
    • That must be created beforehand, it has to be there so that Christian
    • beings who create an Organisation, a form, so that the true Christian
    • future. That is why such great stress was laid on absolute purity of
    • who will be gifted with great love and goodness; but, on the other
    • disposition without any disguise in a great many people, no longer
    • spread this view. For they must create a receptacle, a form, for the
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 7: The Essence and Task of Freemasonry from the Point of View of Spiritual Science - 1
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • creative spirit with Eve, Cain was born. Then another of the Elohim,
    • Jehovah or Adonai, created Adam, who is to be regarded as the primal
    • divinely created human being, Adam, is the true representative of
    • conception underlying the creation story according to the Temple
    • Legend. Jehovah creates enmity between Cain and his race, and Abel
    • for his livelihood. The race of Cain creates, as it were, the living
    • already imbued with the breath of life. Abel's sacrifice is pleasing
    • are the creators of the arts and sciences of mankind: Tubal-Cain who
    • wonderment at the great Temple of Solomon, her desire was to meet the
    • the air and descend again with great force in a rain of fire. Hiram
    • the impression that he is losing a great deal of blood. After that
    • thereafter in the Lodge must be treated in the strictest secrecy.
    • symbols which help to create a higher community, or whether ... [Gap]
    • swear is so terrible that it cannot be repeated here.
    • engineering feat of Lake Moeris in Egypt; a lake which was
    • astral body could originally be trained was so great that it led to
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 8: The Essence and Task of Freemasonry from the Point of View of Spiritual Science - 2
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • should be treated by one who is himself a Freemason. He would not do
    • At the same time I would request that you treat what I have to say
    • reflection of the great cosmic proportions, that a cathedral has to
    • temples and other great buildings according to cosmic laws and
    • effect. Those who built the great cathedrals of medieval times were
    • the great Freemasons. They were aware of the importance of the fact
    • sound, breathing and fluctuating in significant vibration which would
    • exercise still greater effect on the astral body than on the physical
    • Great Britain, America, Italy, Egypt, and also by eastern Freemasonry
    • respect there are great differences between the masonry practised in
    • Germany and that of England or Great Britain. In British masonry a
    • ‘That is and has been the great longing of
    • needs to have this assurance of a life after death in order to be
    • forces of Creation.’
    • death.
    • come to us through great conquests of nature must be incorporated in
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 9: The Essence and Task of Freemasonry from the Point of View of Spiritual Science - 3
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • that the Memphis and Misraim rite possesses a great number of
    • of Germany, Great Britain and America possess the ninety-sixth
    • so-called Philosopher's Stone; secondly, with creating an
    • the meaning of these two things. They may be treated with a deal of
    • however, who imagined that no death, in the conventional sense of the
    • here with physical death, but with the following. Physical death is
    • other people it is a real happening, which signifies a great division
    • Stone in the way that Cagliostro intended his pupils to do, death is
    • body at the moment of death. Everything has already taken place in
    • death. Death is then no longer possible, for the said person has long
    • — the Philosopher's Stone — which allows physical death to become a
    • in a school of the great European adepts, who taught that the five
    • place as it is described there, but something on a much greater scale
    • the King's presence. But he described to the Queen with great
    • occasion that he uttered the great saying which was based on truth:
    • had been repeated by Christ. Those were words which were
    • conquering death was really something which was commonly known. I
    • different form. The overcoming of death in Atlantean times is
    • Great Britain and Germany. You will perceive that one must reckon
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 10: Evolution and Involution as they are Interpreted by Occult Societies [The Atom as Congealed Electricity]
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • many different channels. A great deal of occult knowledge exists in
    • great law which governs the progressive development of consciousness
    • maybe called the mineral epoch; and our task is to permeate this
    • knowing how a man can act selflessly in order to attain the greatest
    • great account. If someone gives a coin to someone in a selfless way,
    • when, for instance. it creates a feeling of comfort. Good deeds
    • among us has no roast meat at Christmas, and I feel the need to give
    • him some in order that I may feel justified in [eating] my own roast
    • meat, that, after all, is egoistic.
    • will give you back. That is connected with the greatest universal
    • it for ourselves. But what we ourselves create in the world — that is
    • the great thought at the basis of these secret societies, that all
    • smell or taste Nature, you breathe it in. What you see does not pass
    • button concealed in his pocket, to [explode] some object at a great
    • against All will break out, in the most terrible way. Great and
    • we are living in the fifth period of the fifth great post-Atlantean
    • great epoch. Then the seven periods of the sixth great epoch will
    • follow and then the seven periods of the seventh great epoch. This
    • ‘form-state’ of our planet there are seven great epochs
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 11: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 1
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • will explain a great allegory, and deal with an object which is known
    • all a result of not knowing that great laws exist which rule the
    • there are great laws for the building of the state and of the social
    • — it could become an image of the great spiritual structure of the
    • harmony with the great life of God. And the life of just such a
    • about the cultural epochs of our fifth Great Epoch. The first of
    • great monument to the conquest of the old priestly culture by the
    • saga of the Trojan Horse. The intelligence of Odysseus created the Trojan
    • And that permeates the whole of creation. Hence it was self-evident
    • so unreasonable. Today people are inclined to treat the physical body
    • is constructed. The best engineer, the greatest technician, could not
    • greatest possible strength using the least amount of material. And so
    • therefore possesses the greatest perfection. Less perfect, on the
    • war, through which Rome became great. Under the fourth king, Ancus
    • that the great sages must be these pillars — it is this intention
    • which is permeated with the ancient wisdom. That is not a kind of
    • we should take into ourselves something of the greatness and all
    • thought must be permeated by that kind of wisdom which leads from
    • great conceptions into the details — just in the same way as house
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 12: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 2
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • greatest symbol. Now the point is to understand this symbol. You know
    • the word ‘I’. The moment in the lives of great
    • changed into a moral God. The human body is thus turned into a great
    • self with a house created by his own spirit, by his own wisdom, by
    • or, similarly, a sun-worship . However, a great mystery lies behind
    • great mystery. Mass fell into two parts; the so-called Minor Mass, in
    • how it was connected with the great march of world
    • the whole of man's life underwent a change. Birth and death took
    • following stages. Everything has been repeated, including the
    • evolution of the global stages in the first, second and third Great
    • to the third Great Epoch, the moon during the third epoch [Lemuria].
    • of the fifth Great Epoch had begun. This turning point was denoted by
    • announce a Christ who would renew the Temple, once the great point of
    • yet ripe for understanding the great teachings; we still have to
    • to be a sheath for what is higher. But this Temple
    • The ego is in a threefold sheath: firstly, in the astral body,
    • the threefold sheath of man. And when he has then passed through the
    • three bodies, when the ego discovers in Christ its greatest
    • will be ripe for joining in building the great Temple of the Earth;
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 13: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 3
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • is indeed living in his physical, etheric and astral sheaths,
    • plan of creation.
    • as it is a dead, mineral thing. It treats the human body basically as
    • a creative and growing way. This force of life must enter into
    • living forces of metamorphosis and transformation, the creatively
    • institution, ought to be created, that is not red hot with inner
    • seen at the entrance as the great symbol, for man was to strive
    • which we can imagine as a great ocean. Now Plato said about this,
    • world body as his sheath three times.
    • where God rests, because man himself creates. Then will have come the
    • seventh Day of Creation, in which man will have taken on the likeness
    • of God. These are the stages in the story of creation.
    • human evolutionary cycle in greater glory and clarity. And when man
    • something with which our earth was at one time permeated; the sun
    • immortal man, who will no longer be subject to death. The etheric
    • body at present still dissolves with the death of the human being.
    • for the inner living force. There the great mystery consummates
    • Our great
    • him that the Old Covenant, which creates an antithesis between man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 14: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 4
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • treat them fundamentally and exhaustively; we have added somewhat to
    • in the great symbol of the Fall, in the scene of the temptation,
    • where the Devil or Lucifer appears to Eve and persuades her to eat of
    • repeated in the first Round, the Sun development in the second Round,
    • epochs. Thus we have seven Race-cycles [or Great Epochs] in our
    • life thereby became different. At this point death made its entry,
    • whereas before there could be no question of death, because there was
    • longer the whole living [process]. This kind of death came in for the
    • warmth] ether which makes all bodies capable of being permeated by
    • completely permeated by the work of man's own ego, then we can no
    • Resurrection in an etheric body that was completely permeated by what
    • body has first been permeated by it.
    • nearly the same form as the physical body. At death man's physical
    • ether. But this etheric body has been very elaborately created for
    • Globe. This etheric body disperses after death. Only that etheric
    • initiation] — and that does not dissolve after death. If you see a
    • rebirth; the ability to create a new one is attained in Devachan. The
    • greater and mightier than our present traditions about it. Only
    • us in the Vedas. The original religion of the Rishis had great
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 15: Atoms and the Logos in the Light of Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • The great
    • made fertile by Buddhi. We have to work together with this great
    • world current, and therefore we have a great responsibility towards
    • also in everyday things. Anyone who allows these great world
    • death, man is in Kamaloka. We do not ask: Do the animals and
    • Devachanic plane. There, man helps create and transform the plants.
    • great Lodge [of the Masters].
    • groupings. Such were Buddha, Hermes, Pythagoras, and so on. The great
    • family groupings, etc, are all linked up in the great plan which
    • atom of the next Round, then one can see the pattern of the great
    • universal plan. The great universal plan develops in continually
    • look for the transformation of man himself during the great world
    • mysteries which come from the great Magi of the world.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 16: The Relationship of Occultism to the Theosophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • however trifles compared with the great structure of humanity that we
    • confront. The most important matters are based on much greater and
    • self-aware creature, and has to take his destiny into his own hands.
    • antipathies that the great world-embracing affairs of the human race
    • participant in the great affairs of the building of the earth. To do
    • with it. This event repeated itself in all the ancient mysteries.
    • we should answer: One can certainly comprehend a great deal in
    • as something the divine forces followed in creating the world — and a
    • step, as he is able to approach the great world thoughts, as he
    • but otherwise occult power that penetrates these great world thoughts
    • great centres of spiritual activity will spring up. You see,
    • within the great Root Race of humanity, which has peopled the earth,
    • the great Aryan Race has been the dominant one on earth. If we
    • of the great Aryan Root Race. The first Sub-Race lived in the distant
    • see also how great differences arise in the course of time in the
    • the wall in colour and form; the picture is permeated with what first
    • 1850. We can see the great things that it has achieved on the
    • the cells that have to combine to create a future culture. In our
    • will be able to gather that the forces which have created the world,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 17: Freemasonry and Human Evolution I
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • [human] race has already passed. Every planet repeats, in its initial
    • the Elohim, Jehovah, also known as Adonai, created Adam. And Adam
    • Through male knowledge the creative
    • feminine wisdom. This feminine wisdom is able to make great
    • his greatest success. Then he was led by a figure to the centre of
    • and wants to destroy them; he wants to destroy his own creation. But
    • Jehovah had to create this basic force, so that the race could
    • propagate itself. Jehovah created the Sons of Fire, which was only
    • For it was an expedient [?] which had been created, and therefore he
    • then [procreative] force. The power in the larynx is indeed the other
    • half. Speech is not as yet creative, today. It has to be penetrated
    • creative, so that he will produce his own kind through the Word, then
    • Then [the work of creation] which was once done by the gods, will be
    • be self-creative, just as the Elohim are self-creative. Therefore the
    • the procreative force which the female already has. When we remain in
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 18: Freemasonry and Human Evolution II
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • strictly adhered to. Nowadays, the sole possibility of creating a
    • sex only, and then became two-sexed. That had a great influence on
    • time. Already, in the second Sub-Race, there was a great schism. The
    • clearly: Before Yahveh created man, he made fruits and animals and so
    • on, on earth, and only then did he create man, Adam, whom he then
    • fertilising and fructifying force by which a new person is created,
    • masculine power that the woman had in herself turned the creative
    • the woman; the creative physical forces stayed with the man. As a
    • two sexes was forbidden to eat from the Tree of Knowledge. The power
    • in the woman. ‘Thou shalt not eat of the Tree of Knowledge’ means the
    • power to fertilise herself through wisdom as well. By eating [from
    • against this, and forbade man to eat from the Tree of Knowledge for
    • that reason. However the woman did eat and gave to the man. The man
    • previous existence; death and [re-] birth come into the world. Woman
    • of death enters the world.
    • the creative, the productive, the intuitive, what is original, what
    • which flows into him. Cain creates something new out of what the
    • gather wisdom and to create from what has been gathered. Cain killed
    • wisdom that had been taken over by the priesthood. The great images
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 19: The Relationship Between Occult Knowledge and Everyday Life
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • image of the physical body. The astral body, the auric sheath that
    • envelopes and permeates the human being, is the structure in which
    • physical body experiences no great change, nor does my etheric body,
    • very similar takes place between teacher and pupil. It makes a great
    • filling the soul with concepts begins. If a child is treated
    • position to create within himself an image of the beauty of the
    • child's nature all the greatness he, as a fine person and good
    • Through his concepts, a person is continually creating structures in
    • permeated by warmth. If one transmits a reverential thought to
    • in warmth, we ourselves grow thereby, through the greatness of that
    • flows into the astral bodies of the individual person. A great
    • permeates law with a morality, so that one single earth life gains so
    • greater empathy develops between individual sensibilities and the
    • development. When such a person dies, who was a great and noble
    • suppose that such a person has become a martyr. He created something
    • noble, but has been illtreated by his nation, just as such advanced
    • into play immediately after his death. What he had suppressed as
    • which treats its idealists in this fashion creates for itself bad
    • powers in Kamaloka, which rebound against it. Russia has created bad
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 20: The Royal Art in a New Form
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, he says, the right effect depends on our permeating the
    • like thunder through all the rows [of seats], the call resounding: We
    • great party within Freemasonry — that all Freemasonry originated in
    • building of the Wonder Temple, which is the theatre of the human
    • great universal masonic idea. [They consider] it would be a falling
    • away from this great masonic idea, if it is claimed that masonry
    • in books, in this or that record of the Creation [about the origin of
    • feelings to greater heights than we experience in front of an
    • one was concerned with the suffering and death of gods, with the great Greek
    • with individual human beings, who are images of the great Godhead.
    • great and learned discussion since the days of Lessing. [For the
    • uninfluenced from this quarter. But there was a time when the great
    • greater role in the contemporary culture than anyone could ever
    • opened and the Worshipful Master has taken his seat and the Outer
    • with exceptionally great caution. Precisely for this reason, it was
    • the great ancient secrets of Freemasonry have fallen today; and on
    • stress this — with the two great streams running through the whole
    • holiest, the noblest, the greatest and the most spiritual [principle]
    • great piety on the one hand, or blatant superstition on the other, in
    • Kingdoms. If he wants to control them, then he must create a new
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture I: Where and How Does One Find the Spirit?
    Matching lines:
    • do if he creates the necessary preconditions of it only. To the
    • to which the thing is created. Only someone can believe that he
    • seems obvious. Physics, science generally, point repeatedly to
    • other. Then we have created a basis to know that all bases of
    • life body. If the etheric body is outside, like after death,
    • body or life body prevents the decay between birth and death.
    • your mortal breast in roseate dawn!
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture II: Goethe's Secret Revelation - Exoteric
    Matching lines:
    • significant repeatedly, a scene that took place in the nineties
    • materials of the whole building of nature. Because you recreate
    • concealed technology. A great and really heroic idea which
    • traditions and to create feelings, thoughts and ideas which
    • with that who created it, but also in those who want to enjoy
    • Allow me now to explain the principal features of this fairy
    • without imagining those features that are of importance if we
    • much the better. It has happened to me repeatedly if I held a
    • I repeat: it is included in every issue of Goethe's works and
    • soon which deep meaning any feature and any single fact has.
    • eaten from the gold pieces and was transformed into a precious
    • pug to them. Then a very important feature of the fairy tale
    • can only take out single features. The beautiful lily is the
    • repeats what her husband said in the subterranean temple, and
    • creature that established a kind of connecting tie between her
    • destiny. And it is the great task of his existence to agree
    • the development of the soul correctly and pictorially creating
    • creating and his whole way. Thus, he works in the sense of that
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture III: Goethe's Secret Revelation - Esoteric
    Matching lines:
    • that a poet created in the free play of imagination. We have
    • Repeatedly, it will
    • ideation, and as if anybody who feels called, so to speak, is
    • on truth, on objective reality. You can hear it repeatedly:
    • figure. Thus, he created the process of the fairy tale that is
    • that one receives if one ignores the distinctive features and
    • joins the common features. We have seen that Goethe said on it,
    • This is the instructive and great of Goethe's scientific nature
    • creating. We heard about the ferryman that he is able to lead
    • world, to the creative, spiritual powers. While we long for
    • these creative powers, we long for the beautiful lily. Thus, we
    • would say, the temple is something concealed, it is beneath the
    • world, which he enters usually after death only, already in the
    • other saying: “And thus death is the root of all
    • overcome temporality. The fact that she is treated in such a
    • harmony up to his latest age with that which he had created
    • his secret revelation still there where he brings his great
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture IV: Bible and Wisdom I
    Matching lines:
    • creation by Moses. However, we read the creation story and find
    • overpowering pictures the creation is unrolled. In them, the
    • this creation the human being originated, how he came to the
    • Bible tells us that the world was created within six or seven
    • days? We have no use neither for the creation in six or seven
    • following up old writings, indeed, writings of a great
    • What was the basic feature of this aurora? While one had taken
    • repeated as tradition for centuries. If we read Giordano
    • human nature, other abilities take a backseat. That is why we
    • in its first beginnings by Euclid, the great mathematician.
    • from subordinated creatures, but that he was first there as a
    • spiritual processes, and only later, the lower creatures
    • earthly creation with the methods of geology et cetera only to
    • most cunning of all creatures the LORD God had made asked the
    • woman: Is it true that God has forbidden you to eat from any
    • was the most cunning of all creatures Yahveh had made.”
    • passage “Is it true that God has forbidden you to eat
    • the fourth verse of the second chapter that the world creation
    • earth after their creation,” and then, “When the
    • creation” (Genesis 2:4). Here the same Hebrew word is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture V: Bible and Wisdom II
    Matching lines:
    • Tübingen School, which the great Bible scholar, the
    • so that John created a picture of Christ Jesus, which could
    • there have been great human beings in the world evolution:
    • of Nazareth was the greatest. Nevertheless, we must remain
    • life over death — what we regard as the real essence of
    • life in spirit carried off the victory over death.
    • other phenomena, because he says to us, after death, Christ
    • carried off the victory over death, and that he knows since
    • which are supersensible, which are the real bases, the creative
    • Bible also distinguishes those beings now who are the creators
    • about the creator of the human ego, of the creator of the
    • Jehovah, are the creators of the physical, etheric and astral
    • this youngest of the creative gods about which the Bible starts
    • the ego. Moses became the great precursor bringing the
    • development that a force takes a backseat, so that the other
    • lives in us between birth and death, and that it maintains its
    • kind between birth and death. Thus, the ego maintained for
    • grandfather, and great-grandfather.
    • pre-Christian time in which the God was creating, in which the
    • death of matter.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture VI: Superstition from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • theatre management rejects the drama.” — I asked,
    • as superstition can never become a characteristic feature of
    • are numerous which examine the mental conditions of great
    • spirits. A Leipzig scholar took great pains till recently to
    • examine a whole group of great spirits, among them Goethe,
    • who has to treat such a sick person has to pay attention in
    • crows on the dung heap, the weather changes or remains as it
    • Becoming conscious and regulating breathing according to
    • After particular instructions, someone breathes who becomes a
    • This breathing has a particular result for the whole organism
    • regard him as a swindler, a charlatan or as the greatest sage
    • are greater than those who stand on the ground of the so-called
    • Whether one can call it great, this depends on what arises if
    • recognises as great.
    • child is recreated completely. I do not want to decide what is
    • he is the great researcher. Who knows me also knows that I always
    • atoms that they can create conditions which simple living
    • ancient sages could show great natural phenomena.
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture VII: Issues of Nutrition in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • materialistic way of thinking judges differently. A great
    • often been repeated and that causes many who are idealistically
    • “The human being is what he eats.” Most people
    • eating, with diet. An outsider cannot understand why the
    • that they should avoid this or that, should not eat or drink
    • eats.” It is a one-sided view at least.
    • well. When we eat we absorb not only what spreads out
    • respect: “The human being is what he eats.” Only
    • being, indeed, could be what he eats, through following a
    • abstinence, vegetarianism, meat diet.
    • death, the physical body is subject only to its own principles,
    • all that we call our inner soul life. All that has its seat in
    • The human being is thereby the crown of creation, he towers
    • body. They are that which the etheric body creates in the
    • is the actor, the creator. We can imagine just as a clock or a
    • also emotionally, is at the same time the great assistant of
    • however, the human being has also to create everything
    • look up at the greater connections of things that raise him
    • thinking freely from the great viewpoints, this he owes to the
    • meat-based food.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture VIII: Issues of Health in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • of his working and creating. Hence, we can probably explain why
    • acid, one does not yet suppress the tendency to create too much
    • fact that the death rate has really decreased by so many
    • the last times, indeed, the death rates have decreased
    • had an uncontrollable aversion of meat. He could not bear meat,
    • could not eat it. He could not eat what is connected anyhow
    • with meat, too. He developed quite healthy with his vegetarian
    • every day once more to what he should eat, actually, if one had
    • we consider how the death was caused in this case, we can
    • health and illness, turn away from the view to eat this or that
    • eat the hemlock without harm, while Socrates died of it? In
    • addition, goats and horses can eat the hemlock without harm,
    • he would be treated after a prescription, which compares the
    • that is a fighter against the illnesses, up to death, is the
    • should eat. On the other side, he has an indicator in the
    • emerging sensation of hunger when his organism should eat.
    • being concerning his relation to the outside world repeatedly.
    • colour is something that depresses the soul beneath itself. If
    • that our astral body is the real creator of the physical and
    • inner co-operation of the soul creating pictures, have no inner
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture IX: Tolstoy and Carnegie
    Matching lines:
    • could treat his farmers in such a way, as it was necessary in
    • certain chapter of the code of Catherine the Great (1729–1796)
    • Then he tries repeatedly to manage his estate, and we see him
    • disregard features in the life of a young person. Thus, this
    • soul seems to be great and to have many talents from the start.
    • Thus, he is thrown back repeatedly from that life he leads and
    • Between such moods, this great soul was thrown back and forth.
    • and died. Tolstoy had often seen death in war, had often looked
    • itself towards death possibly in such a way that he said, I am
    • searches in vain is finished by the futility of death and if
    • death, who is generally able to speak about the meaning of
    • the sight of death had put the riddle of life in such horrible
    • death, he gets to know Liszt (1811–1882, Austrian-Hungarian
    • which the great novels come in which he gave the comprising
    • tried to fathom the meaning of life in great philosophies and
    • basement and has to heat and maintain a small steam engine with
    • big heat. He feels that as a responsible post. The fear to turn
    • telegraph operator was not there, a death message comes in. He
    • efficient man, than to bequeath his wealth to his children.
    • allow to be fertilised by a great personality may receive a lot
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture X: The Practical Development of Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • pursued, it places the greatest value on the fact that
    • forms an independent, free judgement, the more he goes beaten
    • to the professor and inform him that he has made a great
    • could find any thought from a world, which is not created and
    • in the world. He has to educate himself to that great,
    • searched than the real creative thought. If anyone has this
    • this repeatedly, one notices that one no longer makes mistakes
    • greater poet than anyone was who is not allowed to be disturbed
    • him intellectually, he can remain always only on beaten paths.
    • creatively, which captivate us to life, which enslave us; they
    • create vitality, new talents and they go into the subtlest
    • world, but by working to our satisfaction we create something
    • not able to intervene creatively. If anyone develops a level
    • if we also believe that thinking itself is a creative force, we
    • who can use the beaten paths of their occupation very well; if
    • great practitioners do not have this practical thinking; they
    • survey because he is able to think from great viewpoints into
    • correctly. Goethe showed repeatedly from his practical way of
    • from the greatness of the worldview. Goethe's dictum is
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XI: The Invisible Human Members and Practical Life
    Matching lines:
    • of the creative of the visible.
    • repeatedly, so that he learns to believe that the supersensible
    • complicatedly. Anything, we must say, is there that threatens
    • us; the soul feels threatened. This expresses itself as
    • against decay. Only at death, it separates from the physical
    • ego, which makes the human being the crown of creation. The
    • repeatedly, it becomes a habitual mental picture. Because it
    • repeated judgments, the moral judgment becomes a permanent
    • great, elated ideas of spiritual science flow into the physical
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XII: The Secret of the Human Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • grandparents and so on. He hands down these features to his
    • features.
    • with the physical features, by which the human being is put in
    • line of inheritance? A balance must be created. While both
    • and the natural inherited features ray out. The temperament
    • death, a separation of both occurs. The astral body follows as
    • possible. If we have clear-cut features with the choleric
    • features. Even in the slim figure, in the skeleton, we see the
    • inside, we cannot beat them out of it. However, we can deflect
    • else, it gives it. Thus, we create social bases by such true
    • moralising, but creating a social basis in which the human
    • basis of that which is the greatest goal of human destiny:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XIII: The Riddles in Goethe's Faust - Exoteric
    Matching lines:
    • published only after Goethe's death. Goethe himself was aware
    • barely a breath;
    • At the important moments of his life, he came back repeatedly
    • There we must think of the greatest dramatic representation of
    • student. We know that he faced up to death by an illness in
    • the “great God of nature.” This fire should come
    • immediate greatness and meaning, it is clothed in an external
    • looked spiritually at the creative of the world sitting
    • they proceeded (the creators of these pieces of art) according
    • physical laws.” What the artist creates is physical work
    • and teach me thus to know my fellow creatures
    • shows what a great leap
    • Great, tremendous profundities speak from such Eastern writings.
    • express that wisdom, from which they created the world. Indeed,
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XIV: Riddles in Goethe's Faust - Esoteric
    Matching lines:
    • creatively uses the language in this poem, and that we are not
    • Your mortal breast in roseate dawn!
    • someone beholds, who bathes “the mortal breast in roseate
    • this roseate dawn in the complete first part — this may
    • “to bathe the mortal breast in the roseate dawn”
    • world. It is greatly shown how Faust's soul develops to grow
    • which he creates in poetic licence, may they refuse to call
    • spiritual sun and called it the great sun aura, Ahura Mazdao.
    • We are reminded of Zarathustra, who spoke the great, tremendous
    • me, the great Ahura Mazdao. Who does not want to hear His words
    • have a bath in roseate dawn. Hence, the sage speaks, “Go,
    • neophyte, and boldly bathe the mortal breast in roseate
    • roseate dawn:
    • Life's pulses beat with fresh vitality
    • and breathe new-quickened there below,
    • during the rapture, and he bathes the earthly breast in roseate
    • This is Faust, who bathes the mortal breast in roseate dawn to
    • Faust is the student who bathed the mortal breast in roseate
    • this world through the gate of death. Indeed, if the
    • in roseate dawn, who has found the entry in the spiritual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XV: Nietzsche in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • which humanity has gained and created for itself, than in the
    • satisfaction. We see one of the great spirits of the nineteenth
    • creatively in it, and creating is something blissful. Working
    • creative enthusiasm, which has something divine-spiritual.
    • music the Greek expressed this harmony and created it in his
    • myth creation and art. Nietzsche did not know this. He thought
    • who was close to the mysteries, creating his drama penetrated
    • already creating their dramas which only
    • when Wagner was at the peak of his creating and had realised in
    • on him from those who had created these works. He must always
    • repeatedly, even if after long intervals. As well as we are
    • shows Nietzsche's vain and fateful striving that is so great in its
    • illness is suffering, and death is suffering. He recognises
    • that in every rebirth the sufferings must come again. The great
    • permeated the earth with his forces. — The first
    • Golgotha, the symbol of death became the symbol of redemption.
    • everlasting life going through death.
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XVI: Isis and Madonna
    Matching lines:
    • Goethe referred repeatedly to the fact that someone who
    • creations his whole life through how art was an interpreter of
    • wants to penetrate to these mothers. Creation, transformation
    • soul. This is the great moment for him in which the spiritual
    • repeatedly referred in these talks to the fact that the human
    • of creations weaving and floating into each other in the spiritual
    • repeatedly transported ourselves in a time of human development
    • have repeatedly drawn your attention to the fact that we have
    • I have also used this picture repeatedly. We imagine a mass of
    • activity of world creation. Let us try to perceive what
    • already gone through death, in youthful beauty. At that time,
    • gate of death.
    • and the kingdom that the soul enters after death, in which
    • only after death that he can be combined with Osiris. The
    • is to Osiris equivalent to death. It is shown here in a wider
    • with initiation or at death.
    • globe is the expression of the creation in the world. We would
    • great model of everything that the human soul should bear out
    • are only a paraphrase of the great dictum Plato has spoken:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XVII: Old European Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • repeatedly that there is knowledge of supersensible worlds. I
    • consciousness by which we recreate the external world in
    • become a great dramatist. A student dreams, for example,
    • this hazy consciousness remembering something great in the
    • breathed into the nostrils the breath of life, so that he
    • became a living creature (soul).” A certain organisation
    • being learnt to breathe as an upright-going being, he stayed
    • Which is the physical expression of irregular breathing? It is
    • which creates myths and legends.
    • However, while breathing changed, some other things changed
    • world and that created the flowers and crystals, up to the
    • We realise that the god who lives in the breath, Wotan, becomes
    • temporary death of the soul. However, they felt this decline
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XVIII: The European Mysteries and Their Initiates
    Matching lines:
    • preconditions in our educational consciousness to create a
    • had European mysteries of great significance and deep influence
    • the student was shown: death is a process in life like other
    • neophyte was brought into a condition similar to death, so that
    • thing that decides whether a feature is dreamt up or goes back
    • all these mysteries wherever we investigate them, a feature
    • not completely victorious over death. However, the great
    • meant an ascent to a divine-spiritual world, but the breath of
    • eternity and immortality, knowledge of the victory over death.
    • between birth and death; but my blood runs down from Father
    • illumines, have a particular feature. Thereby they tower above
    • Goethe's greatest poetic deeds are fed from the sources of
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture I: The Spiritual World and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual science is treated in adversary way and is often
    • great cultural power of the modern scientific way of thinking
    • the soul life. This encloses the questions of death and
    • that what natural sciences have performed as great achievements
    • know in a great measure how his self-consciousness, his ego has
    • science as threatened if one admits that the human thinking is
    • these active, creative forces that stand behind all
    • mental-spiritual must approach the gate of death. You
    • experience the death in yourself pictorially. You experience in
    • death. We still speak about that; today I want to indicate like
    • beyond your brain, beyond your body, you are urged repeatedly
    • conception and death.
    • repeated lives on earth, the fact that the complete human life
    • consists of repeated earth-lives between which lives are in
    • distinguishes the life in the body between birth and death and
    • the life between death and new birth in a wholly spiritual
    • between death and a new birth where you are in a wholly
    • patriarchal relation. Wilson now demands that one creates
    • beings and that what civilisation has created. Many things
    • Archimedes, the founder of mechanics, and Plato, the great
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture II: Theosophy and Antisophy
    Matching lines:
    • death, but also it is to be recognised in the time between
    • death and the next birth. I have already drawn your attention
    • to the repeated lives on earth in the last talk. The human
    • among spirits in which he is after death. This world is
    • penetrate into those creative, formative soul forces that are
    • the creative spiritual-mental life. He must advance from the
    • created to the creative. Then he perceives something
    • unites with the creative origin of existence. However, besides,
    • region of the creative nature to face and to find himself in
    • because some people assert repeatedly that I hold these talks
    • entire recognition of the great results of modern science forms
    • subconscious soul lives of many people who have the greatest
    • fear because one holds fast onto the materialistic creation of
    • grasps the divine-creative forces in theosophy that organise
    • theosophy into the creative source of existence, he also
    • penetrates into the creative source of existence concerning his
    • believes that they are bright and clear. Theosophy creates that
    • was a great naturalist of his time; nevertheless it is an
    • No created mind penetrates
    • “No created mind
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture III: Spiritual Science and Denomination
    Matching lines:
    • You can repeatedly hear that objection
    • to understand this as the characteristic feature of spiritual
    • tones, a world of the differentiations of heat, a world of
    • it appears in the artistic creating or in the artistic feeling
    • everybody who has reflected about the artistic creating or
    • creating in the modern naturalism that gets free from the outer
    • those human beings have indicated as the greatest who tried to
    • religious confessions in a great united whole. Thus, he
    • repeatedly to the fact that this view is poles apart from those
    • perpetually creative nature — of the spiritual
    • Mountain (= Königsberg, place of Kant's birth and death)
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture IV: On Death
    Matching lines:
    • On Death
    • On Death
    • which are connected with death and with that what follows for
    • the human being from death, and what I would like to call the
    • outer and inner obstacles against a consideration of death in
    • by death to everything living. Now just spiritual science shows
    • draw your attention to the significance of death in the plant
    • and animal realms. I intend to speak about death of the human
    • of the death problem not clearly arising in the human
    • to do it relating to the great religious researcher and
    • what he wrote about death here or
    • the possibility of investigating anything about death. Even the
    • great Max Müller managed to say that all human thoughts
    • that exceed the human life between birth and death even if they
    • life after death, the human being would understand these
    • repeatedly that the human being cannot know anything about the
    • fields that are beyond death.
    • mentioned in the previous talks repeatedly is so significant
    • penetrate into the fields beyond death. What is this scientific
    • way of thinking based on? Why has it become great? Because it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture V: The Meaning of Immortality of the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • the life of this soul outreaches birth and death.
    • saying: also great spirits grow old and proclaim many a pipe
    • repeatedly on earth. If one imagines that the soul which lives
    • today has lived repeatedly in preceding epochs in which it has
    • them. They go with these fruits after death through a wholly
    • life of the single person is greater and more comprehensive
    • death.
    • this single human soul lives from birth up to death, fits into
    • of death, casts off the physical body, and penetrates into a
    • the single human soul at death. Then, however, the earth, after
    • of his treatise on The Education
    • souls carry over what is created in one epoch from epoch to
    • finds its way to look at that what exceeds birth and death.
    • such a way that it is subjected to death as something external.
    • treated that one can compare this work to the writing of
    • birth and death; but one has to search the real basic origin of
    • treat the body with the spiritual-mental activity first, we
    • birth and death in which he can reflect his spiritual-mental
    • between birth and death. If the body did not carry out its duty
    • the more. He returns repeatedly, as long as it is granted to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture VI: The Evil
    Matching lines:
    • human being feels pressured into putting it repeatedly. Since
    • and sermons have made a great stir in certain circles. He
    • something negative, namely the absence of heat. Therefore, one
    • profound answer, which also great philosophers of the
    • the cold compared with the heat.
    • material-physical created the human being. By submerging in the
    • create a world, he had to act on that what is true without Him,
    • that evil is connected with any world that He wanted to create.
    • He had to create evil if He generally wanted to create a
    • His omniscience; or He did not want to create it
    • create it —
    • and how one had to confess to oneself repeatedly that these
    • different in itself, must create an opposition to itself in a
    • creates its opponent, so that it can become aware of itself. By
    • the participation of a creatural being, Jacob Böhme
    • but what the divine being must create necessarily as its
    • originate. The divine being creates its opponent to become
    • divine. However, while something creatural originates, and
    • while this creatural embeds itself not only in the flowing
    • However, I have to repeat what I have once
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture VII: The Moral Basis of Human Life
    Matching lines:
    • spoken repeatedly about the moral life and the moral world
    • greatest?
    • concluded one like the other physical creatures. Yes, one could
    • his formative forces into being as the other physical creatures
    • 1804), the great philosopher, felt forced to separate
    • a moral volition is creative; so that you must say if you look
    • with the idea of the ethical in ourselves, we create beings in
    • the repeated lives on earth. The life on earth that we
    • way that one knows: you are the creator of these processes that
    • side, however, also that one creates realities with the moral
    • creators, co-creators of the world. We can understand how we
    • death we recently celebrated. He says, what is the sensory
    • existence by birth or conception and death. However, as the
    • in space, birth and death are only the borders for the human
    • borders beyond birth and death open up for the human soul, and
    • death.
    • creatures are in the universe.
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture VIII: Voltaire
    Matching lines:
    • Shortly after the death of Voltaire (pen
    • mentioned this writing by Lessing repeatedly in these talks. It
    • tries to find the causes for the view of the repeated lives
    • and the modern spiritual science in repeated lives on earth.
    • experiences a life between death and the next birth in a wholly
    • breathe —
    • It is great to see Giordano Bruno standing
    • repeatedly to find itself compared with the view of nature, but
    • shies away from it repeatedly because it is helpless to find
    • speak, completely defeated by the power of the view of nature,
    • categorical imperative. We see him repeatedly endeavouring in
    • glance at that which he created in detail, then he becomes
    • appeared to him much more important and greater than that which
    • recognise this in the figures of Homer and the great Greek
    • figments about nature; whereas the age of the great scientific
    • co-creatures that the connection with such beings got lost to
    • that they do no longer face. Voltaire was too great to be able
    • great for that. Hence, we see the longing projecting in
    • And o'er their breathless bodies chant thy
    • death of Henry III and Henry IV, he prays to heaven, so that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture IX: Between Death and Rebirth of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • Between Death and Rebirth of the Human Being
    • Death and Rebirth of the Human Being
    • death and rebirth, I say in such a way that I tell the suitable
    • time which has the great discovery of Robert Julius Mayer
    • century the great discoveries that Darwin made. It has
    • experienced the great results of natural sciences, for example,
    • say about the life between death and rebirth of the human being
    • death, he belongs to a world that is accessible, however, only
    • enters that world which the human being enters after death. Now
    • researcher has to say about the life between death and rebirth
    • it has become free of body after death in natural way. I have
    • between birth and death. I have to fight beside the generally
    • death from a certain viewpoint that uses the words
    • the gate of death, he experiences something in relation to his
    • life between birth and death in such a way that we have the
    • most images of an outer reality between birth and death. When
    • they are in us. After death, the thoughts also break away from
    • human being has collected in the life between birth and death
    • death in such a way that we have thereby become just richer in
    • after death. However, it does not look like fleeting thoughts,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture X: Homunculus
    Matching lines:
    • of these winter talks repeatedly to the fact that one can
    • creation, is composed.
    • spiritual world between death and new birth after every life on
    • the “spirit” repeatedly, restricts himself to this
    • also emphasised here repeatedly that it feels in harmony with
    • has gone through the purely spiritual life between death and a
    • which prevails between death and a new birth, and that what
    • the life between birth and death what prevails in us between
    • birth and death, what is spiritual, but what lifts us from the
    • death, and causes during the life on earth that the soul
    • him of his everlasting meaning between birth and death and
    • he feels “life's pulses beating with fresh
    • mix different substances and treat them according to the
    • creation in reality. He stands before the retort and
    • -creation (conviction) the
    • super-creation
    • to that is great where it concerns the passage through the
    • Let Eros now rule, the creator of
    • the human being is the highest member of creation because these
    • — Hamerling created
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Science/Treasure for Life: Lecture XI: Spiritual Science as a Treasure for Life
    Matching lines:
    • pointed repeatedly to the fact that spiritual research is based
    • portrayal of the life between death and a new birth, I have
    • repeatedly to the fact that one has not to be a spiritual
    • spiritual science. Spiritual science creates cognitive forces
    • I have repeatedly pointed in other contexts
    • instincts completely which say to them while eating: now you
    • how much the piece of meat weighs they eat. I expressed that
    • knowledge cannot dictate what he has to eat and to drink, how
    • breathes in the right relation to the outside world, spiritual
    • like a spiritual-mental heart that breathes in the surroundings
    • healthy so that it can oppose the inner breathing air what it
    • believe in this spiritual breathing today. In the future one
    • breathing. The soul thereby develops human freedom. As the
    • inhale not only the breathing air vividly, but transforms it
    • souls. Spiritual-scientific concepts are the heating material
    • starve. One can expel hunger, without eating really. It is
    • still today. I have repeatedly pointed in the course of this
    • to prove that we can show how spiritual science can be creative
    • relatively big means that were necessary to create this college
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Human History: Lecture I: The Relation of the Human Being to the Supersensible Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • could believe that today a science owes its greatness more to
    • forward repeatedly if one wants to refute the possibility that
    • Since phenomena like light, heat, electricity and so on should
    • repeatedly: for the purposes of modern physics,
    • been philosophers. Not only students in the sweat of their
    • life. Still those people who created such systems of thoughts
    • riddles in the philosophical systems of great thinkers. They
    • that is, before Socrates where the great thinkers interest us
    • Even the greatest philosopher — who spins
    • way: what is apparently so abstract is still the greatest
    • and which show how the conceptual creating prevails in the
    • creates thoughts about the world connections but wants to
    • during the slow, patient progress if he gets on it repeatedly:
    • If we do this repeatedly in life and
    • where the great mystics have come. If we look at these mystics,
    • You find this, for example, repeatedly in such mystic
    • death and immortality. In the course of the talks we shall
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Human History: Lecture II: Death and Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • Death and Immortality
    • Death and Immortality
    • If I speak about death and immortality
    • position itself to the questions of death and immortality
    • like fear of death and the like, we have the question of the
    • remains for the human knowledge regarding death and
    • death and immortality are disregarded. Since if one takes one
    • consider issues like death and immortality. There that
    • Indeed, the questions of death and
    • persons if it appeared with a great spirit, as for example with
    • life of the last decades. Concerning the questions of death and
    • repeatedly, as well as at that time, that it is over now with a
    • doubt really that one could once create life in the laboratory.
    • means that the creation not only of subordinated living beings,
    • death.
    • between birth or conception and death. Then one speaks of
    • that what one can observe between birth and death, or what
    • of one life on earth of the human being, but of repeated lives
    • gone through death and then through a life between death and
    • this essence going through death and a supersensible life
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture IV: From Paracelsus to Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • with mead, nor with wheat bread; but with cheese, milk, and oat
    • Goethe — “how nature lives in creating.” Since he
    • source to get such a picture how nature lives in creating, he
    • debates became heated. There, for example, the others talked in
    • outdoors in wind and weather, in rising and setting of stars
    • changes milk and bread into meat and blood. This was to him a
    • often cheated him out of his fee; then he went on and did not
    • old features, wrinkles, and baldness and which struggle and
    • met his death and was carried to his house. Even if that is not
    • understand his early death completely.
    • and develops later into the great, also clairvoyant ideas about
    • of the reappeared Paracelsus lived when he created the Faust
    • Faust works as a figure of the Goethean creating on us.
    • and teach me thus to know my fellow creatures
    • the depths of the creating of nature and world. Thus, we
    • year of Paracelsus' death is something before that big
    • worked beyond Paracelsus. Only after his death, the quite
    • great, superior figure. Goethe created a figure in his
    • appears in the greatest geniuses, and in the difference between
    • creating in the Faust figure, because his Faust informs us
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture VII: The Prophet Elijah
    Matching lines:
    • greatness stick to our hearts as they are described in the
    • there would be a great significant spirit. This spirit is
    • work, because they saw how he treated the human beings, because
    • howsoever the human being may live from day to day beatified,
    • have anything to eat. They want to eat the last that they still
    • After the death of the son that means of
    • face, and refused to eat
    • stopped eating! Such things arise only if one can investigate
    • invited and treated honourably. He could not escape from it. He
    • picture of Elijah after his death that he had murdered Naboth,
    • About Jezebel was said: “Jezebel will be eaten by dogs near
    • through the gate of death work with a particular force from the
    • spiritual world, Naboth Elijah now worked after his death with
    • worked on his disciples after his death, after his
    • after his death on those who could dedicate themselves to him.
    • Elishah experienced in such a way that his great teacher Elijah
    • faced him vividly also after death, and said to him: I want to
    • soul goes through birth and death; it goes from one physical
    • Jezebel caused Naboth's death. According to that what you read
    • (1 Kings 19:2). Since according to the Bible she caused the death of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture VIII: The Origin of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • being had to be repeatedly put.
    • spirit that saw their greatness to break with all old views of
    • actions live on. One repeatedly stressd that it is, actually,
    • saw himself repeatedly forced because of his discoveries to
    • arbitrary acts of creation that had put the single forms of the
    • existence for the creation of the human being from a primal
    • by geology. Natural sciences themselves lead back to creations
    • conception to death, and of that part, which lasts from death
    • the life in the sensory world between the last death and the
    • that what is there creating in the human being what removes
    • why we see the creative power of the spiritual-mental becoming
    • way that it created the human figure first, and then it has
    • being has only become weak in truth with the outer creation,
    • Now it must interest how compared with this human creation one
    • the spiritual-mental essence is so strong that you create an
    • everyday life, in the life between birth and death, so that he
    • being is also in this respect that being which creates itself
    • actually creative, and later the material life appears in the
    • original, the creative, and the sensory is a result. Everywhere
    • the human being returns after every death to the existence on
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture X: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • talks one may say that it has, actually, a great idea of the
    • great secret, at a mystery which just at that time, when Jesus
    • the Great, otherwise, with historical means. Not only this, but
    • soul into that which I have repeatedly mentioned already here,
    • death, but it was able to behold into the spiritual world for a
    • during the repeated incarnations also from their initiates
    • ceremonies face us in the Gospels, only applied to the great
    • recognised that an initiation took place as a great historical
    • If the twentieth century can take the great
    • That binds all creatures.
    • That binds all creatures,
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Human History: Lecture XI: Human History, Present, and Future in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • a consideration to the necessity to accept repeated lives on
    • repeatedly to the life on earth and in these lives, the soul is
    • repeatedly which are not due, indeed, to the present research
    • the animals? I have repeatedly drawn your attention to the fact
    • weather, earthquakes, volcano eruptions and other elementary
    • nature or creation is that what our modern science is often
    • appear great and full of sap evenly in a certain respect with
    • existence without applying logic in the great tremendous
    • great Greek who says there, I prefer to be a beggar on earth
    • condemned with it to death. The transition of the old culture
    • leads like every development to its death. If the mere
    • transformation of the consciousness faces us greatly at a place
    • developed. The language is a pre-conscious creation of the
    • Threatened by grief and death's fury,
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Human History: Lecture XII: Copernicus and His Time in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • that time in the sixteenth century when already after the death
    • of Copernicus his great work
    • replaced by Copernicus and his great successors Kepler,
    • spiritual-mental essence of the human being stop at death, but
    • and uses the body as tool lives on after death. However, he was
    • death. It is interesting how Aristoteles imagined the destiny
    • which it experienced here between birth and death. He lets it
    • body lives on after death in the spiritual world, but has to
    • of repeated lives on earth. That is why he could not show how
    • the soul appears after death in a new human body again and uses
    • death. Only that way Aristotle could become the founder of the
    • repeated lives on earth and the life in a spiritual world for
    • to the bodily, although he had lost the view of the repeated
    • the destiny of the soul after death out of a deep penetration
    • someone who is even greater than Copernicus is although he did
    • fifteenth, sixteenth centuries when the greatness of the old
    • greatly with the forces of the strong human personality. If we
    • da Vinci is a person who created this completely from the
    • records have a great effect on us if we study them. He is the
    • greatest representative of the time that developed to the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human History: Lecture XIV: The Self-Education of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • that he takes it as an ideal from the great impulses of world
    • talks repeatedly: the insight into the repeated lives on earth
    • and death learns to recognise by spiritual science that he may
    • body and lives not only between birth and death, but goes
    • through many births and deaths and appears
    • repeatedly.
    • that it creates his personality first, becomes effective in it.
    • heat. The other is more widespread that one recommends
    • weather, against it to expose oneself to aerial and solar
    • exposes himself to solar heat so and so long what may be quite
    • education, or that he does cures with cold water repeatedly.
    • cold, or to walk once in the boiling solar heat about a quite
    • be treated rather leniently. Carneri tells an interesting case
    • present views that he had to pummel his people repeatedly. This
    • stock of perceptions, while we peruse it repeatedly, look back
    • to put it repeatedly before us. In particular, it is important
    • ideas of the repeated lives on earth and of karma in your life
    • especially complacent if he stresses repeatedly that nothing
    • always new life will defeat the old death. — The soul can
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Human History: Lecture XVI: Darwin and the Supersensible Research
    Matching lines:
    • death, one would like to say is symbolically typical for the
    • everything great, immense, elementary and continuing to have an
    • were reflected in a great, ingenious man who felt the urge to
    • sensory facts and the treatment of these outer sensory facts by
    • everywhere from the lowest creatures to the highest ones and
    • spiritual sense as Goethe did it, that the creative, prevailing
    • great connections were explaind between the organs of the
    • events in the time between birth and death. Entering the
    • self-knowledge, the human being gets to know the creative being
    • without going through the gate of death that a spiritual world
    • spiritual world to create a new life and a new earthly
    • creations.
    • correctly what was created on basis of Darwinism if one beholds
    • the creative human spirit in all details which are brought to
    • it has got its conscious, historical creating. Thus, something
    • great has been prepared that one only misunderstands, as if it
    • creative divine spirit pursued on its way to humanity. With it,
    • repeatedly, so that the pessimistic idea changes into the
    • corpse at death —
    • to new creations, to create a new existence
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture I: Spirit and Matter, Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • Spirit and Matter, Life and Death
    • Spirit and Matter, Life and Death
    • Spirit and Matter, Life and Death
    • spiritual-scientifically with spirit and matter, life and death
    • what belongs certainly to that from which already the great
    • situation with the riddle of matter. I have repeatedly drawn
    • sight.” He pointed repeatedly to the fact that everything
    • the life between birth and death. The soul could not perceive
    • the world void of figures threatens me. It whispers to me like
    • “Beneath it a bottomless abyss yawns, a nightmarish
    • creative power, that it penetrates the world, that it is not
    • equal but compare it with the dream. Above all the great German
    • which his life between birth and death must take place. On the
    • death.” One recognises that death is not only the unique
    • life, but death is also that which is perpetually working in
    • combated. Just while death is working from birth or from
    • over and over again, life and death work in the human being
    • process at death if consciousness should develop. — Thus,
    • co-operation of death. Death is the basis from which the
    • life, it must be active in life together with death.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture II: Destiny and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • Spirit and Matter, Life and Death
    • solution. Thus, he wrote an interesting treatise about the
    • his thinking says in this treatise that one should take his
    • repeating such exercises, you separate this complex of thoughts
    • forces in the life between birth and death. I call it in such a
    • that accompanies the human being from birth up to death, that
    • birth and death. Now the soul can imagine the independent
    • repeated lives on earth, and thus he experiences a time, which
    • passes between death and a new birth. In this time that usually
    • death the soul lives in a purely spiritual world; but in this
    • for which the forces develop between death and a new birth.
    • with a spiritual reality and not with a creation of your fancy.
    • in the purely spiritual world between death and a new birth.
    • repeatedly that this thought is not very realistic and logical.
    • That works on and is carried through the gate of death, which
    • between death and a new birth preparing a new life on earth.
    • carried through the gate of death. I can compare this way to
    • in our souls in our sub-consciousness through the gate of death
    • human being lives between death and a new birth and enters
    • repeatedly that the objection cannot be accepted: I do not
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture III: Immortality, the Forces of Destiny, and the Course of Life
    Matching lines:
    • Spirit and Matter, Life and Death
    • However, at last you wake from this amazement repeatedly with
    • repeat it from another viewpoint.
    • personal, but in that which is beneath your conscious personal.
    • treatment of our soul life the unconscious can emerge in the
    • himself in such a way, he has created the best ground as a
    • out repeatedly that just astronomy attained its big progress by
    • to death, as if it goes along. However, spiritual science shows
    • from birth to death. Therefore, the matter is different:
    • up to death, while the experiences are reflected to that what
    • between birth and death. But the true soul being does not
    • these bodily tools are cast off at death, the form of thinking,
    • being at death, then that which never has left the spiritual
    • world will also walk through the gate of death. This has not
    • repeat this once again from a certain viewpoint, so that I can
    • another outer means shows just that he is completely permeated
    • which we experience in the life between birth and death is
    • carried over to the soul which goes through birth and death to
    • repeated lives on earth. Thus, this soul is carried through
    • repeated lives on earth by performances, by forces, by effects
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture IV: Human Soul and Human Body Considered Scientifically and Spiritual-Scientifically
    Matching lines:
    • Spirit and Matter, Life and Death
    • phenomena do not know what to make of the great admirable
    • the bridge to the soul phenomena from the great results of
    • can always say, it is admirable and great. Important works
    • connected with breathing. However, just in such a way as we
    • that is a creation of the human soul life. The head it becomes,
    • spiritual researcher this miraculous creation of the human
    • and the nervous mechanism, as between breathing and the
    • carries over then through death for the further postmortal life
    • understand the big questions of immortality, of death, of
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture V: The Riddles of Soul and World in the German Cultural Life
    Matching lines:
    • Spirit and Matter, Life and Death
    • that which I have also treated in the first talks of this
    • mental pictures or concepts repeatedly what, actually, matter
    • outer material creation of the human body, he resembles someone
    • the great philosophical idealists, like Fichte, Schelling, and
    • great genii as the idealists were. We find this ether concept
    • son and a disciple of the great Johann Gottlieb Fichte. He said
    • death. Since Fichte says in his Anthropology:
    • this death process. He remains after the last, visible act of
    • returns to the invisible world only at death, or rather,
    • of visibility. 'Death' signifies only to be no longer
    • Thus, the publisher of that treatise about immortality could
    • body which is released to the spiritual world at death.
    • that take place from birth or conception to death. On this way,
    • does not become aware of itself how it creates and works, while
    • births and deaths.
    • the effort of any outer force to keep the same heating
    • to this last excrement of creation as which our earth would
    • that the instincts are hereditary. We eat, drink, and travel
    • in their field very much. This naturalist has great merits in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture VI: Life, Death, and Immortality in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • Spirit and Matter, Life and Death
    • Life, Death, and Immortality in the Universe
    • Life, Death, and Immortality in the Universe
    • because I suppose that the human beings have frozen to death
    • repeatedly, but then you also observe how this mental picture
    • death. This observation of the soul happens with the same
    • calculates the laws of metabolism beyond the bodily death,
    • in it for future world creations that I cannot describe now.
    • has gone through death in such a way that it has been merged
    • dealt for some centuries up to now repeatedly with thinking
    • Among those books which made a great stir apart from the war
    • spiritual world. The death of the son still pulled its weight
    • way that Myers saves him from death in action; after his death
    • Death and Life, 1916).
    • made one after the other. With great exactness, this medium
    • the aberrations to which even great thinkers are exposed who
    • of a great spirit man who died early: Novalis (pseudonym of
    • about life, death and immortality in the universe one will get
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Spirit and Matter: Lecture VII: The Beyond of the Senses and the Beyond of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • Spirit and Matter, Life and Death
    • belongs to the merits of Hartmann that he stressed repeatedly:
    • scientific writings as one of the greatest actions of modern
    • his considerations of natural phenomena. He gave a great
    • world and develops between death and a new birth, which becomes
    • others as great philosophers. Therefore, one can state that
    • existence at birth, works in the body, and leaves it at death,
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture I: The Nature of Spiritual Science and Its Significance for the Present
    Matching lines:
    • existence, the relation of life and death, of sleeping and
    • life turning our look to the great individualities of the human
    • philosopher should be great who speaks such nonsense:
    • greater spirits did not yet feel the need of speaking of
    • great individualities have the greatest say for humanity, in
    • itself clearly, if we look at the greater individualities.
    • Wieland's death (Christoph W., 1733-1813, poet and writer).
    • which goes beyond birth and death of the human being that is
    • immediate occasion of the death of Wieland, very respected by
    • the personal continuation of our soul after death, it is like
    • great action of Kant, to the foundations of the mechanical
    • speaks about the great secrets of the human soul, about the
    • must consider that after Goethe's death the big discoveries of
    • spiritual-mental nature of the human being repeatedly
    • and death?
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture V: The Nature of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • spoke of the sleep as “the brother of death.” We
    • consideration of death in certain respects.
    • touched repeatedly in the last talks concerning other fields
    • We have indicated this for the death, for the entire spiritual
    • that he creates order in his whole image life from his
    • He could create a certain mobility without using the too
    • and created figures from oneself without being bound to a
    • Latin suddenly at his hour of death, a language that he had
    • Indeed, we can also impair the reflection. If we breathe on the
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture VII: How Does One Attain Knowledge of the Spiritual World?
    Matching lines:
    • which are great and can fulfil the human heart with warmth; but
    • spiritual worlds that produces what the human beings create to
    • greatest spirits of our time, a feeling, which I want to
    • what the human being creates in his imagination. Many a person
    • the right to create pictures of that from unaware, dreaming
    • maintains the border of both activities sharply. The great
    • piece compared with this last excrement of creation as which
    • what they should eat and drink or should not eat and not drink,
    • spiritual world must get clear about it above all repeatedly,
    • the influence of their great teacher Pythagoras about the
    • of that which presses down him beneath himself, but raises him
    • prepare their souls to be able to look back at repeated
    • distinguished spiritual creations, the things of art and
    • with all sensations of the greatness of this fact. If the human
    • it to appear before the soul repeatedly.
    • repeatedly that the human being can attain the training of the
    • ascending through the gate of death to the spiritual world.
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture VIII: Predisposition, Talent and Education of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • and death, but of which we assume as existing in repeated lives
    • life, and to look at the real builder, the real creator in the
    • being has learnt ballads or other poetries of great heroes with
    • consciously in our soul life what creates, however, and forms
    • subconsciousness becomes creative in our soul. We are what the
    • death. Since he finds a certain organisation every time if he
    • creative in our soul must attack that. Assuming that by that
    • organisation. When we go through the time between death and a
    • death, there we build plastically with that what we have
    • birth and death. Hence, we can say, what works on forgotten
    • mental pictures during the life between birth and death only in
    • our soul, this works if we walk through the gate of death, up
    • to the time of reincarnation in the creation of our next
    • birth and death.
    • is to be solved, and that it is down to us to create the
    • goosequills. Because everybody trimmed his feather himself, it
    • educational instinct of humanity has already created a
    • possibility to observe certain great principles.
    • spiritual-mental essence of the human being uses the features,
    • sons to face death with heroic greatness for what she believes
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture XIV: Moses
    Matching lines:
    • the present only if we look back at those great spiritual men
    • linked to the other great men. This makes it easy, on one side,
    • has to stress repeatedly that — even if we consider the
    • condition. Thus, we have characterised a feature of history if
    • development repeatedly to fertilise it. What existed as the
    • repeatedly if we go through the evolution of humanity. They
    • What Moses should experience now as a pupil of this great
    • centuries which should create the basis of the intellectual
    • radically from it, we are allowed to clarify a feature of the
    • their seats, the animals are aroused. Thus, we consider the
    • weather for hours. Imagine that because of their clairvoyance
    • weather could be forecast, but it had a feeling, was determined
    • should be the source of your life treats you in such a way,
    • curse Him. Then indeed, it is certain that death is the result
    • greatest spirits and events of the development of world and
    • the consideration of the greatest human beings and events:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Answers to Big Questions: Lecture XV: What Has Astronomy to Say about the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • outer consideration repeatedly to reach for concepts that can
    • remains to us in the effects of heat et cetera even if we want
    • comprehensible that this has a beatific effect on our inside.
    • way at first. For if we believe that light, sound and heat are
    • same character; however, Schramm treated the thing first. Thus,
    • a great ideal before the thinkers of the nineteenth century.
    • of the more precise investigation of the conditions of heat
    • nineteenth century ingeniously: the fact that heat can be
    • pressure changes into heat. If we heat a steam engine, the heat
    • changes into the locomotive forces of the machine. As heat
    • changes into motion or compressive force into heat, the other
    • system. Heat is transformed into locomotive force et cetra that
    • to astronomy to something that we discussed repeatedly in these
    • that we can transform, for example, heat into work or if we
    • have done any work this into heat. However, that is right with
    • heat can be transformed into mechanical work, into kinetic
    • energy and kinetic energy again into heat — we must say
    • on the other side that if one wants to transform heat back into
    • movement by heat, but we cannot at all transform all heat into
    • kinetic energy. Some heat gets always lost, so that we always
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture I: Haeckel, the Riddles of the World and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • representation and thinking lives. He has in a great measure
    • worldviews. However, a peculiar breath of wind still blows
    • Haeckel himself told repeatedly how through the mind of his
    • great teacher, the unforgettable naturalist Johannes
    • Müller (1801-1851), this peculiar breath blew. When
    • any research, feelings and emotions play a great role in the
    • heat and Darwin's evolution theory falls in this period of
    • descendants of a prototype to which the Creator breathed life.
    • before his death: we recognise a sequence of life in nature,
    • his popular book The History of Creation. One can learn
    • art-historical treatise. Everything that has been created in
    • death what the idealistic art historians tell us, we must fight
    • is effective with the creation of the forms where apparently
    • We have every reason to show which great things were performed
    • nothing about that — organs, spiritual eyes are created,
    • natural creation” have seen what is stated in it as facts
    • if we go through these rows of seats, through everything that
    • mammals, with the great apes. However, one cannot speak about a
    • became degenerate, and forms the present great apes. These
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture II: Our International Situation. War, Peace and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • directly today, in which way one treats the current events, and
    • or to be addicted to authorities. I said that repeatedly from
    • national well-being, work and capital are headed off in great
    • requires, the reason, even the heart creates a mask with its
    • question repeatedly, if you see lighting up principles or
    • again. Thus, we have great theories within our economics,
    • talk that is of great importance for those who are thoroughly
    • those who deal with such matters seriously a quite new feature
    • was a completely different matter when Alexander the Great
    • the single animal species, the great group souls guide and
    • the great previous development of Christianity that it
    • This is the great achievement of our soul which we obtain from
    • the common breath of this uniform soul. Not the present human
    • the physical science of the West to a great harmony. Then we
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture III: Basic Concepts of Theosophy. Soul and Spirit of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • like by a great spiritual guide of humanity, to such eternal
    • great guides of humanity who have spoken to us about the soul
    • you how the great seers of humanity spoke of soul, body, and
    • so to speak, completely in the soul. It does not create
    • spiritual world to his soul. This is a great moment in the
    • is enclosed between birth and death.
    • that of the soul which is not enclosed between birth and death.
    • within this life between birth and death. There you learn to
    • of the human being is handed over to the earth at death.
    • extends beyond the borders of birth and death. However, what
    • environment. This is the great knowledge of wisdom that the
    • universal brotherhood permeates his heart. And then, and only
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture VI: The Basic Concepts of Theosophy. Human Races
    Matching lines:
    • to an area repeatedly. This is the area in the south of Asia,
    • The independence of the Atlantean was also not as great as that
    • Lemurian was a dependent creature in the hands of higher
    • matter. The passion did not create this matter, but the former
    • passions created the forms of the physiognomy. Thus, the human
    • physical matter is created on the other side, which is the tool
    • of intelligence. With the creation of the brain, a compression
    • develop the logical thinking, to create tools for the work on
    • you pale-faces, you do not understand what the Great Spirit
    • tribe. — This was a great speech. The Great Spirit was a
    • the great thought structures, then in the marvellous science,
    • — This is self-knowledge! The great saying in the temple
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture VII: The Core of Wisdom in the Religions
    Matching lines:
    • reads Haeckel's Natural Creation History may possibly
    • Creation History by Haeckel or from popular representations
    • Natural Creation History the field of the sensuous facts
    • differently towards the representation of a natural creation
    • history and the representation of a supersensible creation
    • and taste, seize objects, feel heat, cold, and so on,
    • humanity,” or the “great White Lodge,” it is
    • each of the great religions goes back to that which was
    • were great, excellent individualities who experienced the
    • from which central site the great sages came who went to the
    • south and the west, and brought the great messages to humanity.
    • the great founders of a religion who brought the first messages
    • came out of it, the great teacher of the Greek people. That man
    • perception. This force produces form by form repeatedly up to
    • every breath, which is the symbol of the loftiest developing
    • developmental stage of the intellectual and rational ideation,
    • This is the great sense of the human development. Since the
    • else than the means, than the ways taught by the great sages to
    • received the instructions of the holy Rishis, great initiates
    • original old teachings, shows us how great and stupendous and,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture VIII: Fraternity and the Struggle for Existence
    Matching lines:
    • fraternity, represents a great ideal penetrating humanity, and
    • important ideal. It has indicated that way that this great
    • great critic more than the little one. — We can find this
    • other side, we hear repeatedly emphasised that the human being
    • being has to fight that has made him great and strong? In my
    • existence achieved great things in the evolution of humanity,
    • In a great measure, there was a common property of land. A
    • and I repeat once again, I do not speak of anything figurative
    • This is the great thing of the spiritual-scientific movement
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture IX: Inner Development
    Matching lines:
    • repeatedly, where from does the knowledge of the supersensible
    • that this cannot be different, that just the great advantages
    • loneliness which the yogi must search for. He has to repeat the
    • repeatedly: on the other hand, how useful are these teachings
    • practicing these qualities repeatedly. They are a necessary
    • great teachings and so on.
    • words: “a servant is not greater than his master, nor a
    • teeth of the dead dog. This direction leads to great tolerance
    • life of the physical body proceeds. The heart beats
    • rhythmically, the lung breathes rhythmically and so on.
    • marvellous organ with the regular beat and its implanted
    • means to control the desire of eating and to eliminate the
    • astral body concerning the desire of eating. He who fasts
    • produce a kind of calm, so that the great esoteric master can
    • world, which he enters when he walks through the gate of death.
    • attain the great aim, which should be attained, namely the
    • undeveloped brain may sometimes conceal great spiritual
    • that the great day when the soul awakes and enters the higher
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture X: Christmas as Symbol of the Sun's Victory
    Matching lines:
    • theosophists this way — who once used these great
    • saying by Goethe, which the great poet spoke when he entered
    • creates forever new figures; what is there was never, what was
    • and teach me thus to know my fellow creatures
    • empathy with nature and the universe were created, which we
    • recognise as the great festivals from the spiritual-scientific
    • announcement, the symbol of the big creative word that lives in
    • was the intention when the great festivals were established.
    • the great basic idea of Christmas as a universal festival, a
    • commemoration of a great event which had taken place once on
    • midnight and tried to reveal a great mystery to them and spoke
    • earth. There the sun celebrated the great victory over the
    • soul. Then a moment came in this prehistoric time, a great
    • the higher human soul. Spiritual science calls this great
    • important of their earthly existence. This great moment was
    • admire the big rhythm and feel the great, infinite wisdom that
    • breath pass yourselves by, and compare it to the irregularity
    • rhythmical, harmonious heartbeat. Thus, it is with the entire
    • great ideal for that who should be the leader of the remaining
    • them that sun myths about the lives of all great religious
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XI: The Christian Teachings of Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • Great, astute spirits never doubted that the human mind is able
    • the fact that our great German poet and thinker, Lessing
    • remind you that another great German thinker whom, admittedly,
    • great German philosopher Hegel (Georg Friedrich Wilhelm H.,
    • the core of wisdom in all great religions. Just concerning the
    • said repeatedly, anthroposophy wants to transplant some Eastern
    • by which the whole culture of Europe was created and from which
    • himself, and if Christianity has to perform anything great for
    • being. I do not have the time today to explain these great
    • you must not misunderstand this. Great Christian authors
    • humanity together. Only the great masters were beyond the
    • produce his food and create the conditions of existence with
    • to the law, which the intellect created. The instincts of the
    • the instincts in the mutual action where he wanted to create
    • great persons, these personalities who have arrived at a stage
    • abilities slumbering in the matter, the great spiritual culture
    • build houses, to create mechanical civilisation, the great
    • That that which happens between birth and death is only one
    • That an essence outreaches birth and death
    • comprehensive than all sensuous and is the creator of the form
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XII: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • carry on between birth and death. He may be born into a family
    • that we can say, he accomplishes something great and
    • impartially. The great worldviews and their preachers always
    • questions: the idea of reincarnation or of the repeated earth
    • passed the gate of death, when we are on the other side.
    • more the soul creates in the body from inside and transforms
    • it. How could one explain the face of a great thinker, of a
    • great world benefactor by inheritance who works from his inside
    • is only the idea of development, the idea of repeated
    • already existed, was already repeatedly in a body. There you
    • cannibal: you are not allowed to eat a human being, because it
    • why? Where from can you know this without having eaten him? If
    • we have eaten him, we know whether he was good or bad. —
    • say that he goes through many lives, through repeated lives.
    • nature — when he walks through the gate of death —
    • repeatedly through the grain to come to a new life.
    • which creates — which does not create a human being, but
    • wisdom there. The universe is created by the same wisdom by
    • where we see it with the modern human being, up to the great
    • can completely get to know the passage through the repeated
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XIII: Lucifer
    Matching lines:
    • For what he builds what he creates,
    • only need to remind of the name of the great genius Goethe to
    • created from nothing, but he originated from former
    • merely receive from the creative powers like today, but he is
    • then a creative, a spiritualised and deified being.
    • creative gods. I know how ambiguous such things are, even if
    • developed, the human being is a creature among them; they
    • created Adam and Eva, fated to be led by the divine powers to
    • As the Jehovah principle created human communities based on
    • universal power —, always creates the good — to
    • be remelted. As by Christ's death the love of the sensuous
    • wisdom of his heart in the future and attains an even greater
    • and if a single — Christ — accomplishes the death
    • of redemption, this death of redemption is for the whole
    • death of redemption, indeed, I died once for the whole humanity
    • to bring humanity the certainty that death can be defeated by
    • life, but this death must be reborn in the soul of the single
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XIV: The Children of Lucifer
    Matching lines:
    • of Lucifer shows us that the living creating of the artist
    • this book a spirit breathes, which differs from that which we
    • death. One cannot express that more appropriately than he did
    • if one looks into the psychology of Schuré's creating.
    • creating and — on the other side — into the mind of
    • creating later, on which the gods are today. — The Greek
    • Lucifer is something that is created not only out of the
    • it is created almost out of the spirit of the next human
    • third of the 19th century a breath was to be felt that
    • breath of the divine, and that the human being then feels at
    • that an image was created, a quiet, dreamlike image of the
    • created afterward as an image of the Dionysian art. It is the
    • Richard Wagner's art, Nietzsche saw a renewal of that great art
    • idée (1875), Schuré also created out of this
    • the musical drama greatly; for Marguerita Albana had introduced
    • original drama with great ingenuity. What was now the
    • creates with his thoughts today, and as he puts his thoughts
    • mechanic is in the machine, the thoughts of a creator, of a god
    • death of the godhead and the grave of the godhead in the
    • it? It was shown in the mysteries as the creator of that in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XV: Germanic and Indian Secret Doctrines
    Matching lines:
    • cover is as it were the sheath or the tool of the human being
    • immediately after death, he has to purify himself for a number
    • repeated earth-lives. His immortal essence can deify itself
    • repeatedly. Thus, the human being returns to the physical world
    • returns again to the spiritual world and so on. These repeated
    • If a human being, after he has gone through repeated
    • death. All religious cultures preserve this as a secret that
    • human being can already cross the gate of death in this life
    • from wind and weather, from flash, thunder, sunshine, and rain.
    • cultures. What I have shown in great thoughts and outlines as
    • always attributed this to the great initiates. Thus, an
    • great initiate just now in the sense of the secret doctrine, a
    • did Wotan become the great teacher of the prehistoric times?
    • the lower human nature, which causes birth and death. Hence,
    • ability of brahma is the creative knowledge, called vidya.
    • He had creative knowledge first. Such a creative knowledge,
    • it. But he has to develop again back to vidya, to the creative
    • to the creative knowledge. A science of knowledge, a higher
    • mythology gives us a great and fine answer. The higher
    • warlike people, the passage through the gate of death and the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XVI: German Theosophists at the Beginning of the Nineteenth Century
    Matching lines:
    • almost any academic circle treat such a movement like our
    • Hegel's great life of thought among our philosophers. The
    • great German thinkers really if the university circles, the
    • repeatedly denied that Buddhism contains a secret doctrine that
    • connection with the great German thinker Johann Gottlieb Fichte
    • great spirits developed from the Enlightenment. One only needs
    • great lines of thought something that one can obtain among the
    • who say, what did Kant different from all those great spirits
    • reads: “I had to override knowledge to create space for
    • that mean: “I had to override knowledge to create space
    • great thinker, Johann Gottlieb Fichte. An Indian says this who
    • makes the discovery that Fichte achieved something great,
    • according to his great conceptual demands; they would have come
    • great difference whether one says that it is a conglomerate of
    • that lost at death forever? No, this does not get lost.
    • has often said, the great human beings have the big mistakes of
    • finds it there carries it in a healthy way through the repeated
    • great human beings and shows that we can learn from them even
    • great soul achieved.
    • geologic layers of the rocks and minerals by great geologists
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XVII: Siegfried and the Twilight of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • German people like Goethe, ascribed the greatest importance to
    • centuries were only later creations of a much older folk
    • basis of the great renewal of art by the poet musician Richard
    • something great in our time of materialistic thinking to accept
    • symbolic suggestions of great inner human truth in the myth. It
    • of another. That becomes fatal and leads to his death. You know
    • has been created has been acquired. It comes about by the fact
    • divine, creative forces. Such an initiate must have overcome
    • and after death.
    • straw death and had to descend to the region of Hel where the
    • of death.
    • dangerous. The initiate who has defeated the dragon can unite
    • invulnerable where Siegfried was still vulnerable. The great
    • the “unaware” creating of the artist. This is no
    • shadowy images, the artist works in the creating. It is more a
    • calls this living in imagination and creating
    • basis. What is art with its creative forming, through which a
    • was a great epoch when the last echo of that old time was got
    • art have a prophetic significance. They are a great, eminent
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XVIII: Parzival and Lohengrin
    Matching lines:
    • core, about the spiritual contents of those great legends in
    • found Siegfried as such a great initiate of the Teutons.
    • resting like a breath on these old times, and just the
    • ideal. Something great was said with it. The Lohengrin and the
    • Middle Ages had their great ideas in the same time in which
    • Silesius, the great Christian mystic, later expressed with the
    • the secret doctrine, one knows that the great leaders of
    • consciousness regards him as the great initiate leader who
    • it. All great proceedings of humanity are shown in this way.
    • her and becomes her husband. It is with all great masters that
    • that time, he realised the whole greatness of the figure of
    • Wagner appropriately shows the greatness that is in it. The
    • the great legends of the Middle Ages. This lived in Richard
    • else than pictures and expressions of great truth. The pictures
    • tribes and peoples that can grasp the great truth only in
    • not only that is true which Schopenhauer says that the great
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XIX: The Easter Festival
    Matching lines:
    • great festivals are connected with characteristic phenomena in
    • rightly calls Brahman the great master builder of the world,
    • beverages, and meat. Thus, they prepare themselves to get an
    • shorter and that from Christmas on the sun emits bigger heat
    • Christian meaning of the resurrection after death. The
    • death. The awakening of Vishnu takes place in the time when the
    • human being are, what permeates his soul anyhow, we recognise
    • creation. Aeons had to precede until the universal wisdom was
    • great thought of the universal spirit that has built up the
    • he has created in nature to form the crown of all this
    • creating, the human body. In this human body, the universal
    • wisdom outdoors, universal wisdom inside, creating in the
    • present like in the past, creating in the future, which we can
    • condition about already before death which one calls the
    • passage through the gate of death. He encloses those
    • such symbols that remind of death and of resurrection. The
    • idea as something great. He was in the Villa Wesendonck at the
    • sacrificial death has an effect on the karma of the whole
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XX: Inner Development
    Matching lines:
    • have talked repeatedly about the phenomena of the higher
    • fellow man a treat, to what end does he need to look for higher
    • death. With the birth of the human being, a whole sum of
    • animal creature, but the higher he develops, the more he also
    • birth and death, but only if one recognises the forces that
    • and in all external creatures, facts, and processes. If anybody
    • Haeckel is a great naturalist, it must be clear to everybody
    • human being wants to develop higher, his breathing has to
    • strictly prescribed way, he has to inhale, to hold his breath,
    • and to exhale. If the human being regulates his breathing from
    • the spirit, he spiritualises his breath, his life air. With it,
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XXI: Paracelsus
    Matching lines:
    • look around among the great spirits who preceded us. However,
    • classes only had the greatest say concerning the spiritual life
    • time. Such a great insight, as he had it, his reasonable nature
    • feeling for nature. He emphasises repeatedly that those people
    • bred with figs, nor with mead, nor with wheat bread, but with
    • whole world: “This is something great you should
    • greater and nobler sense of the origin of the physical human
    • also repeatedly, but for him the human being is a confluence of
    • one does not know that the great Paracelsus cannot be pleased
    • with Paracelsus: it depends on the great, on the comprehensive
    • precursors of this great astronomical-astrological medicine,
    • judge you more after my death than before, and even if you eat
    • my body, you have only eaten filth: the Theophrastus will
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Riddles of the World: Lecture XXII: Jacob Boehme
    Matching lines:
    • About 1600, when Giordano Bruno died a martyr's death, Jacob
    • Boehme's soul was penetrated by great, immense ideas for the
    • Jacob Boehme was one of the greatest magicians of all times, of
    • a greatness that has not yet been reached up to now.
    • something great! — Jacob Boehme knew that these words
    • the world and its creation, “because I was not present
    • that goes back to the beginning of the creation of the human
    • misunderstood word. At that time, there were also great spirits
    • things. From the tinctura, Jacob Boehme derives the creation of
    • Boehme imagines the great master builder of the world as an
    • the connection between the sensuous-physical and the creator of
    • creatively and gains influence on that which lives as tinctura
    • allowed to call him the greatest magician of the new time.
    • Jacob Boehme calls imagination the great virgin of nature, the
    • virgin wisdom. Now, he goes back to the creation of Adam and
    • change took place in the world creation. He places this change
    • on the fourth day of creation. He did not see this original
    • creation was originally all around. The primeval man beheld
    • other great spirits of the 19th century. Only when materialism
    • comes then, when one understands such great spiritual deeds
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture I: The Mission of Occult Science in Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • out from such great discoveries of single researchers as those
    • recognise nature in her creating, when the wholly sensuous
    • of the human being between death and new birth has to believe
    • harmony is created in the development of the initiatory and
    • death and new birth, of the development of the human being
    • human being and the world, of birth and death; we do not search
    • arteriosclerosis was treated and the symptoms were given with
    • tight on to the outer existence only. Occult science creates
    • sentence that a great friend and researcher of truth
    • was a great researcher and a great painter and artist and knew
    • despicable that if it tells great things about God it robs His
    • pictures. Someone who surveys the great cultural creation of
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture II: Natural Science Facing a Crucial Decision
    Matching lines:
    • repeatedly: the natural sciences stand on the ground of facts,
    • Germany, one had a great, idealistic-philosophical spiritual
    • of heat controlled everything. The big discoveries in the field
    • other and rebound and thereby produce the phenomena of heat.
    • What was there heat? Nothing but a result of that which exists
    • bodies accomplish, and the degree of heat depends on the power
    • nothing was in the outside world for the theory of heat
    • materially. Not only the warmth or heat, everything was
    • teachings of the great German philosopher Leibniz (Gottfried
    • Büchner emphasised the sentence repeatedly: the motion of
    • could have performed great things for spiritual science with
    • facts, which show that one can treat lifeless substance with
    • living crystals: by their forms, they create the impression to
    • (Henri Antoine B., 1852–1908), the great physicist, discovered
    • bookstore, you can buy treatises about that today. However,
    • scientist stresses repeatedly: if you combine the materials
    • that you have separated as copper and chlorine again, then heat
    • must originate. If these two substances combine, heat is
    • spread. The fact that heat appears there is something real and
    • to separate both again, one must add heat again. We perceive
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture III: The Knowledge of Soul and Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • and to end if death occurs? Does it only take share in the life
    • but also a great thinker: “Never search anything behind
    • our retina, which impregnate it and create the mental picture
    • permanent struggle takes place in it. At the moment of death
    • the earth creation, that what we call “I” or ego.
    • or the spirit man; atman means breathing (German atmen).
    • between birth and death and a life in the spiritual between
    • death and a new birth, until he prepares himself for a new
    • destiny after death. The human heart has these questions
    • obstacle for the pure, purified life in spirit between death
    • only from the body — by death — but from the longing for the
    • consider everything in great enclosing pictures which are the
    • spirit that both work creatively in the body. Schiller
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture IV: Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • Goethe repeatedly pronounced and emphasised in the most various,
    • From the force that binds all creatures
    • eye is created “by the light for the light.” The
    • the dictum of Johann Gottlieb Fichte, the great thinker, we
    • which the rays of world creation and world principles go out.
    • the world around himself by his senses, he creates mental
    • did the great Plato write above his school? He wrote that
    • is a wonderful great achievement of the spiritual life of
    • created a spiritual biology there. It enables us to create in
    • the creating force in all plants. The archetypical animal was
    • the creative in any animal to him.
    • creatures in such a way that one cannot see their coherence.
    • with my eyes. In the plant is the force creating life. Because
    • was possible that in his mind that was awoken which creates in
    • plants have been created. We regard ourselves in this way as
    • misunderstood me.” Hegel tried to create concepts free
    • Reclam's Universal Library in which he gives a great survey of
    • mathematics free from sensuousness and create as one can do it
    • life after death, the development of the human races and
    • those to be initiated. The pupil creates a figurative notion of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture VI: The So-Called Dangers of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • emphasised repeatedly that a spiritual world underlies our
    • risk. There is the risk for the great majority at most that it
    • civilisation into the cheerful and beatific air of occult
    • human being wants to get knowledge of the great and beatific of
    • to say, when the human being sees that gate of death, he also
    • human beings attract forces by fear of death. The bigger the
    • fear of death, the stronger is their power. The fear of death
    • strong and knows that he cannot change the event of death by
    • the fear of death.
    • able to overcome the fear of death and to face death
    • in his inside for which death is only a change of the way of
    • fear of death. However, the more materialistic the human being
    • becomes, the more he is frightened at death. No occult science
    • beatitudes behind the scenery of life without showing the
    • externally say repeatedly that the first demand is to become
    • From the force that binds all creatures
    • and treat it affectionately, but with it, nothing is done. Not
    • before you give wood to the stove, it heats. Thus, it is also
    • the world. The right thing is to heat, to give the human being
    • heating material; and the heating material is the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture VII: Man, Woman and Child
    Matching lines:
    • creatures is as follows: all that interests us in the animal is
    • centuries ago, one still believed in procreation, for example,
    • Death and love are tied
    • together with certain creatures. Some animals die after the
    • crown of creation. That personality felt the depth of the word
    • enclosed only in a kind of motherly sheath up to the second
    • too. The human being are brought together to procreate the
    • as he has learnt this with himself. The child is the greatest
    • spiritual beings create constructing the universe for ages and
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture VIII: The Soul of the Animal in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge of those creatures must be that are the next on the
    • feature developed in detail. If he looks at himself, he finds,
    • these creatures related to them. We realise how the one wants
    • less materialistically, could not make the distance great
    • something for their hill and carrying to it repeatedly, also
    • repeatedly to the place, which it has kept in mind.
    • cocoons itself as a chrysalis and is treated then in a certain
    • we see them plunging into it repeatedly.
    • repeatedly which the drones and the queen do not have. The
    • the qualities repeatedly which the queen does not have. Thus,
    • last talk when we considered the view of repeated incarnations
    • animal. I repeat briefly: the entire animal species arouses the
    • father, son, grandson, great-grandchild of a lion has so much
    • certain specific features are always there. A quill also has
    • specific features by which one can distinguish it from other
    • this as a self-contained creature as you find the human soul in
    • its death. In the single case, this leads to death, however, on
    • animal creation is a one-sided representation of the divine
    • in the biggest variety the divine creating is active; then we
    • prototype secretly. The prototype that was already created in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XI: Occupation and Earnings
    Matching lines:
    • great ideas has something marvellous. For others both things
    • also to create the method, the conditions which make a real
    • human thinking, human mental work created in the course of the
    • anyhow by that which has been created for humanity this
    • create such a social structure which is in any harmony with
    • that which the human mental power has created in the fields of
    • he came to a hut and got something to eat, one said to him, he
    • “Desire and love are the wings of great actions.”
    • Really, desire and love are the wings of great actions! They
    • working miner with an artist who creates his works to the
    • and love are the wings of great actions,” and try to
    • the product they created. Try to imagine the medieval cities.
    • look in the workshops where these things were created. Imagine
    • created.
    • repeatedly.
    • occupation and earnings in all variations repeatedly. If
    • treatment, nevertheless, one would like to ask, is it not more
    • colony. He attained something great with it. He made the matter
    • have created the conditions and then brought misery in these
    • the big, immense world connections can create no institutions
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XII: Sun, Moon and Stars
    Matching lines:
    • being with the physical life appear repeatedly. If we find such
    • decreased heat emission of the sun, which causes big changes
    • feel if we see how one of the greatest scholars and such a
    • concerning this doctrine, but he treats it as something that
    • working from star to star. The great initiates taught not
    • centre of creation.
    • main features remained the same. The great discovery by
    • being does not yet appear as an independent being. The creative
    • nebulae and suns! Is nature only great, because she gives you
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XIII: Outset and End of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • Speaking about the great ideals and about the determination of
    • reveal the earthly past with great, enclosing astuteness. They
    • bottom have come with the faults at the top. A great astuteness
    • thankfully as a great achievement for humanity what the
    • seat in space for millions of years. He would see the surface
    • conditions of cold and heat changing, the various classes and
    • sciences and spiritual science now? One says repeatedly from
    • being, as a crown of the creation on earth, does not have in
    • lump of water. You would treat this lump of water artificially
    • creatures developed, up to the today's human being who is in
    • latest one of the creatures; spiritually he is the first-born;
    • question, which they put repeatedly and which is so intimately
    • see the physical creation of my thoughts bustling about in the
    • will have later to the creation of its equals: it is the word.
    • the human being, the creators who started their earth's
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XIV: The Hell
    Matching lines:
    • human being repeatedly faces the intimate relationship between
    • For what he builds, what he creates,
    • power is victorious, we have one of the great pictures before
    • are condemned who did not die an honourable death in the
    • honourable death. It is strange that the realm and the forces
    • personality who represents the force of death, of
    • depths of the world existence. How magnificently and greatly
    • yet passed — a great scientist played, the Italian naturalist
    • repeatedly to the way in which the qualities sum up in the
    • which our spiritual-mental arises repeatedly. We speak in the
    • spiritual research of repeated earth-lives, while we say that
    • become mathematicians repeatedly, it is
    • gate of death. There we must not only consider death, but
    • alternating states of life and death.
    • In the bed lies the physical body that is handed over at death
    • up and down during the day like heat and cold, smell and taste,
    • imagine the moment of death now. We can do this, using what
    • demonstrate the way of the human being through death. At death,
    • between birth and death in special cases. During the whole
    • at death, it separates from it, and thereby the physical body
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Knowledge of Soul and Spirit: Lecture XV: The Heaven
    Matching lines:
    • enlightenment, a man whose works made a great stir within the
    • abstruse to disparage the great service even in the slightest
    • about Life and Death
    • Life and Death
    • feelings that, nevertheless, it is much nicer, greater and more
    • which the human being has created is connected with his
    • Is nature only great, because she gives you something to count?
    • fights a battle against their self-created windmills like Don
    • all that repeatedly because just the object of our today's
    • to speak of repeated earth-lives that the human being enters
    • the physical existence repeatedly in the course of evolution.
    • physical existence and leaving it at death again is in the
    • interim, between death and new birth, in a spiritual,
    • only to visualise repeatedly what it means to perceive this
    • eternity live in his soul repeatedly, then they are effective
    • life, in a world in which the thought itself is creative. That
    • them; we see the light working creatively on the plants. The
    • something that flows through the space creatively that is much
    • that is animated by creative forces as the physical plant is
    • is a creative force for a higher kind of elements which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Concerning the Nature of Pain, Suffering, Joy, and Bliss
    Matching lines:
    • external physical world The finger is permeated with the etheric and
    • thus preventing the finger's decay. The etheric body permeates the whole
    • If a person treats his body
    • demands on the etheric body, and then another man who likes to eat as
    • ideas grow, there is a great amount of suppressed activity in us. But
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • that exists beyond birth and death. Few people are aware of it, but
    • “Man, in fact all living creatures, is subject to pain. However,
    • upon as great figures will appear rather puny and others, quite different
    • figures, which are now forgotten will emerge as the great ones.”
    • just as our individual bodies are permeated by soul and spirit, so does
    • soul and spirit permeate the whole cosmos. Soul and spirit live all
    • protect his thoughts—what I am now saying is of the greatest importance
    • last third of the 19th Century produced a great number of highly significant
    • thus enabling our thinking to become creative. That is why in the course
    • or history. It becomes alive and creative when it is receptive to what
    • of a genius happen to be of a mechanical nature he meets great admiration.
    • independent of man. They do this even when man has created the events
    • is not great enough to realize their implications. Take the following
    • took place as feelings in Russia were running high, threatening already
    • has such excellent concentration is because he simply repeats what others
    • mechanical way. Thinking must become creative, it must become saturated
    • is of great importance. What lives there is bad conscience which they
    • creative thinking. Creative thinking is only attained when man is inspired
    • it, there is no great difference in their physiognomy. That is to express
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • before, is deemed one of the greatest authorities in his branch of science.
    • merely through certain distinguishing features and through his cultural
    • animals eat and digest, how they gradually develop, how the individual
    • within the greater body of the State. We then, according to Verworn,
    • we try to think of the political State (as he calls it) as a great organism.”
    • as a basic feature of the animal organism, but his view of development
    • of great and reliable science. When such ideas are applied in physiology
    • they do no great harm in individual cases because what is investigated
    • It is in fact possible to be a great physiologist yet a dunce when it
    • they lead to great tragedies in life.
    • in repeated attempts to try again what has already been tried and has
    • the absurdity even further when he says: “The level of greater
    • is the sum total of all the ways and means created by man himself that
    • of all the values man has created for the preservation and advancement
    • well! Culture is supposed to be the sum total of values created by man
    • have ceased to function for undoubtedly the culture created by man at
    • as preserving and advancing human life. Had it been described as created
    • values which cannot be created by single individuals, as they are values
    • at present is longing to know how and where it belongs within the great
    • aware of the danger threatening mankind if what today calls itself science
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • earthly man's essential nature — manifests itself through breathing.
    • I indicated last time that the rhythm of the breath, and with it knowledge,
    • on earlier occasions, namely that the rhythm of breathing is in wonderful
    • number of days equals the number of breaths drawn in one day. And I
    • harmonious agreement that exists between our microcosmic breathing process
    • and the great cosmic processes within which we are placed.
    • observation, that the rhythm of breathing, more than anything else,
    • shows man to be a microcosm, a little world. Man's breathing copies
    • the processes of the Great World, the macrocosm. However, in regard
    • characteristics. The fact is that there are no two people whose breathing
    • connected with the rhythm of the breath remains unconscious. Only under
    • abnormal conditions or through some illness does the process of breathing
    • the process of breathing and is, as a consequence, not so closely bound
    • up with the cosmos. If cognition had been based on the rhythm of breathing
    • This secret of the breath
    • mankind, breathed into man the breath of life and he became a living
    • of Golgotha. This is because the brain and not the breath became the
    • was to have been based on the rhythm of the breath. But before the Mystery
    • and sense organs instead of to the chest and breathing. This is looking
    • man's intellect, this holds good for his life between birth and death.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • the event of death of someone near to us — filled with sentiments
    • severed through the event of physical death.
    • of their lives. The strength of his personality, the greatness and radiance
    • spiritual insight. While his father's great influence held sway in the
    • thought pictures permeated with feeling.
    • great hardship. He was in Paris where he had lived for years and where
    • nature. Such souls are not easily led astray into what can be the greatest
    • towards great ideals, towards powerful, effective ideas of spiritual
    • such as the present one. The death of Herman Joachim strongly reminds
    • karma, the comprehension of the great karmic questions of destiny, enables
    • us to come to terms with the death of someone, at a comparatively early
    • experiencing a death of this kind. In these circumstances things must
    • the great strength which reaches beyond death, the strength that encompasses
    • both life and death.
    • me how he is taking hold of this task now. His death is revealed
    • may even speak of the death of an individual as a necessity, as a duty,
    • and sorrow we may gradually come to value the thought that death, as
    • Thus the event of the death of someone near to us can become an experience
    • accepted death because of an iron necessity, then that thought will
    • The death of our dear friend
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • I may add, modern philosophers take great exception.
    • that human consciousness is related to death, to dying, and as we, in
    • gradually developing those forces which, at the moment of death, confront
    • us all of a sudden. In other words Fortlage sees the moment of death
    • sees consciousness as life which gradually develops into death. It is
    • not life as such which develops death, but the consciousness in man
    • develops death forces and death itself is enhanced consciousness compressed
    • death. But this was not the case at the time of the ancient atavistic
    • to death, which is progressively dying. The fact that we are overwhelmed
    • the Mystery of Golgotha he gains knowledge through the forces of death.
    • during its life between birth and death, overcomes a now comparatively
    • live again in a body which is subject to birth and death. This became
    • consciousness. What kind of forces are they? They are death forces,
    • Mystery of Golgotha. They express what united itself with the death-bringing
    • circumstances such a great number of people still do not acknowledge
    • from the forces of death. What had to happen to give evolution so mighty
    • of death? The Christ-being, that lived for three years in and through
    • death, for it is only then that the entire secret connected with human
    • through death in order that this whole impulse of consciousness could
    • stream into mankind? Indeed, it did! And death is also that moment when
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • the attitude of a great many people today in regard to spiritual matters
    • made important statements which have caused a great deal of indignation.
    • of events allows us to sleep through things of greatest importance.
    • as a theologian looks upon the beauty and the greatness of nature as
    • the spiritual world appears as “the great unknown,” as “the
    • the realm of the Hierarchies appear as "the great unknown"
    • today who feel that it is a great step forward when theology has, at
    • Century there was a great upsurge of natural-scientific thinking and
    • said about his “great, noble and unbiased” mind. Those who
    • to eating an orange from which all juice has been squeezed out. Yet
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • to a far greater extent than is realized. It is particularly important
    • and could be encountered over the greater part of the earth.
    • of this kind in the last lecture. However, the difference is very great
    • a far greater extent than is imagined today. At the present time it
    • As I have often mentioned, one's contemporaries would receive too great
    • subtle art of ideation, of defining and elaborating the finer points,
    • being, what is becoming. What I am now saying is of the greatest importance
    • a member of the greater organism of the earth. Man cannot tear himself
    • a great impression on someone else; namely Luther
    • impression on their soul. That is why so much of great significance
    • to voice one, she tries to treat him fairly. Others usually dismiss
    • the issue by saying: Well, Luther was certainly a great man but his
    • and one must excuse and forgive the great man.
    • with those who hold such a superior view of great spirits of the past.
    • also create a situation in which the Royal Academy of Science awards
    • slatternly superficial treatise you will get an idea of the kind of
    • experiences; when it is realized then the power of his words is greatly
    • one of the greatest participants in those Mysteries that prepared the
    • by Ahriman. The characteristic feature of today's materialistic outlook
    • may recur, although the greater issue itself is not repeated. This applies
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • The significance of the epoch is much greater in Luther's case than
    • 16th centuries than modern historians are inclined to admit. Great transformation
    • karmic links to a far greater extent than is believed today. In this
    • cultural epoch he felt with great intensity the deprivation which the
    • that universe interested him greatly. However the relation to the world,
    • with great exactitude. But he no longer has vision of the spiritual
    • It became a great riddle for Luther how the human beings of the fifth
    • its reality with great intensity. It made him feel that it was essential
    • if they could be demonstrated today, would greatly amaze modern scientists.
    • in the physical world he would be in fact just a creature of that world.
    • spoke so that everything he said was permeated with his impulse to preserve
    • so intensely with Luther, comes to place such great importance on his
    • greatness that could have enriched Western culture in works such as
    • I cannot refrain from repeating
    • There is nothing abstract about what can be gained from great literary
    • those, now regarded as great figures of the 19th century, would no longer
    • appear all that great, whereas quite other figures would emerge as the
    • great ones from the grey mist of that century.
    • could be achieved if, as is so greatly to be desired, spiritual science
    • were able to rouse people to recognize the deeper impulses beneath the
  • Title: Karma of Materialism: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • of death with which men mangle each other, causing untold suffering.
    • The following is of great
    • birth and death.
    • the greater contexts just outlined. But the article in The Bell
    • this one must be in contact with spiritual reality, which however creates
    • freedom. Liberalism, socialism, conservatism all want to create paradise
    • permeate the physical world with spirituality and recognizes that man
    • later what had become of that old order whose treatment of early Christianity
    • the great world issues must be related to those of everyday life. Mankind
    • good while inwardly wanting to do the bad. Luther had a great deal of
    • to talk a great deal about spirit and not come anywhere near it. This
    • creates fear of spiritual life, even fear of thinking itself. The man
    • day of blessing when a greater number of people recognize the truth
    • than indicated. To go into these things in greater detail would mean
    • have become of the Lutheran movement had Luther not possessed far greater,
    • be is maya, is a great illusion. He wanted man to have the opportunity
    • great spiritual movement and had given much thought and preparation
    • repeated ad nauseam. These days spirit dominates everything, it is enough
  • Title: Olaf Oesteson: The Awakening of the Earth Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • the time when — after darkness has been greatest
    • sun develops its greatest power. Man has been torn out of
    • treats of a man who was still in connection with the
    • When by the church-door Olaf seated himself
    • The wide plane of a thorny heath,
    • The bull, he threatens violence:
    • With glowing coals beneath their feet.
    • Threatened he cannot be
    • people and is spreading with great rapidity. The fact of
    • so was led to the portal of death. We are shown in many
    • portal of death. It is pointed out particularly clearly
    • experience what man has to go through after death, for
    • well as great and mighty beings connected with earthly
    • a great deal of what we are able to relate regarding the
    • period between death and rebirth was known among certain
  • Title: Reincarnation and Karma: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • repeated earth-lives — that being, which, if one could only
    • insight into the secrets of repeated earth-lives and even of karma?
    • of repeated earth-lives and karma is true? This endeavour, which is
    • because, as men living between birth and death, we have been given
    • conclude that when we pass into the life between death and a new
    • Gate of Death? First of all, his physical body; and of all that
    • passes through the Gate of Death. It is in a certain sense easy for
    • that we create for ourselves, in feeling and thought, a being
    • with great intensity. If we can do this, if we can identify ourselves
    • death, even if it did not lead to the conviction of another
    • has lived to a great age, so that his talent has spent itself —
    • thinking in forms with them and during the life between death and
    • hearing, so that in his next incarnation he became a great musician.
    • He did not appear as a great architect, because the perception of
    • preceding incarnation. This picture will arise in great precision if
    • great-grandfather.” If however the student allows the picture
    • feeling is there and is of the greatest significance. If, for
    • traditional, accepted ideas. For to a very great extent these are
    • is almost impossible to imagine a greater difference between two
    • spiritual world, thoughts such as we now form between birth and death
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Karma: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • soul's life between birth and death — or more exactly,
    • and lasts until death.
    • but a great deal will result if we practise it in connection with the
    • memory-images. If we repeat this process over and over again, we
    • we perceive with the greatest inner clarity that what exists within
    • characteristic example and we shall see how great the difference is
    • of Anthroposophy have always taught us the great truth that all the
    • passed through the Gate of Death. For concepts belong to the things
    • in a sense, bound up with life between birth and death. After death
    • we do not form concepts as we form them here; after death we see
    • concepts, is the same for him after death as red, green or any other
    • ‘seen,’ perceived, in the life between death and
    • content of the conceptions in the life between death and rebirth.
    • concepts. The fact that these concepts, permeated with feeling, can
    • our soul-life experiences of feeling. These appear in a great
    • between birth and death; we have seen how we enter life and build up
    • between birth and death.
    • through careful soul-development we really can create for ourselves
    • impossible for him to stop, and he will fall over to his death. But
    • to-day; for this is how a great Initiate of modern times tests those
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Karma: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • their greatest advantage to launch their fiercest attacks at times
    • something that is similar to all the great spiritual truths that have
    • cause too great a shock to those outside the anthroposophical
    • recognise only what lies between birth and death, that at most he
    • is not of very great significance when regarded merely from the
    • then that the whole greatness and significance of the ideas of
    • reincarnation and karma are revealed. A very great deal could be said
    • belonging to earlier epochs of Western civilisation and the great
    • passes through the Gate of Death, it is imagined — because no
    • spiritual life after death is entirely separate from earthly
    • whatever takes place when a man has passed through the Gate of Death
    • in the soul of a man who has passed through the Gate of Death has
    • and death. The earth will have the outer configuration that is
    • beyond the bounds of birth and death by knowledge of reincarnation
    • of Death I shall be punished or rewarded for what I have done here; I
    • between birth and death, but that a period extending over many lives
    • limited to the one period between birth and death. We live as we
    • between birth and death. Nor can it be otherwise, for habits change
    • period only between birth and death? As far as the one life is
    • the Self beyond what happens between birth and death, when he feels
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 1: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • 1911 and January 1912. Soon after Steiner's death in 1925, Marie Steiner
    • during its enfoldment in the course of repeated earth-lives. It
    • successive period between rebirth and death human individuality
    • great living stream of evolution.
    • dawns a true comprehension of those Great Spiritual Beings who
    • at once realize how great is the dissimilarity in man’s
    • development great and important changes take place, especially as
    • to the conclusion that the personality concealed beneath the name
    • great many centuries before the time of Buddha. Greek historians
    • great antiquity of the Zarathustran era, as indicated by ancient
    • came to them were not merely indefinite unrelated creations, for
    • was one of those great leading personalities who gave immense
    • guiding personalities must ever draw from the creative source
    • great cultural progress of humanity. His influence has long ago
    • essentially to those Great Ones in whose souls lived a measure of
    • Vedas. To the North, where spread the great Brahman Doctrine, is
    • situated that region which was permeated throughout by the
    • from the teachings of the great Ieaders among the Indians, whose
    • with its colours, tone sensations, heat and cold; and if we so
    • which lies beyond the colours, the sound, the heat and the cold,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 2: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • 1911 and January 1912. Soon after Steiner's death in 1925, Marie Steiner
    • It is of great importance to Spiritual Science to
    • Here we find one of the greatest scientists of
    • therefore a matter of the greatest interest to us that we should
    • thought, but with an understanding of the creation and spiritual
    • was in accordance with ‘The Great Eternal Plan‘ that
    • great nation was still permitted to retain a certain measure of
    • with the greatest piety, thankfulness and religious feeling,
    • called THE GREAT WISE ONE — THE OLD HERMES. When, at a later
    • Trismegistos‘ — the Thrice-Great Hermes; but as a matter
    • held in the greatest reverence, and in them the Egyptians saw
    • those things which the Thrice-Great Hermes had taught them, and
    • interaction of forces and matter, which combine to create and to
    • In that creation which surrounds us during our
    • great cosmos. The Isis-Force may be pictured as the sun’s
    • grand creation of moving orbs, so wondrously interrelated with
    • positions of the heavenly bodies, and thus create an universal
    • be attained, the one is by way of the Portal of Death; the other
    • man has passed through the Portal of Death, and after certain
    • who have experienced death and entered into the World of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 3: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • 1911 and January 1912. Soon after Steiner's death in 1925, Marie Steiner
    • Great Buddha, which have found their way into the course of human
    • repeated earth lives, or as we term it, Reincarnation, forms a
    • of freedom, that is, redemption from repeated rebirth, or
    • Western spiritual life, we learn that the idea of repeated
    • who in his treatise on The Education
    • the personality of the great Zarathustra. In accordance with this
    • superperceptual creations and events. Mankind had in connection
    • divine essence that was spread about us and permeated our very
    • doing, to further the progress and evolution of creation.’
    • mankind looked back in meditation, pondering over that great
    • the external creation, and by thus freeing himself from material
    • state into one of sense-illusion, or that ‘Great
    • Before such great teachers could advance, through
    • repeated earth lives, to the dignity of Buddhahood, if we may so
    • great change, wrought by struggle and toil through repeated earth
    • is dissolved by death; and that the death element breaks in upon
    • life’s procreative and fruitful progress. He next came upon
    • must be clearly understood. Gautama realized that in the great
    • this truth first dawned upon him, his great soul was so affected
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 4: Moses
    Matching lines:
    • 1911 and January 1912. Soon after Steiner's death in 1925, Marie Steiner
    • When we study the great historical
    • great spiritual characters of by-gone times, who have helped to
    • workings of those impulses which emanated from this great
    • with those other great personalities to whom I have referred. It
    • Moses, or to the great patriarch himself, we speak as if we were
    • features. But on the other hand there are certain difficulties
    • that this point should be repeatedly emphasized. The industry,
    • sections which deal with the great outstanding figure and
    • development, greater enlightenment, a more advanced stage of
    • understandingly into the strange and unusual features associated
    • become immersed in the study of Spiritual Science, the greater is
    • of certain passages which occur in the graphic delineation of
    • question of his great Mission. The true object of his
    • to Peoples who differed very greatly from one another; and thus
    • this great nation, however, retained their original temperament
    • in our day of the greatest interest, while its example and study
    • would later raise him to great heights in his relation to
    • deliberately intermingled with the soul-experiences of the great
    • disciple of this great wise priest, opens with a description of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 5: Elijah
    Matching lines:
    • 1911 and January 1912. Soon after Steiner's death in 1925, Marie Steiner
    • evolution, and that great illumination which he brought to
    • deeds, the characteristics, the greatness of this outstanding
    • actions of greatest import are born within the confines of the
    • In order that this truth which sheds so great a
    • then took place in the soul and spirit of that great Apostle and
    • treating of a subject covering so wide a field, the question as
    • though my subject must of necessity be treated in a somewhat
    • possess some singular and hidden attribute of greatest import.
    • symbolism — in other words a species of heathenism. Such
    • followers of this pagan form of worship must have created in them
    • still a belief in One God — in One Great Spiritual Being in the
    • approaching when there would be an ever greater and more
    • treated mankind, for there was a terrible famine in the land. If,
    • This great revolution in religious outlook was
    • personality]. When it is ordained that some great momentous
    • called up from the hidden depths of his soul – deep-seated
    • Such [great spiritual] personalities [as Elijah]
    • gathered around them certain followers who came from the great
    • unable to penetrate deeply into the soul of their great master.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Turning Points: Lecture 6: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • 1911 and January 1912. Soon after Steiner's death in 1925, Marie Steiner
    • fact that the questions involved belong to the greatest of all
    • beneath a mantle of gnostic notions; such an assertion could only
    • Holy Spirit creating in Him a new-born life, that the ancient
    • still far from experiencing the feeling of greater satisfaction
    • an upturned vision which realized the presence of some great
    • Alexander the Great.
    • which, during the greater part of the nineteenth century, it was
    • Christ? He is looked upon as a visionary creation, a mere ideal
    • body, which was then in a condition of deathlike sleep, and for a
    • through repeated reincarnations, and through knowledge gained
    • descriptions have reference to that great outstanding historical
    • The Christ-Being. Thus we find a great similarity between the
    • the basic principles of Spiritual Science the reality of great
    • which had not up to the time of that great happening really
    • If we would know in what manner that great and
    • man’s uttermost understanding. Hence, that great message
    • made it possible that this great impulse should come to humanity.
    • investigation in a proper and logical manner. An amazing feature
    • believes that at the uttermost, man’s greatest fault can
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Fifth Gospel: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • had been in the spiritual world), and permeated the soul
    • to pour into the threefold sheath. And so we can
    • Essenes were greatly perplexed for they did not
    • Why do you wrap yourselves in sheaths of deceit? Why does
    • be great.”
    • Gospel will be revealed in greater detail as time goes
    • question was thine Who hath made me great? And there
    • Jordan for the Baptism. And here too, I repeat that the
    • In our age, by far the greater part of external culture
    • a great deal more than what the mere words contain will
  • Title: On the Fifth Gospel: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • essential features of this culture. It had, as we know, a
    • the Earth as the theatre in the Cosmos that is allotted
    • had been established. The biblical story of Creation
    • ‘being who was created from Earth’. And
    • also look for the origin of the Great Flood itself in
    • Jews absorbed a very great deal from the neighbouring
    • worshipping what comes from above. But the great
    • they had adopted certain customs of the heathen; the very
    • endowed by Jahve with the power of breathing air, but in
    • contaminated. Only those animals which do not breathe air
    • heathen peoples and this was in his mind when he cried:
    • indicating a deeper meaning lying underneath. But we
    • living in the Aura of the Earth. That is the great truth
    • called the physical sheath of Christ, the “Ahura
    • to permeate the Aura of the Earth. In this sense and in
    • “the greatest of these born of woman.” This
    • of John the Baptist as “the greatest of those born
    • experience is permeated with the Christ Impulse. These
    • in ancient times spoke of being carried by death into
  • Title: On the Fifth Gospel: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • sheds new light upon the great steps taken, as it were in
    • bodily sheaths were those of the Nathan Jesus Child and
    • the Zarathustra-Ego was present these three sheaths until
    • departed from the bodily sheaths. Then, at the Baptism by
    • threefold bodily sheaths of Jesus of Nazareth.
    • twelve. We will not enter into this in greater detail
    • that found its way to his organs of breathing, too, man
    • was faced by yet another evil. This third evil threatened
    • George overcoming the Dragon, vanquishing death. This is
    • created for the intellect but for the feeling, in order
    • Christ Being permeating the soul of the later Jesus boy.
    • feeling and willing. Great and sublime truths were often
    • been by great and momentous happenings in the spiritual
    • Death or through initiation, but we will think now only
    • of one who enters the spiritual world through death. He
    • lays aside his physical body and this outermost sheath is
    • through cremation. Suppose that after death a man looks
    • death we can by no means look at what the ether-body is
    • becomes visible to us after death. Then by a complicated
    • paramount significance after death when we realise that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Toward Imagination: Lecture 1: The Immortality of the I
    Matching lines:
    • of the great sufferings of our time in our prevailing spiritual condition.
    • Christmas, Easter, and Pentecost. Everyone will feel the great difference
    • hearts, and it brings into these hearts something great and tremendous
    • time of nature's awakening, leads us to the gates of death. We can characterize
    • We are led to the great and sublime idea that the divine being descended
    • to earth, incarnated in a human body, and passed through death. The
    • enigma of death and of the preservation of the eternal life of the soul
    • in death — Easter brings all this before our souls.
    • of Jesus of Nazareth, which has great significance particularly for
    • this diminishing and death. We have to develop our astral body during
    • take into ourselves the seeds of death. It is quite wrong to believe
    • that death is connected with life only outwardly and superficially;
    • there is a most intimate connection between death and life, as I have
    • divine spiritual Being descended who experienced death in the person
    • physical death. In other words, the festivals are tokens reminding us
    • body symbolizes what brings death and is connected with the higher spiritual
    • the world of the stars but permeates everything.
    • only in the life of nature in general and pass through repeated deaths,
    • neither cosmic nor merely terrestrial, but permeates everything, yet
    • greatest poets called for you in the name of humanity. You languished,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Toward Imagination: Lecture 2: Blood and Nerves
    Matching lines:
    • different. The great and significant difference between them becomes
    • great deal from the most modern anatomy and physiology to provide further
    • death upon itself in order to become earthly, and why the blood has
    • because it has been transplanted onto the earth. Death — as you
    • is alive — though by its very nature destined for death, that is,
    • And now think deeply and with great sensitivity
    • consigned it to death and left its life behind in the cosmos. That life
    • our blood received a cosmic life, that is, life became death and death
    • had left behind in the cosmos followed us. It can now once again permeate
    • our soul, because it did not permeate our body at the beginning of our
    • were to be ensouled by what did not permeate our body right from the
    • very beginning. This great and wonderful connection reveals the activity
    • are an abundance of facts and material just waiting to be permeated
    • of several great minds of the nineteenth century, who were striving
    • spiritual science. I tried to show how these great minds reached out
    • some of the great, spiritual works our great writers created in the
    • and therefore did not repeat in this book, among the greatest of these
    • have done a great deal for the life of their soul. Several people have
    • of great minds such as Fichte, Schelling, Hegel, Troxler, Planck, Preuss,
    • The outstanding feature of my new book is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Toward Imagination: Lecture 3: The Twelve Human Senses
    Matching lines:
    • words about the great and grievous loss on the physical plane we have
    • of death.
    • outstanding part he played in the great and fateful events of our time,
    • As we have repeatedly emphasized, we are
    • dear friends, where you can see the greatness and significance we find
    • and led to the greatest crisis humanity ever had to go through in its
    • and sorrow are justified in a case like Herr von Moltke's death. But
    • only when pain and sorrow are permeated by a sound understanding of
    • what underlies them can they become great and momentous active forces.
    • while creating music. It is not the fragrance that rises up out of memory,
    • that tasted good as we are when we eat it again. As you know, this is
    • not the case. People want to eat again what tasted good to them and
    • I tell you that in the time between death and rebirth the senses that
    • deeper after death. Just as the sun rises, so does our soul rise, figuratively
    • death it sets again. When we encounter another soul between death and
    • In the life between death and rebirth, the
    • most important part in our life after death.
    • Our outer world during the life between death
    • physical life it is we who touch others. Between death and rebirth we
    • usually we are not aware of this. During life between death and a new
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Toward Imagination: Lecture 4: The Human Organism Through the Incarnations
    Matching lines:
    • our physical body has to be a highly complicated creation for the simple
    • connected with our death. It is only because our astral body gradually
    • for reality had been given the task to create a human form suffused
    • and permeated through and through with the passion of love, the noble
    • matter, so-called actuality. Every time artists had the task to create
    • spiritual science, but he must feel as he creates a Venus that her astral
    • sense for the depleting astral body, set about creating a Venus? He
    • Suppose an artist had created a Venus. As
    • he was creating her, he felt correctly that she had a more strongly
    • age. When an artist achieves such a creation, spiritual scientists will
    • we will say that artists, while they are creating, often feel a true
    • one who is not a spiritual scientist, when he sees such a figure created
    • Others say these features are the result of Botticelli having painted
    • science cares to acknowledge. The human being is a complicated creature,
    • existence of reincarnation, repeated earth lives, is plainly visible
    • of Beethoven everything that was purified in the time between death
    • heredity in this connection. In reality, we create the form of our skull
    • Even though dolls are not alive, children treat them as though they
    • and yet are treated like living beings. We are dealing here with a philosopher
    • the symptomatic features of this case.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Toward Imagination: Lecture 5: Balance in Life
    Matching lines:
    • of nothingness, but because of the balance created by the possibility
    • and it finds at certain times particular events that are of far greater
    • itself in them to a greater or lesser extent. Someday people will write
    • realize that there are important facts that can speak to us of great
    • the most noble and greatest striving that can light up in human souls.
    • awake because he or she has seen beautiful, great, noble, and sublime
    • words can be greater and can touch our hearts more profoundly than what
    • glide,” is one of the greatest poets of all time. But first one
    • grandest poetry! To be made aware of the greatest event in the evolution
    • verse that has kept me from setting great store by definitions and explanations
    • To an ever greater extent, we, and indeed
    • the creation of religious feelings and ideas as well as in the formation
    • that the threats of our enemies are speeding up the process of adaptation,
    • above all this last threat of the complete destruction of our export
    • “Ours are faith, hope, and hatred.” But hatred is the greatest
    • of cycles, where everything is said to repeat itself. That the earth
  • Title: Toward Imagination: Lecture 6: The Feeling For Truth
    Matching lines:
    • form. Spiritual science seeks to connect the human being with the great
    • laws of the universe, the great laws of the cosmos. The deepest impulses
    • the connection between human beings and the great transcendental laws
    • must flow into poetic form. If we create certain mental images that
    • there in the great laws of the universe also speaks in the form of our
    • the seven lines is repeated in each stanza corresponds to the laws determining
    • see, is really a satire. Now you may easily think it improper to treat
    • of “looking up to the great cosmic revelations.” He never
    • Naturally, people in Vienna back then talked a great deal about these
    • so many of our talks, namely, spiritual science as it permeates us should
    • life. One thing above all must permeate the activity of our soul if
    • by a view of life that is certainly not permeated by honesty in its
    • life, and must be added to those terrible, great, and gigantic blows
    • of the great events of the day is considered to be on a small scale.
    • be the greater because he was such a good painter and had been able
    • that he wanted to become a painter greater even than Rubens, a successor
    • him greatly. He got very furious with Paris, went back to Brussels,
    • when he believed the man great who recommended such an abominable book
    • contradicted each other? Great pains were taken to find all the contradictions
    • understand the smallest as well as the greatest things, to understand
  • Title: Toward Imagination: Lecture 7: Toward Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • it, we have something we may call, metaphorically speaking, a great
    • beings were much more open to the great cosmos, and the forces of the
    • permeated the physical one. In ancient times, people were always aware
    • because they have kept features from earlier times, you find that to
    • treatise about the same matters would cite innumerable logical arguments,
    • are not, and there is a very great difference between those who are
    • may even have been great world reformers and have influenced world history.
    • when Michelangelo and Raphael produced their great works and not seeing
    • great things. What I am telling you is not meant as malicious criticism.
    • we should have for the great spiritual truths. This reverence consists
    • of great spiritual heights.
    • And then spiritual science will create what our culture, which is developing
    • us in Asia who tell us all kinds of great things; however, when we come
    • of the late Franz Hartmann; in every lecture he repeatedly explained
    • the Gospels confirms the truth of the great word, “Where two or
    • This cab driver has created a marvelous picture
    • So I indicated that he should permeate all this scholarly material with
    • him; he could not permeate the one with the other.
    • we find that a great deal of what these days is called historical materialism
    • one can easily prove that many great geniuses did not learn anything
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Jacob Boehme
    Matching lines:
    • in which we must record the great achievements of Kepler and
    • outlines the great problem of a modern world-conception,
    • the single currents united to form a great comprehensive
    • the greatest imaginable dissemination — the
    • greatest imaginable dissemination we may say, considering the
    • few decades had passed since his death. Again and again, Jacob
    • the very greatest minds.
    • a far greater profundity in his soul life than thousands and
    • the year 1610 this experience of re-birth was repeated. He then
    • of Goerlitz. About this I will now simply repeat the words that
    • And in the years 1620 to 1624, up to his death, he wrote
    • rapidly, one after another, a great number of his works, as for
    • Boehme repeats himself again and again. It is true; one cannot
    • few of his works, because he always repeats himself —
    • the sounds; that nature wishes to create her own language
    • which long occupied other spirits, even the greatest
    • created by the Wurf, its counterpart.] as Jacob Boehme
    • the great Faust question. He could now say to himself:
    • aware of Itself — that is, duplicated Itself, created, as
    • it were, the reflected image of Itself — It created this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Richard Wagner: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • containing great truths, which great initiates have related to men.
    • development of politics are all connected with great initiates
    • therefore appears to us as an emissary of the great White Brotherhood.
    • personifies the medieval soul. Lohengrin, the great initiate, the
    • great initiates always brings about the promotion to new stages of
    • Böhme proclaimed great, profound truths. Whence did he obtain
    • the great Atlantean flood, when the surviving peoples began to
    • great initiate Wotan, the god of the Aesir. Wotan is an initiate of
    • the Atlantean period, and all the other Aryan gods are only great
    • distinguish three stages in Wagner's treatment of the Siegfried legend.
    • sees the great difference between modern human beings and those of
    • industry. Our great men have always felt this: Goethe had the same
    • labourers in this world, but no men”, and so forth. Every great
    • man has longed after truly great human beings.
    • expression of deep inner truths, of great truths; for instance, the
    • impulses. These legends were the reminiscence of a great time which
    • Barbarossa we find a great initiate. We are told of his journeys to
    • something which, filled with force and life, is able to permeate the
  • Title: Richard Wagner: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • very point where Siegfried could be wounded to death.
    • creation. The new and the old creation, the kingdoms of the Moon and
    • creations.
    • creates the body from outside. The sexes face one another in a
    • human bodies are now endowed with one sex instead of two; they create
    • ever since he has become an Ego. The creative Godhead still contains
    • love, it is still creative in the outer temple. The myth explains
  • Title: Richard Wagner: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • of Siegfried's ruin. He must incur death through the lower powers in
    • In the world's breath, wherein
    • life-principle is the breath of the world; everything must be
  • Title: Richard Wagner: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • selfish love, this is the great process of evolution which must take
    • place through the mysterious involution-process of death, the
    • destruction of physical matter. The contrasts of life and death are
    • Wagner created an eminently Christian drama, the work with which he
    • create an entirely different work of art, by setting forth the
    • he had developed to the extent of being able to create a drama of such
    • of Parsifal. In him we find the same theme, created out of the deepest
    • Minnesingers, minstrels of love. But there was a great difference
    • disease, which can only be healed through the sacrifice and death of
    • meets a woman of exceeding great charm and attraction. He experiences
    • great turning point of the times. Life in the world outside is
    • every one of these races was inspired by great initiates. The fifth root-race
    • great flood the peoples who had emigrated and had thus been preserved
    • impulses of one great stream penetrate five times into the earliest
    • civilisations. We have one great spiritual stream coming from the South,
    • which surrounds us to such a great extent to-day, the chaos in which
    • the great masses of European people, whose spiritual life remains hidden
    • avert the danger of death from these knights and to supply them with
    • and finally attains spiritual power, the feeling of the great oneness of
    • all existence. Richard Wagner thus unconsciously comes to great
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Theosophic/Esoteric Cosmology: Spiritual Cosmology
    Matching lines:
    • Blavatsky, treated the questions about the beginning and evolution of
    • though you make a great effort to do so”. If we consider this
    • century, which had a great influence on culture, this knowledge was in
    • only through great exertion. When this knowledge was first made public
    • whom I greatly respect, who energetically stood up for oriental
    • secrets still contained great treasures of ancient literature, but
    • great Brahmin Sanskrit scholar heard about this from Mrs. Blavatsky,
    • verses by herself we would be facing an even greater wonder.
    • criticizing the great care and the exact mosaic work the scholars have
    • with the translations of the old creation myths by our scholars. These
    • celebrated its greatest triumphs in the 19th century.
    • thinking. The great teachers of the Orient did not have this
    • power, like the power of heat. And whoever receives the thoughts that
    • us, we will see for ourselves the great goal to which we are heading:
    • and Assyrian creation myths (“Bibel und Babel”, Leipzig 1902).
  • Title: Lecture: Theosophic/Esoteric Cosmology: Esoteric Cosmology - 2
    Matching lines:
    • itself in a brain, created it, formed this brain to correspond to its
    • would be impossible for someone to simply create a viable brain
    • Before the human being could form this body in order to create the
    • managed the physical body. It had to create an intermediary in order
    • clairvoyant. The human being had to create an astral body, a
    • towards man?” The great cosmic event had to occur; the human
    • form during the fourth round. The human being was the co-creator in
  • Title: Lecture: Theosophic/Esoteric Cosmology: Esoteric Cosmology - 3
    Matching lines:
    • mean the great transformations within the universe, and we include the
    • hollow form, swimming in a great, mighty sea of the highest spiritual
    • to create a foundation for physical existence; it created this
    • the fourth Round all beings were created so they could live in this
    • During the middle of the Lemurian age the great event occurred which
    • the middle of the Lemurian age, birth and death arose and therefore
    • The task of physical evolution is that what is created for us humans
    • could be created. Through the first four Rounds the kingdoms of nature
    • the seven days of creation in the Bible. The first three days of
    • creation have gone by, we are now in the fourth day of creation and
    • the last three days of creation are yet to come. The first three days
    • of creation in Genesis represent the past Rounds, and the last three
    • live in the fourth Round; he describes the fourth day of creation in a
    • quite special way. That is why you find a double creation in Genesis
    • understand it. The human being of the seventh day of creation has not
    • been created. That man was made of clay is a symbol of our fourth
    • Round. The double creation tells us in images of what has been
    • created, the stage in which we now find ourselves, and of the stage at
    • 4 Double creation: This may refer to Genesis 1, 26, where God creates humankind. In Genesis 2, 7, this creation is described again, albeit differently.
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 1: The Inner Aspect of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • mentioned with great respect. This school was well known for the
    • be impossible to think of greater nonsense, yet the psychology of the
    • that such a thought could have arisen as the greatest production of
    • “of Hegel as the ox understands of Sunday, when he has eaten
    • loses not only the ground beneath him, but also what eyes can see,
    • the person makes an impression upon you like a breath of
    • enchantment. Imagine this breath of enchantment enormously
    • sacrificial heat offered by the Spirits of Will to the Cherubim. This
    • that behind every development of heat, there is sacrifice.
    • have proceeded the Archai, the Time-Spirits, and that external heat
    • of Will!” But so it is. Externally heat is really only a maya.
    • And if we wish to speak truly we must say that wherever there is heat
    • they send up this sacrifice as foaming heat, so that the sacrificial
    • sacrificing to the Cherubim and resulting in the creation of the
    • as living time, as a creation of sacrifice. Then we shall see how all
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • and air, but of “heat.” So, too, in first speaking of
    • no substance dense enough to be called gas, nothing but heat and cold.
    • “heat” or “fire” as it is called in
    • without, as it were, which appear as “heat.” Conditions
    • of heat are the external expression — speaking in a general
    • throughout the world, wherever heat is perceptible it is the outer
    • expression of what lies behind it. Conditions of heat are the
    • sacrificial acts of beings. Thus in describing heat we must say
    • “Cosmic heat is the manifestation of Cosmic sacrifice, or of
    • Saturn consists of “heat,” we do not merely require
    • external, physical concepts (for “heat” is a physical
    • permeating our soul, it will gradually lead to the understanding of
    • what lies behind the phenomenon of heat. Try to picture what in our
    • sacrifice can come to meet us in the outer cosmic heat. He alone
    • the phenomenon of heat.
    • that ancient Sun reorganised heat by adding to
    • phenomenon. Just as behind the heat we must seek for the glow of
    • the air and the light which are added to the heat on ancient Sun. Now
    • of the beatific sacrifice which he contemplates and which awakens the
    • beatific sacrifice does not leave him unaffected, he will feel a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth - 1
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual to be found behind the phenomenon of heat, and then that
    • of all conditions of heat and fire must be sought very far away from
    • what we know as external physical fire or heat. To a man of the
    • recognised as the essence of all conditions of heat: a sacrifice made
    • conditions of heat or fire. In the last lecture we also recognised
    • their own being. This is to be found in every breath of wind, in all
    • conception of fire and heat; for in fact fire, heat and light bear
    • fire, heat and air are illusions; and the realities behind these bear
    • of a hand or the greatest of deeds, the impulse of the will underlies
    • act, one for instance that is to bring about great healing and
    • assumed that the greatness of the deed depends upon the strength of
    • that as we intensify our will we accomplish great things in the
    • which we particularly live, the greatness of our deeds certainly does
    • wish to accomplish, the greater are the efforts we must make
    • to pass. There it is the case that the greatest deeds, or, better
    • said, the greatest results, do not necessitate any strengthening of
    • when we eat well, when we are well nourished and acquire greater
    • something important we can precisely do so with the greatest ease,
    • The greatest spiritual, magical effects, always require preparation
    • is, above all things, fond of eating and drinking and has other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth - 2
    Matching lines:
    • For example, in ordinary life we recognise the properties of heat or
    • naturally a greater sense of the spiritual behind the outer material
    • greatness and significance to be found in resignation. None the less
    • recollection of it, yet it works! It becomes active beneath the
    • surface of the soul-life just as there may be movements beneath the
    • who lives in great cities is less affected by it, but he will have seen
    • universal Beings, by others who found their greatest bliss in gazing
    • never create the same inner disposition of soul as would have been
    • the disturbance beneath the surface of the sea drives up the waves,
    • enters our consciousness. Beneath the surface of our ordinary
    • obtain a conception which is of very great importance and weight:
    • was an eminently great soul. If only something could have flowed into
    • yearned for an end to this search for pictures — the greater
    • all ends in death! We meet here, three Springs long we love, and then
    • One of the million deaths we have already died, and shall yet die. It
    • us of how a great mind expressed this undefined longing in the
    • it was a great one) which she could span with her earthly
    • the Prince of Homburg, who carried out all his great deeds in a kind
    • he was not a particularly great man, for he whines and whimpers over
    • spiritual contours: that is, Spiritual Science. The greatest unites
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Realities: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • call Maya or the great illusion, there is the Spiritual. Let us once again
    • phenomena of heat, presenting it in its true character of sacrificial
    • that we must reduce the element of heat back to the spiritual, to the
    • microcosmic soul to that cosmic creating which we ascribed to
    • earnest. All the fragrance of knowledge that is created by the
    • create a connecting link between these ideas and those brought before
    • resigned it. The peculiar feature of the spiritual atmosphere of
    • kind of recapitulation of this peculiar feature of the ancient Moon
    • Movement. They created a possible way by which the longing arising in
    • lesser planet wished to make sacrifice to the greater planet —
    • single great satisfaction, but experiences a number of partial
    • from their actual meaning, their great cosmic purpose.” Certain
    • is Death! Death is none other than that which necessarily enters the
    • evolution — to Death.
    • significance death is neither more nor less than the nature of
    • proper place. Even when death comes to a man in concrete form it is
    • matter which at the moment of death was shut out from the Ego, astral
    • within the Beings to whom it was thrown back lapses into death, for
    • death signifies the exclusion of any cosmic substance or cosmic
    • wherever we encounter fire or heat, behind it there is its spiritual
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 1: The Destinies of Individuals and of Nations
    Matching lines:
    • how the whole enclosing structure would treat the sounds,
    • our lives the soil may be created for peace, where
    • great universal riddles, to show how thought progressed
    • the great struggle has now started on the physical plane,
    • the great, hard struggles that came with the Barbarian
    • events of such great moment as we are experiencing at
    • to be a token of rightful understanding of the great
    • Be breath of healing.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 2: Nationalities and Nationalism in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • those who have already passed through the gate of death
    • one particular great truth that we should have in mind
    • significance. For when we pass through the gate of death
    • pass through the gate of death.
    • going through the gate of death on the field of battle.
    • case, to go through the gate of death like this. We need
    • life. Let us remember that death means the entrance into
    • anthroposophy. It is the proverb which says ‘Death
    • beyond the great illusion? We do not get to know about
    • through which it will now have to pass between death and
    • nationalities is greatest and where the most lies are
    • truth can perceive the true reason, which is that a great
    • full seriousness of what we teach, the moral greatness
    • understanding in the life between death and rebirth. Then
    • in the life between death and rebirth: a uniting with
    • gate of death, we shall look above all for the Goethe
    • were the characteristic features of Egypto-Chaldean
    • times. They had a feeling for the great, cosmic
    • If this is to be repeated as the mission of a nation in
    • repeated in such a way that it now is part of the inner
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 3: The Nature of European Folk Souls
    Matching lines:
    • through the gate of death we say:
    • gradually shed after death. Many things have been spoken
    • of that man will shed after death; and one of these
    • generation to generation. After death, between death and
    • same time lends significance to the hero's death, on the
    • going through such a death in the right frame of mind
    • surely will feel this — will know that this death
    • is a death of love. It is not suffered for personal
    • the whole period between death and rebirth—it is
    • think of death in battle without knowing that it is
    • is so great, so utterly tremendous in this death on the
    • cast off between death and rebirth. It has to fall away
    • differences in the casting-off process after death, in
    • image he has created of himself. The consequence of the
    • spirit is that when the soul leaves the body when death
    • occurs, sharply distinct features are left in their ether
    • astral body bearing distinct features. The consequence is
    • folk spirit after death.
    • death bear little of the stamp of the Russian folk soul
    • the souls that have passed through the gate of death,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 4: The Nature of the Christ Impulse and the Michaelic Sprit Serving It - 1
    Matching lines:
    • great and serious events in life really enable us to see
    • that they will no longer appear to us as Maya, the great
    • Christianity is so great, so tremendous, that human
    • became deed, and as a result the world was greatly
    • created around them, externally. We may say they assumed
    • greatly affected by it. They became serving members
    • The way they went through the gate of death also was such
    • realm through which man has to pass between death and
    • spiritual world, when passing through the gate of death,
    • between death and rebirth because they had not integrated
    • great discoveries were made and with everything they
    • great deal more than could come about through mankind,
    • their ego, merely into the ether body. The great
    • through the gate of death that necessitated their being
    • for example, is illumined when we know that souls make repeated
    • struggle once they have gone through the gate of death,
    • death it is possible to see how they continue to join the
    • considered. People still think reference to repeated
    • of weakness even the great Lessing accepted the idea of
    • repeated earth lives.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 5: The Nature of the Christ Impulse and the Michaelic Sprit Serving It - 2
    Matching lines:
    • through the gate of death:
    • between birth and death so that in terms of space we are
    • great majority of the people whom we have to consider in
    • environment of mechanical contrivances created by
    • first breath. And, indeed, she did — for she was
    • that the Maid of Orleans took her first breath on earth
    • through death at the age of 19 was taken hold of at the
    • can also point to her death which occurred because all
    • bring about her death. Her misadventure in a battle was
    • but that after her death the English would meet with a
    • much greater reverse than any they had known before, and
    • the gate of death was prepared to continue contributing
    • to the work of shaping events after her death, to share
    • Joan's adversaries were able to bring about her death, to
    • demons we create in our machines influence our earth life
    • through when it has undergone death. In the case of the
    • soul that went through death at that time something very
    • create in our machines, and that it is necessary to
    • be understood. We generate the great strength we need to
    • it brought acceptance of the idea of repeated earth lives,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 6: Spiritual Perception Essential at the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • through the gate of death:
    • It would of course be possible to pick up a great many
    • strange to some of you that I put such great emphasis on
    • is through treatment directed at the soul life.
    • one to treat a soul if one has not developed any concept
    • those with greater moral resilience.’
    • with greater moral resilience'. It is hard to imagine
    • anyone producing greater nonsense than this. Both
    • greater moral resilience in a person. It means that
    • were not there, nor the ground on which it rests beneath
    • here on earth goes with him through the gate of death.
    • ears, by far the greatest part of human soul content
    • would simply not be there. Now, after death the human
    • only be carried through the gates of death through
    • only be carried through the gate of death as memory. The
    • through the gate of death? It most certainly cannot
    • gate of death as an idea. My comment is that materialism
    • death in terms of ‘being’, for that would
    • light. On passing through the gate of death and entering
    • the gate of death. It is this effort that will benefit us
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 7: Personal and Supersensible Aspects
    Matching lines:
    • remember those who are at the front, in the great arena
    • events have already gone through the gate of death:
    • gone through the gate of death just a few days
    • death.
    • immediately after their death, impressions connected with
    • after death the impulses arose for me from the spiritual
    • to that soul's life after death.
    • through the gate of death one will immediately notice
    • the gate of death.
    • death had occurred Impressions arose that took the form
    • the soul which had gone through death:
    • gone through death — the thoughts, ideas, feelings
    • mould this individual after death, leaving their imprint.
    • gate of death was expressing itself, saying what it felt
    • through the gate of death was doing therefore merely
    • the gate of death. And so the following words arose and
    • Of world-soul creation
    • spoken but the moment when the heat of the furnace took
    • first conscious moment after death occurred. I shall go
    • death a review of life presents itself in the fain of a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 8: Three Decisions on the Path to Imaginative Perception
    Matching lines:
    • great arena of present-day events:
    • through the gate of death:
    • Death, the second the Door of the Elements and the third
    • Death has always been very fully considered wherever the
    • mysteries were taught. This Door of Death cannot be
    • world does many things that wear us down, threatening to
    • also a great many obstacles in the objective spiritual
    • it meant one had to do a great deal of thinking and
    • indeed, especially the concepts we have made great effort
    • Door of Death because it is really much more of a death
    • even than Physical death. In physical death people are
    • Death, such being its nature. Then we shall be able to
    • is the first door, the Door of Death.
    • way. You see, having gone through the Door of Death one
    • create a particular line of thought quite deliberately.
    • have first gone through the Door of Death we come to a
    • has to be done in the thought world, great fear of
    • has to be overcome at the gate of death. We feel terror.
    • world is threatening to devour us. All the time the
    • all gone through the gate of death we are then outside
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 9: The Sleeping-and-Waking Rhythm in the Context of Cosmic Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • the great arena of present-day events:
    • events have already gone through the gate of death:
    • most satisfying, the greatest, knowledge of the spiritual
    • to a much greater extent. If the same held true for the
    • by far the greater part of the ego and astral body is
    • greater part of his ego and astral body the way he
    • subtle process of meditation causes heat consumption
    • — a very small amount of heat is used, is taken
    • that the process of meditation involves a subtle heat
    • moment just consider the fact that we use up heat and
    • has to do with heat; it leaves its imprint and the
    • everything else, the heat, light, etc., we consume does
    • small amount of heat is used up during meditation. When
    • heat is used up coolness develops; the general cosmic
    • has gone through the gate of death he will gradually
    • being experiences after death and what he has left
    • being has gone through the time between death and new
    • it also takes place in the great process of cosmic
    • him about conquering death. The main theme of Julius
    • I can beat death and can his power stay.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 10: Problems on Spiritual Path - National Characteristics in Europe Moulded by Folk Spirits
    Matching lines:
    • the great arena of present-day events:
    • events have already gone through the gate of death:
    • ordinary life between birth and death trains us to relate
    • death, except for the time between going to sleep and
    • gradually to get our bearings after death.
    • recreate the whole thing in your soul. All this happens
    • repeatedly make an impression in the world ether,
    • repeating a meditation over and over again, what actually
    • we have been within a great body of experiences yet it
    • now understand that it needs great inner strength to work
    • gain greater and greater powers, growing so strong in
    • We also progress between birth and death here on earth,
    • be revenge unto death against all that is German and
    • chauvinist; one merely has to repeat what Renan wrote in
    • greater significance than literary figures known to us
    • to unite ourselves in the greatest possible degree with
    • have to say: ‘These deaths give expression to the
    • this by the way in which they enter into death. We have
    • to say that all these deaths must have been in vain
    • through death in vain at such a young physical age if a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 11:Etheric Man within Physical Man
    Matching lines:
    • the great arena of present-day events:
    • events have already gone through the gate of death:
    • world. We might say that the peculiar features of the
    • saying within the earth — as though within a great
    • summer. The earth is then truly asleep; the great
    • sleep presents itself. The animal world consumes, eats
    • of death. what the astral body makes its own in this way
    • us through the gate of death. I am describing things the
    • life. Memory creates a context for our life, making this
    • life between birth and death a whole. A second principle
    • automatic memory who however cannot be very creative in
    • to himself as T because he is a creature of will. If he
    • gate of death. This core is the vehicle for our karma.
    • the great illusion consists predominantly in man being
    • between birth and death. In going through the gate of
    • death we grow into a world very similar to the one I have
    • gate of death, if we want to make ourselves at home in it
    • the gate of death. And he can of course live the life
    • between death and rebirth. But life as a whole exists in
    • and death that shall remain for our life between death
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 12: The Group Sculptured for the Building in Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • the great arena of present-day events:
    • events have already gone through the gate of death:
    • quite distinct from the way they are commonly treated in
    • forces radiate from it, creating the impression of a hand
    • forces are present, creating the imprint of a hand.
    • the figure itself writhing beneath it. And you will see
    • have three figures: Man in his essence; beneath him
    • down to the smallest detail, has to be created out of
    • pushed in beneath it. Another thing is that particularly
    • the spheres. Man was one great ear. The reason for this
    • brow is greatly developed, in Ahriman the lower jaw. The
    • the principal figure had to be given greater inner
    • history. One of the greatest among them is Michelangelo's
    • recognition of the inherent greatness of the Christ, a
    • greatness not yet to be found in Michelangelo's Christ.
    • considered the greatest poetic work there is.
    • greatest works ever produced by man because Goethe was
    • why the whole great work of Goethe's Faust
    • with Mephistopheles causing the Homunculus to be created,
    • is the scene where Homunculus is created and Wagner
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 13: The Prophetic Nature of Dreams: Moon, Sun and Saturn Man
    Matching lines:
    • the great arena of present-day events:
    • events have already gone through the gate of death:
    • our present life on earth, between birth and death,
    • and the many lives we have already lived between death
    • lives between death and rebirth that lie ahead in the
    • It is just as rich and varied, showing just as great a
    • kind of coating, one might say. As you know, at death the
    • a great writer.
    • consider Shakespeare a great poet, certainly one of the
    • greatest poets of all time. But let me bring out those
    • originality which made a great man. Characterizing a
    • great poet one should not demand such a great person to
    • ‘Great men are more distinguished by range and
    • making bricks, and building the house; no great men are
    • renown exactly by showing that great men plagiarize on
    • every creature in nature was waiting to be uttered in
    • creator himself has first made provision for the idea and
    • Emerson came to characterize Shakespeare as a great
    • robber and Goethe as the great ally of the truth. This is
    • them. On the one hand he calls the English the greatest
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Destinies of Individuals and Nations: Lecture 14: The Cosmic Significance of Our Sensory Perceptions - Our Thinking, Feeling and Will Activity
    Matching lines:
    • the great arena of present-day events:
    • events have already gone through the gate of death:
    • we could do nothing else in that case but repeat
    • is going to happen after death plays its part in this.
    • For everything is created from images. Images are the
    • dead mirror image relates to the living creature it is
    • of a great multitude of entities within hierarchies. The
    • in creating the fabric. We perform deeds that are not for
    • great work of building the world. Through our feelings we
    • to being the greater one. It is really necessary,
    • not true to say that they do not emerge. When you heat up
    • an engine the excess heat supplied does not disappear; it
    • You can deny them, you can be a great materialist in your
    • in Rome at the head of a great procession. He was wearing
    • have believed all the great flaming speeches of Rienzi
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 1: The Present Position of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • Earthly Death and Cosmic Life
    • EARTHLY DEATH AND COSMIC LIFE
    • have passed through the portals of death.
    • death.
    • experiences of human beings between death and rebirth, and what
    • lessons have been learnt from the great events that have occurred;
    • Science, to the great social and judicial problems of the people in
    • One great advantage to us in that
    • the forms and creations of our building at Dornach, which place
    • great demands on humanity.
    • slow to take in new ideas. Indeed it is a characteristic feature of
    • this for two reasons: First because it would have been of great
    • dream-life. We may say: Historical becoming is a great dream of
    • in the great questions of the world as one coherent whole has
    • the greatest republic, wants to lay down the law to mankind. If we
    • feeling for a great drawing together of mankind, for ideas having
    • meant. Jung brings forward an example cited by the greater number of
    • a cab came round the corner. The guests all beat a retreat to the
    • does everything with far greater certainty if the consciousness has
    • experienced in relation to the heathen Gods, for instance. Through
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 2: A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • Earthly Death and Cosmic Life
    • death and re-birth we work on the head, and there is added something
    • needle is sought in the great universe. Yet this is not done in other
    • in the entire cosmos, not in the hen. Exactly as the great universe
    • great. If, however, facts were approached with the practical
    • the organism needs the whole time up to death for this assimilation.
    • fruitful, so flourishing, that it would last until its death. Thus if
    • throughout the time between death and rebirth in the cosmos itself we
    • activity we exercised in the spiritual life between death and rebirth
    • incarnation. When we pass through the gate of death, the forces
    • organism during life; man carries these during the time between death
    • outer physical view, but stands in a tremendously great relationship.
    • was a great leaning towards ‘sanatoria,’ great measures
    • directed to that. The great cosmic laws have provided that man as a
    • his greatness in the universe is due to that very fact, and we must
    • comprehension of Nature, those older times were permeated with what
    • not intended personally. A great proportion of the opposition to
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 3: The Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • Earthly Death and Cosmic Life
    • The fact we have so repeatedly set
    • we were always able to illumine with ideas what we dream (the greater
    • death and rebirth (made known in a more abstract form by the lectures on
    • ‘The Inner Nature of Man, and Life Between Death and Rebirth,’
    • through the gate of death, whose souls live in the world between
    • death and rebirth. A consciousness of the unity of all mankind,
    • abide between death and rebirth, but also to come in contact, into
    • come from our thoughts. We feel that we are the creator of our words;
    • passed through the gate of death. I shall to-day bring forward facts
    • souls who have passed through the portal of death, as soon as we have
    • juveniles — pass through the gate of death, it is seen that the
    • remains present. The young remain above all, because after death they
    • young have a very great deal to do with all connected with
    • life forms and establishes what follows as relationship after death.
    • one who does not care. There is a great difference whether I talk
    • gate of death, such eagerness to know what answer he will give, or if
    • whole life is, in reality, permeated with this relation. We, as
    • death. This is specially good. We mourn for children in a different
    • a child that has passed from us by death is really in many respects
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 4: The Cosmic Thoughts and our Dead
    Matching lines:
    • Earthly Death and Cosmic Life
    • certain perceptions unexercised. They continue after death, giving a
    • that in the time we spend between birth or conception and death, we
    • the gate of death old or young, there is a residue of unexercised
    • through the gate of death, whether young or old, these occasion an
    • this. We only become free after death to form certain thoughts,
    • necessary it is that what is carried through the gate of death unused
    • of their reach, when they have passed through the gate of death; yet
    • through the gate of death. There are, of course, at the present time
    • a great many hindrances to finding this common ground. The first
    • great atomic world behind physical reality; but if we wish to speak
    • consciousness we also help to create a sphere common to us and to the
    • we pass through the gate of death, it is necessary for the living to
    • great demand on our age. Nevertheless, it is said, because we are
    • the great demands of our time. I have tried this winter, and many
    • wholly unjustifiable estimate of the great Athenian. The
    • life; in Jesus, too, I see the greatest bearer of ideas who has at
    • is not a great man; but if this were applied to much greater men,
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 5: Man's Connection with the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • Earthly Death and Cosmic Life
    • subconscious, but after death becomes conscious as he discerns the
    • Science. It defeats another mood that encroaches on Spiritual
    • souls which have passed through the gate of death, we have
    • which man lives between birth and death, and that in which he lives
    • between death and rebirth. We shall try to consider these connections
    • through conviction that a true creative knowledge of the world and
    • the same way. In this connection the great number of seed-forces that
    • man's life is seventy to ninety years but that by far the greater
    • this will call our attention to the fact that there is a great deal
    • inadequate means of knowledge. Let us repeat a paradoxical
    • she ran before the horse. All this could be arranged with great
    • so clever; but the lower had this cunning which is greatly enhanced
    • able to plan with great subtlety.
    • continuous light which extends far beyond death. Throughout life
    • 60's, then through death, and further — into the existence
    • between death and rebirth; and as he passes through that existence,
    • judgment of his deeds which he thus meets in the life between death
    • him remains subconscious; he only becomes conscious between death and
    • individuality. That is discovered after death. In such a case, and it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 6: Feelings of Unity and Sentiments of Gratitude: A Bridge to the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • Earthly Death and Cosmic Life
    • death and rebirth we are anticipating the life conditions of Jupiter
    • — to the disembodied souls, those living between death and
    • In the time spent between death and
    • of lectures on the life between death and rebirth to learn that the
    • between death and rebirth, certain conditions which will only become
    • death and rebirth anticipates — albeit in a subtler, more
    • something belonging to the future during his life between death and
    • dwells between death and rebirth has its own special conditions of
    • feeling can greatly increase, it can develop an intimate perception
    • thrown out beyond death into our evolution between death and rebirth,
    • place incessantly, but beneath this we dream about everything and
    • specially notice if someone has knocked at the door and not repeated
    • selflessly of what he was to us until his death, and not upon what we
    • in a truly living way, the place is created upon which our gaze and
    • think ‘easily.’ Anyone who makes a greater effort with
    • the ‘great silence’ would commence.
    • summit of a mountain, and arriving at the top, breathing
    • is a great help towards the inspiration which such a thought can
    • existence in which the dead live between death and rebirth,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly Death/Cosmic Life: Lecture 7: Confidence in Life and Rejuvenation of the Soul: A Bridge to the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • Earthly Death and Cosmic Life
    • up life hopes. The essentials repeated. A short but important
    • other egos and astral. In the world after death man is singled out
    • death and rebirth, the chief thing is to direct the spiritual vision
    • possibility of a blending in the psychic atmosphere is created by the
    • himself to build a bridge to souls living between death and rebirth.
    • the dead between death and rebirth. Thus there is a very definite
    • sorrowful experiences, but in the greater life relations these
    • to extend beyond death; it is then simply a ‘memory’ of
    • for the conditions after death; but it is necessary that this
    • confidence in life, for the relations of life after death are
    • age. A great deal depends upon this. If man is to take his right
    • certain additional organs of still greater significance; this
    • longer possible for the rest of the animal creation to take form. It
    • by those who hold Kant as a great philosopher. That is due to the
    • much thought-force to understand Kant. As he was to them the greatest
    • the greatest geniuses!) they can understand none of the others. It is
    • by them as a great philosopher. With this is connected the fact
    • and youth our head organism can absorb a great deal, therefore
    • remark, to the sound of the voice, to the permeation with feeling of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Gifts: Lecture I: Folk Souls and the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • Other volumes in GA# 181 are: Earthly Death and Cosmic Life,
    • virtue of the fact that man, between birth and death, is bound to a
    • ourselves stand within this great living being, as members of it; in
    • this great living being which is our earth. The life of the earth is
    • connections between the great organism of the earth and the different
    • processes. Man eats. He thereby takes into his own organism substance
    • substances undergo in our organism. We breathe. In breathing we take in
    • breathing-process is under the same ruling as are the processes in
    • continue to work on in us. We do not merely breath in oxygen, for
    • something spiritual lives in the oxygenised breath. We do not merely
    • eat; substances are transmuted in us, but this material process is
    • Man breathes. He
    • breathes it in then he breathes it out. If, in a particular case,
    • various kinds, the Folk-Soul chooses the by-path of breathing and by
    • regards the Italians, that together with what they breathe in with the
    • principal feature; the watery element works in the French national
    • You will be able to study all the separate features of national
    • feature of the American Folk-Character. While of the British national
    • embryonic coverings.) It is the rhythm of the breathing which strikes
    • rhythm of the breath, and therein lies the secret of the fact, that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Gifts: Lecture II: The Relativity of Knowledge, and Spiritual Cosmology
    Matching lines:
    • Other volumes in GA# 181 are: Earthly Death and Cosmic Life,
    • ensouled organism, permeated by spirit. For, as an organism has its
    • whole, as in ensouled organism permeated by spirit, each part of the
    • once between birth and death, will not come to any very reasonable
    • to Spiritual Science of by far the greatest part of mankind to
    • be absolute truth or absolute truth. Searching great conceptions of
    • creates the objects there within itself, and ‘dreams’ the
    • brain-vibrations; and afterwards the soul recreates the
    • brain; we come to what Copernicanism represents to us as the great
    • features of the Earth's being, as it appears when viewed from the
    • human soul between death and rebirth is, as it were, floating around
    • the Earth becomes very greatly differentiated; to man's perception
    • between death and rebirth it becomes so differentiated that in fact
    • death and rebirth can direct himself by what he then learns. He
    • death and rebirth, develop the forces which occasion him to
    • he beholds between death and rebirth, whether he is to appear in the
    • the Imaginations into which she entered at death: “Out of God
    • dark part of the Earth disappears. This creates the blue which
    • between death and rebirth. Finally, all this is adapted to prepare
    • higher Hierarchies; with that world in which man lives between death
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Gifts: Lecture III: Thoughts about the Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • Other volumes in GA# 181 are: Earthly Death and Cosmic Life,
    • Thoughts about the Life Between Death
    • on this. It is in a sense a death in miniature, and the
    • and the nerves a sort of death-process, a destructive one.
    • grows in unity with the body and creates a full image of
    • independent, only appears in its entirety after death. Thus
    • with Maya, with the great illusion, for we must exactly
    • great illusion, we shall also be able to accept the fact that
    • Spiritual Science to a great extent consist in the fact that we
    • death.
    • takes place between death and a new birth. The matter can
    • death and rebirth. We may say that man then gradually enters
    • coverings between death and rebirth, indeed three such
    • Earth, so do we take on after death the “Individual
    • that life which runs its course between death and rebirth, the
    • his experiences between his last birth and last death, or
    • birth and death is much richer than we are aware of. Suppose
    • handwriting, but with every feature of the handwriting
    • of not knowing that he had passed one in the street. A great
    • the first thing that happens after death is the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Gifts: Lecture IV: The Eternal and the Imperishable
    Matching lines:
    • Other volumes in GA# 181 are: Earthly Death and Cosmic Life,
    • took great care that those who had been initiated into occult
    • regarded with a certain great earnestness and reverence. For
    • certain things must be treated tenderly and reverentially if
    • body and the life between death and rebirth, just these very
    • a great resemblance between them: it finds a great
    • to be influenced by the great and important contrast between
    • birth up to death, and from which it was immune by virtue of
    • death gradually passes over into an enormous realm of
    • but it passes into a great enormous realm of substance and
    • death and continues its life between death and rebirth. But
    • which is dissolved into the Universe after death. The
    • and death we maintain the opinion — a strange one for
    • body are held together between birth and death. It is also
    • after death. Only between our birth and death does this
    • Maya-consciousness which is produced in us. And death among
    • the air we breathe out when we speak. The
    • set free at death and to disperse what is here held together in
    • after death — during the first days — what we
    • is only in so far operative that it fixes the moment of death
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Gifts: Lecture V: Thoughts on Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • Other volumes in GA# 181 are: Earthly Death and Cosmic Life,
    • Thoughts on Life and Death
    • and the leaving it, conception and death — stands in
    • which there is conception, and at the end, death. I called
    • the single moment of death. I called your attention yesterday
    • to the fact that one who is able to observe the death of
    • conception and death. Such is the life of the human soul, and
    • is conception) — and death.
    • down before their instruments in order to maltreat the soul
    • this little book laughs at all those taken things treated
    • in mind how greatly life is stimulated by what is expressed
    • this work, but that for centuries the great Ahrimanic forces
    • — the great Sun-mystery, which throughout the ages
    • which it was treated by Mayer, but in a much coarser manner.
    • thoughts of Julius Robert Mayer, have permeated science. It
    • is a great deception. We must really look at what actually
    • concern ourselves with the death, but not with the fact of
    • death. Yet this fact of death likewise leads to the
    • takes place after death between what remains of the purely
    • individuality, himself discovers after death. Whereas we,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Gifts: Lecture VI: Spiritual Science, the Practice of Life and the Destinies of Souls
    Matching lines:
    • Other volumes in GA# 181 are: Earthly Death and Cosmic Life,
    • birth, or conception, and death. Through spiritual
    • our own times has accomplished great things, great things in
    • back again. It has been repeatedly said that such an idea is
    • head, is dammed up and turned back, room is thereby created
    • life which we have spent between death and the present birth.
    • death and birth, that is to say, our Ego. The search for
    • name; it betokens a fundamental feature of many of the
    • great deal; and thoughts about Saturn, Sun, Moon, the
    • the great circumstances of the world. We must first of all
    • today over a great part of this national force? Leninism! One
    • beyond all that is narrow and pulses into all that is great.
    • against that which threatens mankind: awkwardness. This is a
    • characteristic of our time to a far greater extent than we
    • it is necessary however to be quite permeated, thoroughly
    • permeated, with the knowledge of the super-sensible world, and
    • past life and also the life between death and rebirth to flow
    • in. The life after death also close into our organism.
    • beyond the needs between birth and death. Let us consider
    • birth and death. Thus, just as man physically out of his own
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Gifts: Lecture VII: Whitsuntide Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • Other volumes in GA# 181 are: Earthly Death and Cosmic Life,
    • feature in the Whitsuntide event is, that the communal life
    • of those who had taken part in the great Easter Event of
    • This should give rise to another thought; how greatly we
    • we should learn to a still greater degree than the present
    • to be spiritual life; for the greatest imaginable
    • vision for the great world perspectives of the present day,
    • necessary to create an inner trust in what one feels
    • inwardly, a much greater degree than men are accustomed to do
    • present. Indeed one great reason why Spiritual Science is
    • man, even between birth and death, can never be fathomed
    • between birth and death and have at first a sprouting and
    • we have ceased to understand much that is great and which has
    • of what lies before us; if besides this we think of the great
    • relations of man to the whole comprehensive great universe.
    • great cosmos. That was how the thoughts lived in the soul of
    • with Luciferic features, and the Mephistopheles of the
    • great extent he succeeded in this. But really everything that
    • be placed on the great cosmic stage, then it is necessary to
    • giving his Mephistopheles Ahrimanic features. A Luciferic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Sound Outlook: Lecture I: States of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • and after death between death and the next birth.
    • What has been the soul's environment between the last death
    • surround it between the next death and birth, (or
    • activity, the process of breathing. Out-breathing gives a
    • — of what took place in the soul between the last death
    • and this birth; while in-breathing gives a picture of what
    • will operate in and around the soul between death and the
    • incarnation: in the out-breathing, with its distinct
    • of the forces surrounding the soul between the last death and
    • rebirth; in the in-breathing, the forces to be met with by
    • the soul between the present death and the next birth. The
    • breast-man. Although the processes of out-breathing and
    • in-breathing are not followed with any , distinctness by the
    • bound to them. In the East, the processes of out-breathing
    • and in-breathing are so attentively followed as to be lifted
    • breathing processes so as to arouse a distinctive type of
    • breath-consciousness. Tracing the inhaled air, as it pervades
    • in the breathing-process — that is, of the life in the
    • spiritual world between death and birth. This clear
    • Persists in the East to a much greater extent than is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Sound Outlook: Lecture II: The Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • period in human development has a characteristic feature,
    • thoughts regarding certain characteristic features of
    • sense, and the greater part still is so. The rest, in Europe
    • rather astonishing to calculate, as can be done, how great
    • to work twelve hours a day. That means a great deal. There we
    • to a much older way of producing: fire — where a great
    • technology, something deathly spreads over nature's living
    • man extracts death out of nature, to incorporate is into his
    • important from a spiritual point of view in the creation of
    • of death, which in this Ahrimanic civilisation has for the
    • chief point. The great thing is that, as I have said, a
    • of the greater space, under the large dome, there are seven
    • it so that in the scheme of the windows something is created
    • man in his real being, various mysteries of creation, and so
    • regard at least to a great macrocosmic stretch of time. Here
    • Ahriman-figure is repeated. Above the one to the left is a
    • were naturally not easy to create, for the reason that, in
    • represented but in a certain artistic treatment of the
    • variety of treatment shows how all these things can be
    • the Building with the greatest devotion. Most curious things
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Sound Outlook: Lecture III: East and West
    Matching lines:
    • “repeated earth-lives” already exists as a
    • through the process of out-breathing, which belongs to the
    • life between the last death and the present birth; and
    • through the process of in-breathing, likewise belonging to
    • death until the next birth. In short, all these forms of
    • re-enters the spiritual world at death, does not crudely
    • of directly perceiving repeated earth-lives gradually
    • comparatively great difference between what man met within
    • the great oriental region, stretching from Eastern Europe,
    • repeated earth-lives is germinating differently in these two
    • tendency to oppose the teaching of repeated earth-lives. An
    • cessation of these repeated earth-lives, alternating between
    • birth and death, death and rebirth, so that in the end a
    • souls into a condition in which, after death, they feel
    • living to have an ever greater influence on the earth,
    • and life after death similar to one another. Thus will be
    • prevailing custom — as immeasurably greater, stronger,
    • relationship between the creature in the physical body and
    • greatest, bitterest enemies of true spiritual development,
    • creations, for in them one could find a true indication of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Sound Outlook: Lecture IV: History and Repeated Earth-Lives
    Matching lines:
    • History and Repeated Earth-Lives
    • History and Repeated Earth-Lives
    • the path of the human soul in its repeated earth-lives
    • repeated, that souls incarnated at thn present time will come
    • own inward exerience — the fact of repeated
    • the course of history, human beings have not greatly changed?
    • coincides with the greatest dread of self-knowledge in men's
    • — in which the great transition to modern times was
    • accomplished. Looking back at the three great epochs which
    • grotesque forms in the future, and Faith will have a great
    • these peoples. Because they were not great thinkers, more was
    • event in the worlds of great cosmic happenings.
    • conceal the greatness of the Christ-idea and the profound
    • in course-of the last few decades a great change has come
    • experience. When anyone believes himself to be permeated
    • inwardly by a divine being, he is generally permeated only by
    • Ego, as it was between the last death and the
    • death and present birth. What is thus actually experienced
    • described. It was a moment of great significance in the history
    • relics were gradually treated as stocks and shares; they rose
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Sound Outlook: Lecture V: The Being and Evolution of Man
    Matching lines:
    • repeated earth-lives. We need to understand clearly why it is
    • Science shows how greatly souls changed in their essential
    • possible, he would above all notice a great and constant
    • change in his personal life between birth and death. Looking
    • between birth and death. He is conscious, of course, that he
    • unceasingly between birth and death. Such a conception would
    • similar are ultimately reduced to a featureless uniformity.
    • and death. There we have our individual education, our
    • own personal life between birth and death; but we do not see
    • passes through the gate of death, and before he returns to
    • between birth and death. An understanding of how the
    • conception or leaves it again through death. We pay no heed
    • give us our present form, whether great or small. That is
    • great difficulties for many commentators of the Gospels,
    • justification as an extraordinary impulse for human creative
    • many features of the present day become clear when we realise
    • content of the latter is spontaneously created. In our view
    • Spiritual. Lessing's views went as far as to embrace repeated
    • the believers, and the necessary defence against heathen
    • source of this creative work. The drift of its speculation on
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Sound Outlook: Lecture VI: Problems of the Time (I)
    Matching lines:
    • mentions it, because history has no neans of creating the
    • really characteristic features. This epoch, which I have
    • traits which are great and powerful in the it effects, for
    • equally capable of a beautiful, great and glorious one.
    • must play an ever greater and greater part — is to
    • could not be treated in the same simple way. To say to
    • people: “Your human capacities are limited to eating
    • these two are the great adversaries of the human soul. The
    • and Americanism. In that respect Jesuitism is great: it
    • deep study of it. Jesuits are great spirits in the round of
    • differences are left out of account — a great
    • physical-sensible alone is in question; hence the great
    • great extent animated by the legacy of the old, as well as by
    • — all this, in view of the great events now playing
    • greatest power of destruction in human evolution, due to
    • tends to produce greater and greater fear of the spirit,
    • end, destruction dooming it at last to death , because the
  • Title: Sound Outlook: Lecture VII: Problems of the Time (II)
    Matching lines:
    • matter and energy plays a great part even for those who are
    • literature and are treated by the ordinary reader as
    • none! The formula is repeated in many different ways: —
    • expanses in Imaginations, was dedicated to death. This was
    • that, there would be nothing but knowledge of death; because
    • the actuality which surrounds us is itself doomed to death.
    • how far Christ-Jesus is this double Being is a great task;
    • but at the same time many have taken pains to create
    • brings death to it. Genuinely fruitful concepts regarding
    • between birth and death, or rather between conception and
    • death. The problems of conception, of birth, of embryology,
    • conception there is implanted in man what makes his death
    • development towards death, and the seed of death is implanted
    • possibility of death is thereby grafted onto what would
    • otherwise be immortal. Parents are called to give death of a
    • clothed and which was received by him with seed of death at
    • incorrect ideas, for example, created by Woodrow Wilson out
    • Christ in us”, it is the greatest blasphemy against
    • life-and-death struggle must be endured by him who would meet
    • created in order to understand the social connections of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • progress in technical skill, the efforts of our greatest thinkers,
    • life. But in those past times a great spiritual power was in
    • spiritual forces of great power, inspired and brought a spiritual
    • part of one great chain. We are the messengers of the Godhead, and
    • Paradise. In free, creative activity men must transform the Earth.
    • realise the great dangers lying in materialism, the prevalent nervous
    • not greater than his Lord; neither he that is sent, greater than he
    • the passage stands: “The servant is not greater than his Lord,
    • and the Apostle is not greater than he that sent him.”
    • occultist says: The Gods have created the physical body in
    • theosophical teaching. “The Apostle is not greater than the
    • pass. This power is given us by the Great Masters who are the Keepers
    • theosophists. When we let the breath of the Spirit stream through our
    • Light which comes to us from Christ Jesus, the greatest of our
  • Title: Occult Significance of Blood
    Matching lines:
    • treats it in the light of an ironical remark made by Mephistopheles,
    • greater clearness.
    • Questions of great importance are pressing upon us these days;
    • and which cannot fail to be recognized by all who note the great
    • we are also confronted by great, serious, and vital problems of the
    • constitutes the very breath of life. Through the absorption of this
    • has repeated in itself all the earlier stages of human growth, thus
    • its seat in the astral body. And so we come to see that that which has
    • This etheric body is, in its turn, permeated by an astral body. And
    • to have inner experiences, if it is to create inner reflections of
    • permeated by what we have come to know as the astral body, for it is
    • permeated by nerves capable of sensation. If you look at a crystal you
    • little world, and a counterpart of the great world. And when substance
    • the most elementary creatures? Such sensations mirror the cosmic laws,
    • so that each separate living creature perceives within itself
    • elementary creature is thus an image of the life of the universe, just
    • living creatures is, of course, but dim. Yet this very vagueness of
    • consciousness is counterbalanced by its far greater range, for the
    • three bodies found in the simplest sensitive living creature.
    • developed astral body material for the creation of pictures, or
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Lord's Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • something of what is given by the great guiding spirits of humanity or by
    • the spiritual content of great civilizations in which the human being
    • embodies a great thought — not every thought is suitable, as you know,
    • wishes by prayer or entreaty, he would soon entirely disregard the
    • it, the thoughts of the great leaders of mankind draw the meditant onward
    • mankind to the great Atlantean flood recorded in the deluge-myths of all
    • as “the great sacrifice,” signifying the power of will to sacrifice
    • One may picture this “great sacrifice,” the highest expression of
    • When the will has become capable of making the “great sacrifice,” it
    • actually creates a universe, great or small, whose mission is bestowed
    • upon it by its creator. Such is the creative will in the Divine Being.
    • Now imagine the inner being of a Divinity that has in this way created a
    • the “outpouring” — when Divinity makes the “great
    • being into a reflected image is an exact picture of this divine creative
    • entire universe. In spiritual science, this process of Divinity repeating
    • kingdom,” “animal kingdom” and all the great divisions of
    • separate members of the great multiplicity of the kingdom, distinguishing
    • separate members of the great multiplicity of the kingdom are distinguished
    • body with the hour-hand and the minute-hand of a clock. A great
    • knowledge. The student has accomplished a great deal, indeed, if he has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On Chaos and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • created the Heaven and the Earth; and the Earth was without form and
    • knowledge at that time. Comenius, the great educationist and thinker
    • to our own times it has secretly carried on and handed on the great
    • Amos Comenius, the great educationalist, was among those who
    • a gas? When you heat water, and cause it to evaporate, water vapour
    • particles. You can divide the great majority of substances into
    • vapour. But you can heat them still further. By further heating you
    • We can learn a great deal from this sentence. Helmont calls what he
    • spiritual way. In the breath that flows from the mouth, that turns to
    • The breath, for them, came from the inner being, from the soul; thus
    • the whole world to them was the result of the outbreathing of the
    • than man has today. Space, to them, was not a great infinite void in
    • created, and spring forth through the Word of the original Divine
    • beautiful words of the Bible: “In the beginning God created
    • over the waters. Into the waters the creating words of the Godhead
    • the Chaos, all things are permeated by it. It was the first and
    • and lives on, along with the world. Everything is still permeated by
    • the Chaos — every stone, every plant, every animal is permeated
    • by the Chaos. Our soul and our Spirit are permeated with the Chaos.
    • beautiful things that are found in the works of these great men, he
  • Title: Lecture: History of the Physical Plane and Occult History
    Matching lines:
    • through in the time between death and a new birth.
    • the idea that in the regions in which man lives between death
    • time between birth and death. Now let us suppose that the man
    • dies he goes through the period between death and a new birth
    • between death and re-birth-between two incarnations? If a man
    • previously lived in ancient Egypt and after death passed into
    • between death and re-birth, we give a general picture of what
    • this life is. Starting from the moment of death, we describe
    • how after the man has developed the great memory tableau
    • death and re-birth, in this purely spiritual existence. You
    • of the life between death and re-birth approximately as
    • for that world also in which man lives between death and
    • death and a re-birth at the time of the Egyptian, the ancient
    • ourselves how in that age when birth and death could first be
    • when at death the Atlantean passed into the world beyond,
    • peculiarity of this life between death — a re-birth
    • death and re-birth, in place of the self-consciousness,
    • time between death and re-birth. That blissful feeling of
    • birth and death gained an increasing value, and the old dim
    • physical world. We have often spoken of the great
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Human Group Souls (Lion, Bull, Eagle, Man)
    Matching lines:
    • compared with what we should call today the most grotesque creatures.
    • in their form. They were those in whom the heart, the seat of the
    • nourishment, of procreation, were especially developed. In the third
    • itself, so that the procreation of humanity was especially cared for
    • the spiritual, a non-sexual procreation. The bull race, however,
    • nature retained this mode of procreation, since the fructifying force
    • more of the activity based on physical creation. Occultly regarded,
    • procreation was yet possible, then we must say: The external physical
    • other. This is also the case, even in the greatest things we
  • Title: Lecture: Christianity in Human Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • since repeatedly experienced reincarnations during the
    • able to descend repeatedly to incarnate vicariously in a human body.
    • The greatest avatar being who has lived on earth, as you can gather
    • incarnate repeatedly but obtain no benefit from their earthly
    • narrative a great part of post-Noah humanity is derived from his
    • complications in human evolution that can explain a great deal to us.
    • his threefold sheath. First, however, we will take into account
    • to the pupils of the Apostles. Great value was set upon being able to
    • The great prominence that was given to everything of a physical
    • plane to which the greatest importance was attached.
    • Christ, of His death on the cross and of His continuing life in the
    • it the greatest folly had they been told that the events of Palestine
    • Nazareth had been preserved and were woven into a great number of
    • Here we see verified a great historical truth that should be of
    • must rediscover the primordial wisdom of the Great Avatar, Christ. By
    • As the greatest Avatar Being, Christ descended to earth. Let us view
    • existence. What the human being is in particular, the great
    • far greater things and the Christian development and standard of life
  • Title: Isis and Madonna
    Matching lines:
    • has repeatedly pointed out how a man who draws near the secrets
    • for art. And all through life Goethe showed in his creations how art
    • spiritual forces in his soul. This is for him the great moment in
    • In these lectures it was repeatedly indicated that when man practices
    • repeatedly been drawn to how, in the sense of spiritual science we
    • This being of soul is sheathed from outside in the lower elements of
    • little world in the great world, who out of his purified soul brings
    • within him is a new begetting of cosmic creative activity.
    • in the figure of the Madonna. These Madonnas are, it is true, greatly
    • age when Christ had already passed through death but is portrayed with
    • representations repeated so impressively in olden times and which is
    • being interred in many graves. Hence the great number of tombs of
    • death itself becomes an Osiris.
    • which the soul enters after death where Osiris holds sway. But at the
    • after death — that he could be united with Osiris. The initiate
    • round the earth. The learned ones of the earth in council have created
    • death.
    • finding him through initiation or death. By conjuring this Osiris and
    • seated on golden tripods — three Mothers. The human soul has passed
    • The globe represents the creative activity of the cosmos. I should
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The European Mysteries and Their Initiates
    Matching lines:
    • is a much greater similarity in the more important mythological
    • sense. The great mythological figures lead us back to the experiences
    • There were Mysteries of great significance, deeply influencing ancient
    • of the womb of worlds, out of the great universe.’ To-day the
    • rites of Initiation were a means of revealing to the pupil that death
    • is only one of the many processes in life. Death changes nothing at
    • neophyte was put into a condition resembling death; his senses could
    • because their creators were conscious of an inner union between the
    • essential feature of European culture, namely, the development of a
    • danger likely to be far greater here than in other regions of the
    • and legends of Europe to the Mysteries. We should find a great deal in
    • thing that can reveal whether a certain feature in the legends is
    • tells of the Twilight of the Gods. But then came the news of the great
    • Mysteries the Initiate had not fully vanquished death. — But now
    • immortality, with knowledge of victory over death. The soul is
    • often told you of the great stimulus given to the evolution of man by
    • between birth and death, but my blood streams into me from my Father
    • the ancient Hebrew felt himself part of one great whole, secure in the
    • permeated the Druidic and Trottic Mysteries that the Initiates
    • creation.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Nature and Origin of the Arts
    Matching lines:
    • beings who are active through an artist's true creativity.
    • imagine a great snow-clad plain spread out before us and upon
    • part of me; thou wilt become as great as I am myself; in this
    • and suns in the sky in order first to create the physical
    • woman's soul expand, waxing great and beautiful. And the
    • personalities; that which permeates them in the form of a
    • individual talent in the great domain after which thou hast
    • with plastic fancy, with the ability to create in plastic
    • with me. By this means thou canst place a creative
    • greatest difficulties will occur when thou allowest men to
    • soul itself beneath thy inspiring influence. They must fan
    • souls, as if they were creating from heavenly heights! And
    • when men create in this fashion, something will flow out of
    • out of the souls of men. They will be enabled to create
    • would freeze to death if they were dependent upon verbal
    • the possibility of breathing out the innermost being of the
    • breathe into the souls of men that faculty which men on earth
    • stage to the forms assumed by the will when heated passions
    • of conflicting passions brings death to one side and victory
    • aware that the other woman, who had nearly frozen to death
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • and the great facts of evolution, as being similar to Buddhism. But
    • identified with Buddhism, namely, the conception of repeated lives on
    • Reincarnation, or repeated lives on earth, is also to be found in the
    • better if we do not at once turn to the great doctrines — which
    • carriage, is. Are the shafts the carriage? No. Is the seat you sat
    • carriage, for the yoke could not carry thee. True it is that the seat
    • theories and principles, cleaves these two great world-conceptions
    • conception as expressed by the great Founder of Buddhism himself. The
    • but joy, where disease and death had never come near him, and where
    • Heavily indeed, did this discovery weigh upon the great soul of
    • Buddha! Life contained pain, sorrow and death. He had seen it for
    • sickness, old age, and death within it!’ And out of that cry
    • sorrow! Old age is sorrow! Sickness is sorrow! Death is sorrow! All
    • to the great Buddha, there arises by degrees within men's souls
    • enlightenment under the Bodhi-tree, gave out in the great sermon at
    • building stones for the completion of a great edifice that is to
    • greatest of the forms of its presentation, no less than in its
    • only are there repeated lives on earth, but that history rules in
    • Nirvana, his state of bliss, solely in the relinquishing of repeated
    • is Maya, it is the Great Deception!’ ‘Not so,’
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag I: Das Wesen der Geisteswissenschaft und Ihre Bedeutung Frü Die Gegenwart
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag II: Leben und Tod
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag III: Menschenseele und Tierseele
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag IV: Menschengeist und Tiergeist
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag V: Das Wesen des Schlafes
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag VI: Der Geist Im Pflanzenreich
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag VII: Wie Erlangt Man Erkenntnis der Geistigen Welt?
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag VIII: Anlage, Begabung und Erziehung des Menschen
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag IX: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag X: Galilei, Giordano Bruno und Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag XI: Was Hat die Geologie über Weltentstehung zu Sagen?
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag XII: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag XIII: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag XIV: MOSES
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Antworten der Geisteswissenschaft: Vortrag XV: Was Hat die Astronomie über Weltentstehung Zu Sagen?
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Geist und Stoff, Leben und Tod: Lecture I: Geist und Stoff, Leben und Tod
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Geist und Stoff, Leben und Tod: Lecture II: Schicksal und Seele
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Geist und Stoff, Leben und Tod: Lecture III: Seelenunsterblichkeit, Schicksalskrafte und menschlicher Lebenslauf
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Geist und Stoff, Leben und Tod: Lecture IV: Menschenseele und Menschenleib in Natur- und Geist-Erkenntnis
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Geist und Stoff, Leben und Tod: Lecture V: Seelenratsel und Weltratsel: Forschung und Anschauung im deutschen Geistesleben
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Geist und Stoff, Leben und Tod: Lecture VI: Leben, Tod und Seelenunsterblichkeit im Weltenall
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Geist und Stoff, Leben und Tod: Lecture VII: Das Jenseits der Sinne und das Jenseits der Seele
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science and Speech
    Matching lines:
    • the inner life of some great individuality may feel that human speech
    • life. Those who have knowledge will be able to learn a great deal
    • of Speech’ assumes great significance.
    • enumerate, — and they have been evolved with great diligence, —
    • Ego; and since this work begins with a regulation of the breathing
    • German ‘atmen’ (to breathe) is derived.
    • sheaths.
    • it was elaborated, permeated and interwoven with the etheric body,
    • and grew more complicated. Then it was permeated by the astral body
    • of the external world. But this physical body has to do a great deal
    • more than create a knowledge of the external world through the senses
    • these three members. Thus it must be said that spiritual creation,
    • spiritual activity has been at work on our sheaths, imparting form,
    • inner movement and activity of the sheaths of the human being. Before
    • have to do with an individual soul, with a soul permeated by an Ego
    • as yet unpermeated by the Ego, the result of which is to-day
    • body in such a way that it has become permeated by an etheric or life
    • material world is permeated and woven through by Spiritual Beings.
    • seek in the light the hidden essence that is able to create an eye.
    • say that the air is permeated and ensouled by a Being who at a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • only to gain an illuminating insight into the great laws of
    • that lecture, as a great and wonderful preparatory school for
    • misunderstood than when it is permeated with some form of
    • within us greater than all that we have employed to form
    • from the past. This sense of something greater is the first
    • there is something within us that is greater than our own
    • in judgment or in shame and regret, feels something great
    • flow into itself out of the stream of the past, it creates
    • mightier thing it left unused and that has not permeated its
    • were possessed of this greatness, it would be different, but
    • speak these great and significant lines to
    • within us to full development, we have now permeated our
    • devotion to prayer, the greatest mystics found the best
    • heat in the cosmos that appears in higher beings as physical
    • inner warmth and it originally created the higher beings; the
    • their surroundings. As this physical heat interiorizes a
    • prayer began to be permeated with an egoism that impels the
    • know this feeling, when our environment becomes breathless
    • cleverness it created by its own thinking. What it brought
    • to feel this, it must be called up by the greatest thoughts,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Mendelssohn's 'Overture of the Hebrides'
    Matching lines:
    • constructed with great symmetry in long aisles of countless pillars
    • foaming waves of the sea which ceaselessly beat and resound with a
    • beneath, making melodious magical music.
    • upon the battlefields and to shed their blood, but that after death
    • But all this creates an altogether different conception of humanity.
    • It creates the conception that the human being is united with
    • that they create for us again a consciousness of the connection of
    • able to make a great impression upon spiritual Europe. The whole
    • children of echoing Selma! Come to the death of thousands. Comhal's
    • the king. Then slowly he retired to the rising heath of Lena. His
    • Attend to the words of his power! Gaul, strongest arm of death! O!
    • and clarified, and had become words which could express the greatest
    • now works further in mankind is of great significance for occult
  • Title: Astral World: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • as well as in inner contents, we have created the ground on which we stand
    • science, to seek first to create a fundamental feeling, and we have
    • understand a great part of the world. But human nature is difficult to
    • of the astral world. The astral world is peopled by a great number of
    • know, of course, that actually far the greater part of mankind's social
    • dangerous, and a great deal of what is said about its danger is connected
    • world precisely within a spiritual movement. That will be a great field of
    • — to create on the physical plane an image of the astral world.
    • in it and as it permeates our physical space, is in a certain respect
  • Title: Astral World: Lecture II: Some Characteristics of the Astral World
    Matching lines:
    • both in the words and in the ideas. Therefore, in wider circles a greater
    • there will then be a great number who say, “That is all stupidity
    • body consists of the same, and therefore, I can treat the human body
    • if the etheric body were not to permeate it in every part. Hence, the
    • leaf after leaf develops, since the plant's physical body is permeated by
    • There is a kind of wreath of leaves forming the calyx of the flower,
    • essentials, they are still leaves — greatly transformed leaves.
    • It was in Goethe's great
    • goes over to the animal. That is the great difference. If you take a leaf
    • form leaves and flowers, then the plant-soul permeates and tastes all
    • permeates it and in which the soul nature of the plants plays its part,
    • as absorption of food. On the one hand, the being eats — on the
    • sea-creatures, which you will understand if you remember what we have
    • creatures that have a remarkable life as marine creatures. We see in them
    • the whole stem, which they permeate.
    • creature must seek other spots where it can find new food. For this, it
    • enabled to reach other creatures for food. The “medusae” move
    • And such medusae, which are genuine movement-creatures, have now also
    • only there as a protection, so that what lies beneath has a certain
    • structures, but if the creature is attacked by some hostile creature, the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Astral World: Lecture III: The Law of the Astral Plane: Renunciation
    Matching lines:
    • fore; for another goal, thinking must retreat, and again for another goal,
    • the wreath of roses and all such symbols are to bring to expression
    • after death, which in anthroposophical literature we call the period
    • can give him. With death, the physical body is stripped off and left
    • behind, and so, too, the etheric body to a great extent, but the astral
    • immediately after death, but only gradually. If a person has longed
    • but after death the soul lacks the physical instrument with which to
    • astral world — whether after death or through other means —
    • think that someone leaves the physical body, either through death or
    • then in the moment when through death or initiation one is out of the
    • body, the red circle changes into nothing, because one permeates the
    • death. Through a certain universal relationship, so much harm has not
    • human being one is led there after death — what does such a
    • or in the case of the ordinary human being after death, such a one will
    • to play their part in the Creation. When they poured out on Saturn their
    • where the whole being is permeated with ever-new nuances of bliss, where
  • Title: Prophecy -- Its Nature and Meaning
    Matching lines:
    • Lichtenberg, a great German humourist, as a kind of rejoinder: “In
    • Think of one of the greatest natural scientists of all time and of
    • prophecies is well known: think of Kepler, the great
    • culture today, the greatest stumbling-block in these astrological
    • after him; not only was he one of the greatest astronomers of all
    • would then be obvious to which category the greater number of tokens
    • so in those days) to have great confidence in Kepler and on many
    • at Gravelingen in the year 1558, where the French were defeated with
    • astronomer of great eminence in his day. Tycho de Brahe was also
    • of men are connected with happenings in the great Cosmos. Tycho de
    • predicting the death of the Sultan Soliman, which although it did not
    • to a great age. As the hour of birth was not quite accurate, Tycho de
    • endure the ordeal of terrible storms at sea. He came very near death,
    • death. Such things made a great impression upon people at the time
    • weighs less than that of the male. After his death, however, his own
    • Mars would bring him great misfortune. He was an opponent of all such
    • modern astronomer — a man greatly to be respected too, for his
    • death cannot be said to have been correctly predicted in the
    • between the macrocosm, the great world, and the microcosm, the little
    • gets on quite well but after a few years, great inner difficulties
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Hidden Depths of Soul Life
    Matching lines:
    • so-called scientific findings, repeatedly raised objections to the
    • “Death and Immortality”, [an untranslated lecture given in
    • of death. Man brings these forces and substances into the physical
    • which decay sets in the moment the etheric at death is loosened from
    • same degree as daily consciousness, but lives beneath the threshold of
    • to the great surprise of his friend Overbeck, he immediately went on
    • it has disclosed a great deal about what lies hidden in the depths of
    • we find that this dream has a great deal to show us. First it points
    • repeated.
    • would be repeated throughout the week. It would then disappear for
    • years, but would again return, be repeated for a week, then disappear
    • filled with a greater capacity for expressing himself in his drawing.
    • ignorant of what his soul experiences yet this works creatively in him;
    • at other times this creative activity is discontinued and then it rises
    • and contain much greater wisdom than the fully conscious man is aware
    • the world's basis its creative element, “the creative imagination
    • imagination is more creative in the things than reason can render
    • shows how in its depths life holds far greater riches than appear on
    • think world creative forces run parallel with Imagination, because
    • infinite being among creative beings who are infinite as the soul. Only
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Good Fortune Its Reality and Its Semblance
    Matching lines:
    • acceptable to many of our contemporaries we may count that of repeated
    • to a recognition of the enlightening nature of these great truths.
    • bequeathing a large fortune to the child. She died, however, while the child
    • the death of his father — who had not long to live — he would be
    • called to his father's death-bed. Now, to add to the troubles of this
    • through between birth and death. In such a case we seem compelled to look
    • beyond the limits set by birth and death.
    • development in the struggle against wind and weather and other conditions
    • speak of “misfortune” when we see a great martyr who has something
    • of importance to transmit to the world, condemned to death by hostile
    • himself alone; on the contrary, he attaches great importance to its
    • luck of the gambler — here no doubt the small and the great have much in
    • successful unless it were sent in to the manager of the theatre concerned
    • my play in to the theatre”, he said. “Is it finished then?”
    • 1837. It was his fate to serve for the greater part of his life as a common
    • quartermaster. This man left behind him a great number of poems, not only
    • perfect in form but permeated by a deep life of soul. He left excellent
    • a man to create happiness out of his inmost being.
    • being goes through the gate of death and passes into a super-sensible world,
    • insignificant, but I am glad that my fortune has brought me something greater.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of the Animal World in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • that the greatest triumphs of natural science have been realized just
    • on the one side the great longing aims at a pure natural development
    • A great part of the thinkers of the present and the recent past did
    • can be called in the real sense an original procreation or an issuing
    • “earth” has done its breathing — so to say —
    • huge enormous organism, the breathing of which we have to look for in
    • out in a new direction who have obtained the greatest results of
    • It is indeed true that the great results of natural science performed
    • in which this great pioneer points out the way in which he succeeded
    • assumes that — as he says literally — “the Creator
    • from the Creator. As we can know from Darwin's whole manner of
    • that if we could assume there was life in its simplest forms created
    • separately created by the sublime Originator of all things.”
    • creation of all species at their starting point, and that he must
    • this? Could not the Almighty Infinite create an order of matter (things?)
    • Creator — but he restricts himself to the presentation of what
    • has emanated out of this Will of the Creator and what issues forth in
    • great progress in natural science, if one goes back only about two
    • it is beaten enough, a species of worms would develop which could
    • bed, and this physical body is permeated with that which in a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Death in Man, Animal, and Plant
    Matching lines:
    • DEATH
    • concerning the nature of death. From a certain point of view one
    • nature of death have been sought in the main without success. On the
    • and in human society; here the opinion has repeatedly been expressed
    • death, immortality and the like, are to be examined. Modern science
    • wherever death intervenes in existence, we find, when we look more
    • too, has been often emphasized here) that when the great questions of
    • of the death of created beings. This has come about in a peculiar
    • be mentioned, who has handled the question of the nature of death in
    • has written on the nature of death from the standpoint of his natural
    • concerning the data, the actualities, which bring about the death of
    • deaths, though we may perhaps have occasion later to refer to these
    • violent deaths brought about by accidents or otherwise. When,
    • however, we discuss the question of the nature of death —
    • phenomena of life before our eyes in such a way that death belongs
    • among them. So, then, the riddle of death can be solved only in the
    • case of so-called natural death, which is brought about at the end of
    • could give a real reason why death, the annihilation of the being,
    • death makes its appearance without our being able to give the ready
    • drawing towards death; that this is brought about by exhaustion. This
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Nature of Eternity
    Matching lines:
    • his masterly treatise, ‘The Education of the Human
    • repeated earthly lives experienced by the human soul, and
    • theory of repeated earthly lives is the only reasonable one
    • human soul from accepting the doctrine of repeated earthly
    • repeated earthly lives be in accordance with truth, they
    • justice towards oneself. Repeated earthly lives require an
    • to a far greater extent than is generally believed, we
    • earlier lives on Earth created the destiny in which I am now
    • certainly not reveal itself only after death, but must be
    • death but must belong to it already during earthly life. If
    • during its existence from birth to death and everything
    • present one, and of the causes we are now creating to take
    • repeatedly finds that all that takes its course there
    • we experience repeatedly every twenty-four hours: sleep. It
    • be no great difference between that and the emergence of the
    • to know the ego in its activity, in its creative impulse; and
    • this experience proves to us that this creative element,
    • sleep is needed. We know quite well how lack of sleep creates
    • of soul. We realise our need of sleep as a creative element,
    • have gathered their greatest strength by the time the gate of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Leonardo da Vinci
    Matching lines:
    • His Spiritual and Intellectual Greatness
    • to what the picture expresses, is embodied in them. In his treatise
    • the soul — aye, the very heartbeat of the twelve Disciples —
    • door heightened. This ruined a great part of the picture. Then at one
    • short, the picture received the most barbarous treatment. Then there
    • the magic creation which Leonardo once painted on this wall has been
    • greatness, of the power and content of the comprehensive personality
    • mouth, and the features which betray something of the opposition
    • making the greatest artistic plans, constantly making new ones. He
    • had also commissions from people who recognized his great gift and
    • he wanted to create and then he began to study; but in what did this
    • whole day if a feature interested him, and sometimes he would invite
    • might study their features in the different soul experiences. Once,
    • attained the creation of any work of which he could say it was in any
    • Leonardo, which was too great in itself ever to be able to reveal its
    • full greatness.
    • great and comprehensive genius Leonardo was.
    • occasion — arranging this or that artistic or theatrical event,
    • greatest contrasts; one cannot paint them in one year; there are no
    • there is a wonderful treatise on painting. In it painting in its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic/Human Metamorphosis: Lecture 1. Materialism and Spirituality.
    Matching lines:
    • LECTURE 1MATERIALISM AND SPIRITUALITY.Life and Death.Berlin, 6th February, 1917.
    • place where the great destinies of the time are being fulfilled:
    • And to the Spirits of those, who have passed through the gate of death:
    • difficult tasks! (These meditations were repeated at the beginning of
    • Motzkus shared in the great events of our time, right up to the last
    • days of her life. She told me repeatedly that she would like to remain
    • of the most prominent and learned men is making a very great
    • psychologist, Frederick Myers who, before his death many years ago,
    • and made a great impression upon them, especially as various things
    • afforded great surprise to the family, and strangely enough, they also
    • caused great surprise to a wide public. They would not have surprised
    • through the gates of death. From the other side he told them that he
    • not only might one say that such a case would naturally make a great
    • passes through the gate of death, the human individuality is at first
    • You see how greatly one may be misled by striving to give a
    • the form in which He will be seen in the great moment of evolution in
    • the twentieth century, that the great moment is being now prepared.
    • regards its present actions far from being permeated with the
    • may be so permeated by the words of the Gospels as to form some idea
    • immeasurably greater force than anything else on earth, — so it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic/Human Metamorphosis: Lecture 2. The Metamorphoses of the Soul-Forces
    Matching lines:
    • course of time, must lead to a spiritualising and permeating of the
    • greatly altered in the course of the development of mankind. Only at
    • passed into the Spiritual world through the portal of death. It was
    • himself from eating because he has eaten the day before. At meals one
    • repeats the same process over and over again. Life is a constant
    • torpid, was yet created by spirit. In particular, shall we become
    • permeated by the life of the spirit, our inner attention increases. It
    • with all its crude brutality. In this respect there is a great deal of
    • very great space of time; the difficulty is to have the Spiritual
    • constitutes the great difficulty of grasping the Spiritual world. Were
    • connection with the great Cosmos, which is composed of both substance
    • the whole great Cosmic Connection, as each one of our fingers is a
    • today — at least the great majority no longer feel themselves members of
    • the great World-Organism, in so far as they as Spiritual beings are
    • the great Greek philosopher, called these 25,920
    • years a cosmic year — the great Platonic Cosmic year. Now if one
    • In his normal state a man draws eighteen breaths a minute. This
    • varies, because he breathes rather quicker in childhood and more
    • draws eighteen breaths a minute. It is easy to reckon that 18 times 60
    • make 1,080, which is the number of breaths to the hour: multiply this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic/Human Metamorphosis: Lecture 3. The Human Soul and the Universe (part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • by the divine-spiritual beings that permeate the outer universe and
    • — I might say — to our great astonishment it can be expressed by
    • the fact that the number of breaths a man draws in a day equals the
    • can, if we permeate them with feeling, fill us with awe, with a holy
    • manifested out of the Macrocosm, the great world, is felt as still
    • to the great cosmic future of man, to these three stages of evolution,
    • Angels. It is of great importance that one should enter somewhat
    • the life of today, permeated as it is by materialistic opinions,
    • the ego and the physical body is very greatly displaced in present-day
    • man. The second meeting is already more in connection with the great
    • year. When the sun develops its greatest heat, man is much more
    • the heavens — with the great Cosmic conditions. For Easter is
    • itself with our physical earth manhood. The great Mystery that now
    • disappears into us and permeates us, so that He can remain with us
    • to the way in which Christ is now able to penetrate and permeate our
    • permeates the world, and which we can now hardly distinguish in
    • — at the present day to a great extent unconsciously, yet it is
    • greatness, and of the sublimity of the world-processes. We are
    • withholding a great deal from the growing boy and girl if we fail to
    • draw their attention to all the revelations of beauty and greatness in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic/Human Metamorphosis: Lecture 4. Morality, As A Germinating Force
    Matching lines:
    • theory of the creation of the world, according
    • developed; nay, more: to the great majority of men who study it, it
    • impulses must have played a part in its creation. Still it remains a
    • nature — heat, electricity, and so on — intervene in the plan of
    • like heat which expands bodies, or like light which illuminates them
    • and makes them visible and permeates the world of space. For this
    • moral force is present and soars as a great illusion over the
    • to gauge the views of the world held by others, ideas permeated by
    • particular time, a great, perhaps even the greatest Teacher of the
    • Earth-world appeared, and that His teaching is the thing of greatest
    • importance. Now, if Christ is only considered as the greatest Teacher
    • things, it might still be possible for a great Teacher to arise who
    • the weather will be or what separate events may affect our lives. In
    • only knows of what is great and cosmic; not of the weather. If one
    • could therefore predict the weather. This does not alter the fact that
    • every night. This meeting with the Father-Principle is of very great
    • while when death is premature it occurs sooner. You know that, as the
    • permeated with reality than the merely mystical marriage of Mechthild
    • in greater illusion than these despised men at the time of the old
    • permeated with reality, can be perceived in the ordinary things of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic/Human Metamorphosis: Lecture 5. The Human soul and the Universe (part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • in its life between birth and death, and which even while still in
    • actually bring about great catastrophe. These half-true concepts are
    • up, though it is in a great measure still believed, is the idea I have
    • outside our body, for in the life between birth and death we are still
    • other ideas with this division of the human being. The great Greek
    • soul and spirit sense in his physical life between birth and death,
    • seem, the ego of man is between birth and death, physically connected
    • dream-consciousness — beats and pulsates under the influence of
    • of the spirit, its greatest manifestation; here the spirit has entered
    • it. But in this greater portion of spirit which does not dwell within
    • will then become spiritualised by a magical breath of holiness. We
    • is given me whereby I am permeated with the spiritual world, which is
    • and permeated in his whole collective existence by the Grace of the
    • does indeed prevail to a great extent, in this materialistic age. In
    • develops his feelings for the great concerns of the world, that he can
    • up to the thoughts given us in Spiritual Science of the great
    • the great goals of humanity, we can then rise above all the emotions
    • It is undoubtedly necessary, that through Spiritual Science, a great
    • through it. This, however, is of great significance. It is immensely
    • go through the Gates of Death, is thereby cut off.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic/Human Metamorphosis: Lecture 6. Man and the Super-Terrestrial
    Matching lines:
    • the physical and etheric bodies during sleep — being breathed
    • forth as it were, on going to sleep and breathed in again on waking
    • great course of the world-order, with respect to this rhythm. In olden
    • symbolic creative imagination of the ancients; it says, we in our
    • dubious echoes of this greatness in their superstitious fancies. When
    • that great matter of which I have described. Therein the endeavour was
    • continue to be held in harmony with the rhythm of the great universe,
    • to him, that, though he can no longer come into touch with the great
    • of very great importance to our age. I have often drawn your attention
    • gained, not only of the great religions, but of every form of
    • Christ did not suffer death for a limited number of people, nor was He
    • words to express them. One is often obliged to express the great
    • with what lives in the course of the year as does the breath in a man;
    • earth in the Mystery of Golgotha, with the great secrets of the world
    • of man. A great deal of social science is practised in our day, and
    • not in sleep, but at death. For the soul on leaving the body goes
    • outer life. These form just as great opposites in man as above and
    • to do with what I might call a representative delineation of the whole
    • life in connection with the life and death of man, we refer to the
    • period, so something yet greater must be connected with the sun,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic/Human Metamorphosis: Lecture 7. Errors and Truths.
    Matching lines:
    • Spiritual life, and the effects of which were much greater than is
    • nineteenth century. This book is of the very greatest interest, more
    • postponed for a long time by the great resistance made in the external
    • repeatedly alluded to is not sufficiently realised — that
    • play so great a part with Jacob Böhme and Paracelsus: Mercury,
    • Breathing-Man? De Saint-Martin replies, Sulphur. So that according to
    • fine treatise (which to the modern physicist is of course utter
    • true Spiritual Scientist can read a great deal between the lines in
    • with the French Revolution, one must read a great deal between the
    • surveying longer periods of time and applying to greater epochs what
    • the schoolmaster Hartmann, who had a great influence on Jung Stilling
    • reminds us in his convinced acceptance of Theosophy, of those great
    • the Spirits behind created things.
    • there was a very real existence; he was profoundly permeated by the
    • existence, either divine or creative. This is a startling and new
    • understanding of created things and their history, without clear and
    • world, which is the object and aim of Creation, for only thus can
    • sweeping away the dust from these documents on account of their great
    • their features. No wonder there are so many passages of which a host
    • laid great stress on calculation; he reckoned out the periods of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • by the divine-spiritual beings that permeate the outer universe and
    • — I might say — to our great astonishment it can be expressed by
    • the fact that the number of breaths a man draws in a day equals the
    • can, if we permeate them with feeling, fill us with awe, with a holy
    • manifested out of the Macrocosm, the great world, is felt as still
    • to the great cosmic future of man, to these three stages of evolution,
    • Angels. It is of great importance that one should enter somewhat
    • the life of today, permeated as it is by materialistic opinions,
    • the ego and the physical body is very greatly displaced in present-day
    • man. The second meeting is already more in connection with the great
    • year. When the sun develops its greatest heat, man is much more
    • the heavens — with the great Cosmic conditions. For Easter is
    • itself with our physical earth manhood. The great Mystery that now
    • disappears into us and permeates us, so that He can remain with us
    • to the way in which Christ is now able to penetrate and permeate our
    • permeates the world, and which we can now hardly distinguish in
    • — at the present day to a great extent unconsciously, yet it is
    • greatness, and of the sublimity of the world-processes. We are
    • withholding a great deal from the growing boy and girl if we fail to
    • draw their attention to all the revelations of beauty and greatness in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Story of the Green Serpent and the Beautiful Lily: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • I should like to ask you, by means of the example of a great
    • in study, we find, not only the great Poet very pre-eminently there,
    • inexhaustible fund of greatness. And if we have learned to add to our
    • created a work of art of eternal beauty. The direct, symbolical
    • but of living it; not merely a question of permeating wisdom with the
    • divine, that it is permeated by the Divine Cosmic Blood, which draws
    • This was the question for the Mystics of all ages; and this great
    • himself took a great deal of trouble to become acquainted with the
    • spiritually. All that the great Spirits have disclosed about the
    • substances and metals in the retorts, and they took great trouble to
    • misuse his freedom, and will never create a disturbance in the circle
    • the “Lion,” the creature in which the Will is most
    • action of our own, by the forces lying beneath our consciousness,
    • cultivates (frohmen) his passions, the River throws up great waves.
    • knowledge, permeates itself with the gold; this “self” is
    • entirely permeated with wisdom, and becomes luminous. Then the
    • place. Then the man may venture to permeate himself with wisdom —
    • found the three great priests of Initiation; these priests were
    • the evening, when the shadow of the great giant is thrown across the
    • twilight. What is this shadow of the great giant? Goethe went into
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Theosophy and Tolstoy
    Matching lines:
    • and bequeathed to humanity in his theory? The origin and change of the
    • life was breathed by a Creator of worlds. This is what Darwin himself
    • of ours! Create better outer conditions for human beings and the
    • think of the greatest writer at the present time you will perceive how
    • and the great world of stars. But in later times, life has become
    • in death. Death is still the great stumbling-block for the
    • material world alone as real, grasp the meaning of death, how can he
    • get the mastery over life when death stands at its end like a barrier,
    • surmounted this standpoint of materialism. In the novel The Death
    • And here we find a remarkable understanding of death, not as theory or
    • makes it possible to think of death not as an end but as an outpouring
    • the rediscovery of the self in the great primal Spirit of the world.
    • The problem of death is here solved by the artist in a wonderful way.
    • Death has become a blessing in life. a dying man feels the
    • “However strong or rapid a man's movements may be in his death
    • paroxysm of passion, we do not recognise life in him, we do not treat
    • treat him accordingly.” (p. 62)
    • great and impressive though they may be! Go bade to the original,
    • himself creates form. You must enrich his soul, imbue his soul with
    • hope of the future. His judgment is based on the great law of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On The Three Magi
    Matching lines:
    • on the 6th of January) will assume greater and greater significance
    • single individual a grave was created for Manas — for the dismembered
    • death. What is the meaning of dying and of resurrection, as
    • The great sacrifice made by Jesus of Nazareth is that he gave up his
    • mystical fact then consummated. At the moment of Christ's death, the
    • Myrrh is the symbol of sacrifice, of death, the sacrifice of the
    • In the Lemurian Race, Osiris meets his death, in the Sixth Root Race,
    • understand more and more what a Magi is, and what the great Magi, the
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture VII: The Great Initiates
    Matching lines:
    • The Great Initiates
    • any other we may meet because it can satisfy to such a great extent
    • not, to a certain extent, the greatest arrogance for anyone to regard
    • essential nature of such schools — and of the great Initiates
    • strokes to illuminate the essential being of these great Initiates.
    • simply a creation in which work chemical and physical forces, but a
    • living creation, a creation that lives and is endowed with capacities
    • creation, this etheric body, produces man's essential life. Its color
    • above both space and time. Such thoughts are contained in the great
    • an eternal truth of the kind that flows from the great Initiates, or
    • notice the deep influence that emanates from the greatly
    • great Initiate such as Buddha does not speak out of a vaguely felt
    • out of the great Initiates' deepest knowledge. Initiates know that
    • you see how the great Initiates essentially gave their directions for
    • Chela, a real student of the great Initiates. Then he can be led
    • stages which belong to the great Initiates, those Initiates who at
    • all times have given the great impulses to our culture. They were
    • found the great religions of the world.
    • great religions that came forth from the great Initiates; it was
    • exercised on the world by the great Initiates who have gone through
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture I: Inner Development
    Matching lines:
    • wishes to create electricity in a glass rod, yet refuses to rub it.
    • forms the basis for the greatest advantages and greatest achievements
    • the deep solitude the yogi must seek. One must repeat the same matter
    • this does not happen. These are great difficulties in our
    • are beneath humanity, but in a certain sense you are far above
    • humanity. You are beneath humanity because you cannot make for
    • give people high ideas, great teaching,” and so on. The
    • “The servant is not greater than his lord; neither he that is
    • sent greater than he that sent him.” These words were spoken
    • they must reach equanimity and steadiness. Neither the greatest
    • sorrow nor the greatest joy must unsettle their composure. They must
    • course will lead you to the great ability to tolerate, and to an
    • enable us to meet matters with the greatest possible openness. In
    • greatest precision. Then comes the occult life, whose
    • so does the life of the physical body. The heart beats rhythmically,
    • the lungs breathe rhythmically, and so forth. All this proceeds so
    • wonderful organ with the regular beat and innate wisdom, and you
    • creating rhythm in our astral body. What does it mean to fast? It
    • means to restrain the desire to eat and to block the astral body in
    • develops no desire to eat. This is like blocking a force in a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival: A Token of the Victory of the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • once inaugurated the great Festivals as tokens of what is eternal and
    • will; she will not cherish hatred for her created work. It was not I
    • strictly in accordance with the great laws which pervade the realm of
    • The ranks of living creatures thou dost lead
    • that the great Festivals were inaugurated.
    • itself was created. Yet the alphabetical word ought to be the
    • representative, the symbol of the Word Creative in Nature around us,
    • in the great universe and within us too when self-knowledge awakens,
    • a token of something greater still, of something momentous and unique.
    • great happening on the Earth. At the hour of midnight the priests
    • teachers of the people, and spoke to them of a great Mystery. (I am
    • came that great moment in evolution when the immortal, imperishable
    • descended. This descent of the divine ‘Sons of the Spirit,’ this great
    • of the other creatures belonging to the Earth — the plants and
    • children of the great universe and they said: “We have become men
    • the great moment when they had received the impulse which was
    • all-essential for their earthly existence. And this great moment was
    • the great rhythms of Nature. If we think of all that encompasses the
    • of your pulse, your breathing, and then of the irregularity, the
    • meet the challenge of the chaotic! And how greatly the rhythms of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture VIII: The Path of Knowledge and Its Stages
    Matching lines:
    • with occult powers observes the great differences in human types, it
    • still inwardly upright and honest Christians, those who are permeated
    • knowledge exist great distinctions. The first important
    • great importance. They may work unconsciously in the pupil's
    • evolution, the great viewpoints which have been opened by the
    • do a great deal for himself. He can, for example, look closely at a
    • out in the country, the farmer's wife plucks a goose's feathers, she
    • actually calls the interior of the feather “the soul.”
    • lessons is repeated from week to week. But who does that in normal
    • into the pupil's breathing. Inhaling, holding the breath, and
    • formation of the human physical body. The eye was created by light,
    • great value upon an objective and quiet contemplation of the external
    • between death and a new birth. This confronts him in
    • science will be served well by this map after death. The occultist
    • this would bring him great benefit in the other world.
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture IX: Imaginative Knowledge and Artistic Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • the experience that must permeate the pupil on gazing at the
    • which permeates the mineral kingdom is chastity.
    • sheaths gradually began to form with the cooling process, enveloping
    • for instance, the life that goes forth from death. Thus in Goethe's
    • the Devachanic plane. When one sees a precious stone and is permeated
    • in a chaotic age, in an age devoid of style. All great epochs of art
    • spiritual world view permeated and saturated everything. In the
    • created. The modern age is entirely different; it has brought forward
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • sculptor, for example, wishes to create an ideal figure, say of Zeus,
    • completely to expression nor attain in her creations, at least not
    • with the details. The creative artist tries to recognize these
    • revelation of nature's secret intentions and that the creative
    • Goethe sees nature as the great, creative artist that cannot
    • the answer, saying that in all the other creative arts, such as
    • astral world. This is no newly created world. It is new only for a
    • if he undergoes the discipline of so-called “great stillness.”
    • He must become still, utterly still, within himself. The great peace
    • astral world, and he feels afloat in a great, deep peace. Gradually,
    • then louder and louder. The world of colors and light is permeated
    • this wondrous world through the portals of the “great
    • stillness.” Through the great stillness, the tone of this other
    • Leadbeater, for example, gives an accurate description of the astral
    • however, lies in tone. That which was light in the great stillness
    • region dwell inspired authors. Here they experience a real permeation
    • great art there are wonderful things that are much more
    • beneath the skin and thus characterizes Bacchus's nature. It is
    • as if the body were imbibing the light and, permeated with its own
    • which he created his paintings — that is not what matters —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • the Bach family, the great-great-grandfather of Johann Sebastian was
    • understand in this sense the words of the Bible: “God breathed
    • into man the breath of life, and he became a living soul.” In
    • heat it melts and becomes “water” in the esoteric sense.
    • physical body is permeated by the etheric body; similarly the astral
    • body permeates the etheric body. The astral element can descend as
    • in the element of air. Just as there were only cold-blooded creatures
    • at the outset of the Lemurian age, so up to now all creatures had
    • canals. The musical family's distinguishing feature is the
  • Title: Lecture: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • And at my feet fresh breathest from thy sleeping.
    • The dales, where through the mist-wreaths wind, lie dimmer,
    • Thus in decay and in the night of Death
    • Find the Creation's new beginning,
    • In darkness dwelling, create a Sun.
    • Greater Mysteries man beheld the forces working through all existence;
    • place at the time when darkness on the earth is greatest, when the
    • the evolution of humanity, realising that the great festivals have
    • presented as a picture which made them realise: For you too the great
    • out of apparent death, life arises, that life is born from the dead
    • The pupils of the Mysteries were to realise that within death, life is
    • overcoming of death by life, by the life that is present in death.
    • spiritual re-birth, as the great Ideal of all humanity and moreover
    • darkness is greatest, as a sign and token that out of the darkness of
    • and then again streams forth, as in its seeming death it holds life
    • power of his spiritual life had gained the victory over death, night
    • man; myrrh, the symbol of the victory of life over death; and
    • more death. But in the meantime only he who is an Initiate may take
    • which is a symbol of life that passes into death and yet has within it
    • the power to bring forth new life. The great symbol of worlds stands
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: Lecture 2: The Interpretation of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • indeed, a great deal more; and secondly, we should be willing to draw
    • as such, and then try to permeate the fairy tales with it. Not
    • what you have promised. You shall eat and drink well, as long as you
    • this, but till the bears come I must ask for as much to eat and drink
    • cannot slay the bears, and they kill me, I shall at least have eaten
    • manner of things that bears like to eat and drink — honey and
    • you can render me an even greater service. Every year great strong
    • that giants like to eat and drink, and went to meet them. On the way
    • made a great impression on the giants that he could do something
    • tailor was married to the king's daughter. The king marveled greatly
    • know it, but twice you have done me a great service; I will also do
    • they lived in great happiness, they themselves and all their people.
    • see what lives in that activity: wind, weather and other natural
    • trees, when they could control the weather, the mist and the rain.
    • stage where the human being had only the sheath of the ego. We see
    • will create the right sort of sensitivity to what you are telling.
    • backwards and forwards, armed with his sword, he saw something eating
    • he saw something eating the fire, and on looking closer saw it was a
    • was walking up and down carrying his sword, he saw something eating
    • fighting Creatures replied: “We are the sun and the dawn, we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture II: Christianity in Human Evolution: Leading Individualities and Avatar Beings
    Matching lines:
    • and astral bodies of the great initiates and avatars that were
    • which is indeed our greatest goal - 'not I but Christ in me.'
    • repeatedly reincarnated — reembodiedduring the
    • the being is able to descend repeatedly in certain intervals
    • blessing and progress of all human beings. To repeat
    • The greatest
    • latter incarnate repeatedly, but that they derive no benefits
    • Nazareth when Christ entered his threefold sheath. However,
    • to which the greatest importance was given.
    • the existence of Christ, of His death on the cross, and of
    • verified a great historical law that should be of special
    • wisdom which is the primordial wisdom of the Great Avatar, of
    • descended to earth as the greatest avatar being. Let us view
    • existence. What the human being is in particular, the great
    • will offer humanity far greater things, and the Christian
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture X: The God of the Alpha and the God of the Omega
    Matching lines:
    • and astral bodies of the great initiates and avatars that were
    • which is indeed our greatest goal - 'not I but Christ in me.'
    • features, one may come to the conclusion that it is a view of
    • our souls time and again those great comprehensive thoughts
    • rises in the wisdom that permeates our spiritual thinking.
    • moments of inner activity are repeated and we allow them to
    • Those who have a feeling for these great truths should hurry
    • the Great Spirit of the Sun with all its subordinate beings
    • all of nature is permeated by it.
    • between death and rebirth. For the peculiar thing in this
    • epoch was that consciousness between death and rebirth became
    • an individual in ancient India. When it passed through death
    • culture, such was less the case; the world between death and
    • death and rebirth. Human beings at this time wanted to
    • had the notion that in death he would be united with Osiris.
    • death.” And so, by clinging to Osiris, the soul tried
    • to create a surrogate for everything that could no longer be
    • form. Similarly, if the soul wanted to create a substitute
    • for the lost spiritual power of vision between death and
    • danger threatening humankind in those times was that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul One: Lecture 1: The Mission of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • but a discipline which treats the spirit as something actual and real. It
    • great riddles of existence.
    • seventeenth century thinker who is of great significance for anyone who can
    • those days. This lonely thinker discusses the great central problem of the
    • something which enables him to recreate the world in the light of his inward
    • works as a unity, if he feels himself within the world as in a great,
    • permeates himself with all perfections and virtues, summons forth order,
    • selection, harmony and meaning, and attains in the end to the creation of a
    • have made possible the great progress of physical science.
    • gestures and forces which are divided up among a number of lower creatures.
    • Spiritual Science. This was a time of rest for the greater part of mankind.
    • historically important feature of Kant's philosophy. But in Kant's argument
    • We need only think of the great martyrs, who gave up everything the
    • great mediaeval split between those things that can be known by reason and
    • his inner life could extend to a vision of nature permeated by the Divine;
    • to pass out of existence at death, but that besides the physical part of his
    • throw light on the great riddles of existence. He will come to feel that
    • these riddles and the great questions of destiny can be resolved through
    • and death, and what is the eternal core of his being. In brief, it will be
    • Bathe in the roseate hues of dawn!
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul One: Lecture 3: The Mission of Truth
    Matching lines:
    • he overcomes falsehood and error and pursues truth as his great
    • must be the aim of man's endeavour, while he treats anger as an enemy to be
    • human interest. His aphorisms, found after his death, include a remarkable
    • gained great distinction through his lecture courses on the lives of
    • inevitably into self-seeking. Herein lies the great and most serious
    • that the entire realm of Nature is permeated with wisdom, and that wisdom
    • thinking we can rediscover the element that enters into the creation of the
    • other from “creative” thought.
    • repeatedly returns and ever and again goes through a series of events and
    • experiences between birth and death, we shall find how much satisfaction, how
    • great difference whether a man devotes himself to truths that come from
    • reflective thought or to those that come from creative thought. If we steep
    • ourselves in the wisdom of Nature and create in ourselves a true reflection
    • of it, we can rightly say that we have in ourselves something of the creative
    • be made. The wisdom of Nature is directly creative and gives rise to the
    • creative, productive element is absent from it. Hence the immediate effect of
    • creative power of the Ego is crippled and devitalised; the Self loses
    • himself to Nature's productive power and lets it work upon him. He creates a
    • different with creative thinking. Here a man is himself productive. His
    • attainable by creative thought are limited, for man is weak in the face of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul One: Lecture 4: The Mission of Reverence
    Matching lines:
    • permeated by thinking. Its primary role is to receive impressions from the
    • levels; he has permeated the Sentient Soul with his thinking and with
    • permeate his Consciousness Soul, the impulse to do so must come from within
    • also, the will can be permeated by a force which goes out towards the
    • permeate the Ego; reverence is to flow from the Ego towards the object of
    • must then immediately exert itself to permeate with the life of thought the
    • consciousness to be illuminated by the light of creative thought. No one can
    • confirm. The stronger the will is to creative thinking, the greater is the
    • ever-greater heights.
    • permeate the soul. Or someone may relate how with trembling hand, later on,
    • particularly helpful when we are trying to unravel the great riddles of
    • always prone to error, are permeated by the light of the soul and transformed
    • element which must permeate all reverence — the Eternal-masculine.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul One: Lecture 6: Asceticism and Illness
    Matching lines:
    • of earthly creation: the ego. These last two parts split off during sleep
    • great deal that is not present in the plant. He can experience impulses,
    • is permeated with instincts, desires and passions which may bring him into
    • to a further picture. The plant is permeated with the green colouring matter,
    • chlorophyll, which steeps the leaves in green colour. Man is permeated with
    • through our sense-perceptions. But the picture we create, though its elements
    • flow from these pictures he creates. The pictures call forth a number of
    • repeatedly emphasised that clairvoyance is not necessary for understanding
    • to permeate my spiritual life, they would confuse it; I could make nothing of
    • described in greater detail in my book,
    • may do him great harm. A person can develop all sorts of faculties and powers
    • great stress on a certain diet. This does not at all imply that such a mode
    • any meat-eater but will be superior in working capacity. That is the very
    • a little bit of meat!
    • slightest benefit. So long as a desire for meat persists, vegetarianism is
    • ago, someone was asked: “Why don't you eat meat?” He replied with
    • a counter-question: “Why don't you eat dogs or cats?”
    • what I feel about all meat.”
    • point. When pleasure in eating meat has gone, then to abstain from meat may
    • breaking the meat-eating habit can be helpful only for getting rid of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul One: Lecture 7: Human Egoism
    Matching lines:
    • selflessness. We shall not treat them as catch-words, but will try to
    • someone proves himself to be a great benefactor in one way or another. It
    • than that, for in fact this playing on words permeates our entire life and
    • Seek you the highest, the greatest?
    • character something as noble as the plant is on its own level. And the great
    • created being, if it belongs to those realms of the plant world which can be
    • of service to higher beings. And it will now be an idle triviality to repeat
    • himself to be living in the world as in a great and beautiful and worthy
    • finally rising to the creation of a work of art.”
    • for then the vegetable law retreats and becomes again merely a
    • the seed-bud. There is something great in this act of self-sacrifice by the
    • so far as he transforms his astral body, he creates what we call Spirit-self,
    • create what we call Life-spirit, or Buddhi. And when finally he masters the
    • said — enjoys the feeling of living in the wide expanse of a great and
    • creates harmony between himself and the world around him. Or he can let his
    • egoism, and we must now characterise it in greater detail.
    • any active interest in the great and beautiful ordering of nature from which
    • great and praiseworthy in himself would be absent, were it not for the people
    • the great law that we have gained from studying egoism and apply it to the
    • invigorate the human soul are those drawn from the life of the great outer
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul One: Lecture 8: Buddha and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • about world origins and the great facts of evolution. And if one particular
    • — namely our treatment of repeated earth-lives and the working of
    • repeated earth-lives is to be found among the ideas of Gautama Buddha, though
    • persons who know nothing of Theosophy. Even the great Orientalist, Max
    • never been defeated by a sage, being always able to repulse any objections
    • follows. Let us suppose that King Milinda has arisen from death as a
    • Christian and that the ensuing conversation is permeated, with the spirit of
    • the yoke alone you cannot drive. True, the seat is not the chariot, for with
    • the seat alone you cannot drive. And although the chariot is only a name for
    • this question of repeated earth-lives from the standpoint of Spiritual
    • truly not being given in order to promote opposition to the great originator
    • heavily on the Buddha's great soul that human life entails suffering and
    • death, as he had seen them in the sick man, the aged man and the corpse. For
    • he said to himself: “What is life worth if old age, sickness and death
    • is suffering, death is suffering. All existence is filled with suffering.
    • eight-fold path, in accordance with the teaching of the great Buddha. This
    • four holy truths that were proclaimed by the Buddha in his great sermon at
    • suffering — of release from the cycle of repeated lives on earth.
    • great edifice that is to arise by a bringing together of everything spiritual
    • This is evident in their ways of thinking about things great and small and in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metamorphoses/Soul One: Lecture 9: Something about the Moon in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • human soul-life to the great connections we find in the wide universe, the
    • and is subject to the vast influence of the sun's light and heat, it was
    • sea, the moon has always been regarded as affecting weather conditions on
    • on the weather or on some other terrestrial phenomena. Schleiden, who had
    • he achieved a great deal for the more
    • investigator who tried, with immense assiduity and great care and precision,
    • game; and however stimulating a game of this kind may be, the greatest care
    • the weather, etc., he said that for these people the moon was like a cat in
    • Schleiden. It was the supposed connection of the moon with weather conditions
    • His first conclusion from a mass of facts — which I need not repeat,
    • frequency of rainfall were in many cases shown to be greater with a waxing
    • than with a waning moon: greater when the moon approached the earth, smaller
    • studied weather conditions on the odd and even dates of the moon's phases,
    • to recognise that the moon had no very great influence on the weather, but
    • us — you can read a poetical treatment of it in the second part of
    • the surface of ordinary life or in weather phenomena.
    • be collected in relation to weather conditions. Since Schleiden and I live
    • shame, the more so as she sets no great store by it. The result will be that
    • they would treat as a superstitious dreamer anyone who clung to the belief
    • that the moon could have anything to do with weather conditions and the like.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture One: On the Investigation and Communication of Spiritual Truths
    Matching lines:
    • greatly increase.
    • named in Oriental philosophy. They are the great spiritual
    • we have when we confront great spiritual truths. For what
    • confronts the great truths of humanity. In our Groups the
    • greatly but the most important of all is reverence for the
    • great truths and the feeling that we can approach them only
    • to grasp a great reality through a few concepts and ideas
    • be to the great spiritual truths. We can make no progress at
    • possible aspect of the great facts of existence. The age in
    • increasingly to understand the problems and the great truths
    • spiritual being. The great questions about man's place in the
    • life and death — these questions meet a profound need,
    • features of this path, one has repeatedly been mentioned
    • you will certainly attach very great importance to those
    • death of the spiritual truths he has assimilated on the
    • physical plane between birth and death. Or, to put it
    • discoveries are extinguished after death; only so much
    • naturally of the greatest importance that clairvoyants should
    • face the prospect of the death of culture if spiritual wisdom
    • death there is its value for the progress of humanity on the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Two: Higher Knowledge and Man's Life of Soul
    Matching lines:
    • permeated by the same spirit which actuates our study, for
    • would be greatly mistaken. Many errors arise from failure to
    • been repeatedly pointed out that the four accounts present
    • the great Christ Event from four different aspects and that
    • A great deal
    • the deeper understanding of Spiritual Science. The greater
    • are not limited to existence between birth and death, that we
    • are very great difficulties in making what has been observed
    • studied in our Groups the object is to create this feeling
    • but developments of creatures which were already then in
    • different creatures belonging to the animal kingdom there
    • lower species of animals. And we find that such creatures
    • something of great importance, namely that through it we are
    • greatly in different nations and in different periods. Only
    • ‘I’ create a mental picture of itself. What man
    • within him a greater number of ideas than the other. All our
    • characteristic feature of all these pictures or images is
    • the ‘I’ itself. The significant feature of modern
    • strong enough to create a picture of what the ‘I’
    • desires are therefore not strong enough to create pictures
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Three: The Tasks of the Fifth Post-Atlantean Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • another great catastrophe.
    • ‘great world’. Man, the ‘little
    • ‘great world’. This is literally true, but stated
    • create disorder in our own being. Ahrimanic and Luciferic
    • essential feature of post-Atlantean civilisation. The
    • macrocosmic process; humanity as a whole evolves as one great
    • we are considering. It was a prominent feature in the
    • experience in them, a kind of new creation. Moreover a direct
    • characteristic feature of the epochs which followed was that
    • permeating the physical, can be conceived as threefold. Other
    • world: the Christ Impulse. The greatest of all spiritual
    • and ideas. No greater disparity can be imagined than that
    • permeate our concepts and ideas with spirituality.
    • in a great deal of what is called Philosophy to-day.
    • conventional astronomer, who will inevitably treat anything
    • first half? And when that is all used up, death follows. The
    • spirit alone can be victorious over death and carry forward
    • — symptoms of death everywhere in the evolution of human
    • show how essential this greatest of all spiritual impulses
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Four: The Symbolic Language of the Macrocosm in the Gospel of St. Mark
    Matching lines:
    • understood, they must be regarded as treatises of Initiation.
    • temples had now been transferred to the great arena of
    • Initiation though enacted on an infinitely greater scale.
    • such a way that this great event might come to pass and
    • the prophet Isaiah points to the greatest event in all
    • with spades and shovels. But it was a peculiar feature of
    • things, spiritual worlds could be apprehended with great
    • passage therefore draws attention to a great revolution in
    • the greatest secrets and mysteries could flow from the
    • was prophesied by Isaiah and repeated by John the Baptist.
    • Macrocosm. Generally speaking, a very great deal was
    • on. I have said repeatedly that there are twelve different
    • to maya, to the great ‘non-being’. The word
    • great; ya = being; a = non, negation; hence maya = the great
    • forces create the effect of making us think we have a heart
    • taken in the great World Lodge and in consequence the
    • real understanding of the greatness and significance of the
    • Gospel — one of the greatest sacred records in the
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Five: The Two Main Streams of Post-Atlantean Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • holds good to an even greater extent in the case of Spiritual
    • the case of Zarathustra, the great Leader of mankind of whom
    • characteristic features of the path followed by the great
    • three sheaths — the astral sheath, the etheric sheath and
    • the physical sheath, deriving respectively from the three
    • this is not correct. What a man leaves behind at death is not
    • exist under the laws which come into operation after death
    • complex of laws by which the physical body is created within
    • create, let us say, quartz or emerald.
    • etheric and physical sheaths. And in the mystical life it is
    • the great Buddha, what is described symbolically as
    • astral sheath, but in his stronger moments, as he sat in
    • repeated incarnations that the faults for which he is
    • and complete as it was in the case of the great Buddha, this
    • sheaths gathered around this spiritual being. Man was born
    • into the sheaths enfolding the physical body is a path
    • great heights through the faculties of his own Individuality.
    • sheath, of a spiritual Being who cannot himself incarnate in
    • within a human sheath.
    • its highest form by the great Buddha. Taking Zarathustra as a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Six: The Son of God and the Son of Man. The Sacrifice of Orpheus
    Matching lines:
    • physical make-up and what he eats and drinks. It cannot be
    • members of man's being which do not differ greatly from
    • Archangeloi and Archai are concerned. But creative influences
    • than that of the Time-Spirits, as having greater weight than
    • shall ask: Who is the greater artist: Raphael, Leonardo da
    • revelation of divine-spiritual Powers is far greater.
    • is merely repeated by others can never have an effect as
    • herself is far the greater. It was only when the revelations
    • Hierarchies the greater are their powers, we can understand
    • the supersensible reality behind the creations of men such as
    • inspiration. Great works of art, works of spiritual genius,
    • own times can dimly surmise. Actual investigation of a great
    • described in the Bible as the creation of Adam, the first
    • in man's life between birth and death in every
    • the Great World. As things are he loses his feeling of
    • oneness with the Great World and believes himself to be
    • world for the breath previously indrawn is now outside.
    • Orpheus was the great Preparer.
    • sheath. The essential element was what had descended from a
    • great delicacy and subtlety in connection with Orpheus is set
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Seven: The Higher Members of Man's Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • main theme, will be of great help later on.
    • into the spiritual worlds? Here we must keep on repeating
    • in response to external stimuli, eating when he is hungry,
    • perform a deed in life that is of greater importance than our
    • there is one great difference between the reflected pictures
    • with the greatest difficulty. We eat and drink every day by
    • eating and drinking we shall have achieved this only when we
    • gradually spiritualised. When we are eating fruit, let us
    • eating as being something more than a merely physical
    • eating.
    • and in others the range of the thoughts and ideals is greater
    • towards death. And we have within us other forces which bring
    • in our etheric body as life-giving forces. When at death the
    • spiritual part of our being abandons its physical sheath, the
    • These forces continue to work in us after death and actually
    • body of man is somehow permeated by certain higher members.
    • materialist may use his intellect just to create concepts;
    • together. But external life too is greatly influenced by the
    • that there is a great difference between the various parts of
    • great fondness for washing their hands; directly the least
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Eight: Laws of Rhythm in the Domain of Soul-and-Spirit.
    Matching lines:
    • small-scale Messiah and is anxious to create a picture of
    • like the imprint of a seal. If the idea is of no great
    • very great. We must resist this with all our might, for there
    • mature. This holds good for ideas of no great
    • example, on some particular day — and such days vary greatly
    • in the creative work of artists there is evidence of a
    • again, so that they could not so much as eat bread. And
    • again we must repeat that as time goes on the most important
    • will be regarded as fantastic nonsense by the greater part of
    • the Gospel which has all the peculiar features due to the
    • for three and a half days in a deathlike condition, after
    • the Mystery of Golgotha to become disciples of this great
    • man's task in the sixth epoch will be to permeate
    • meditation, in the sixth epoch men will be permeated by the
    • being. To be permeated by the Christ Impulse can hover as an
    • need of a great deal which, as spiritual beings, they will
    • so to speak, permeated with music and give expression to this
    • man was created. This means that on the physical plane man
    • permeated by the Logos and will grasp for the first time the
    • seventh epoch up to the time of the next great catastrophe.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Nine: The Moon-Religion of Jahve and its Reflection in Arabism
    Matching lines:
    • the greater epochs of transition in the evolution of humanity
    • Egypto-Chaldean epoch are repeated in a different form. The
    • the third epoch is in a certain sense repeated in the fifth.
    • life of soul, the greatest impulse given to the human
    • great individual to combine in his soul the full fruits of
    • a true idea of Christ. Such occurrences will be repeated, for
    • strong enough to see through these things with greater and
    • greater clarity.
    • great majority of them are incapable of assimilating ideas
    • creatures, can be understood only when quite different
    • evident that a great deal in human nature as we know it
    • this will not happen without great hindrances being
    • greater appeal? Why do you expect so much of our
  • Title: Background/Mark: Lecture Ten: Rosicrucian WIsdom in Folk-Mythology
    Matching lines:
    • rather pay heed to the great, all-embracing wisdom needed by
    • will certainly have understood enough of the great law of
    • Preface to a treatise on Oetinger, a theosophist living in
    • would never have been possible. Thinking of its greatest
    • man creates he must create from out of the spirit. If he
    • thinks that he can create without it he is ignorant of the
    • value stems from the spirit and no created thing survives
    • creation, even when used for the purposes of everyday life,
    • must return beneath the surface of the earth and be restored
    • spiritual world and create powers through which he can
    • to understand the threefold sheaths of the human being. In
    • King's son was given a mantle, a sheath, every time he
    • is related to the other sheaths of the human being as copper
    • creative faculty can work effectively only if he does not try
    • world repeats itself in his soul, that he must live in such a
    • the soul through the thought-forms they created; and the
    • created its imagery were filled with the living spirituality
    • spiritual greatness.
    • sets out to conquer death and on his way he comes across
    • Ritter Wahn because they are themselves subject to death. Ird
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: Lecture 1: The Poetry of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • the creative mood; to dig down into those wellsprings with the
    • tragedy concerns itself — as do other artistic creations —
    • world unload their great strengths on us as we stand there more or
    • unconscious dream experiences — an infinitely greater number
    • nature, to create something of the kind oneself, even though one
    • for nourishing pictures arising out of their creative soul life; we
    • child often succeeds in creating for itself a comrade or “friend”
    • little girl lets the paddock eat with her out of her bowl of bread
    • little creature as to another human being, saying one day, “Eat
    • the great collections of fairy tales from everywhere in the world, to
    • prosaic but accurate comparison to say, we can know a great deal
    • delicious we're eating. And so we can know and understand something
    • The soul feels (but unconsciously) the great antithesis she has to
    • there is something within you that is far, far greater than the part
    • form a concept of this creature who lives within you and is so much
    • eleven brothers. After Quatl and his brothers were created, Quatl
    • began to create the world. But in this world that Quatl created,
    • the fairy tales contain elements of the great stories of heroes and
    • to every single person at every period of life from his first breath
    • itself the deep-seated soul experience on awakening from sleep, of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Das Fünfte Evangelium: Zweiter Vortrag, Berlin, 4. November 1913
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Das Fünfte Evangelium: Dritter Vortrag, Berlin, 18. November 1913
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Das Fünfte Evangelium: Vierter Vortrag, Berlin, 6. Januar 1914
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Das Fünfte Evangelium: Fünfter Vortrag, 13. Januar 1914
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Das Fünfte Evangelium: Sechster Vortrag, Berlin, 10. Februar 1914
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: Esoteric Development: Lecture X: The Three Decisions on the Path of Imaginative Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • Death:
    • this, you will see that this path of knowledge is of great
    • the Portal of Death, the second the Portal of the Elements, and the
    • The Portal of Death has
    • Portal of Death can only be attained if we strive to reach it through
    • repeating, again and again, the silent inner efforts to devote
    • has a life of its own, so that one feels oneself to be the sheath of
    • enlivening of the thought, is a moment of great significance in
    • repeatedly say that they can only grasp the world by contemplating
    • world has been called fundamentally the Gate of Death, because it
    • really is a greater death than even physical death. In physical death
    • firm, we must not, as it were, retreat. This retreat is in most cases
    • call this portal the Portal of Death. And then we look through this
    • Portal of Death.
    • You see, if a man has passed through the Portal of Death he feels
    • passed through the Portal of Death, one is in the spiritual world
    • overcome, just as the loneliness of the Portal of Death must be
    • want to use in the spiritual world threatens to devour us. One is
    • essentials. If one has first passed through the Gates of Death, one
    • hearts beat come from the spirituality into which we plunge when we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture IV: WHITSUN: A Symbol of the Immortality of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • hearts at this season by reminding them of the great and unique event
    • heart and mind. Yet it brings to such childlike hearts something great
    • nature is waking to life, leads our minds to the portal of death. By
    • human body and passed through death. The whole riddle of death and the
    • preservation in death itself of the eternal life of the soul —
    • this is the great vista presented by the Easter festival.
    • connected with the death-bringing processes. The fact that we have to
    • the seeds of death into our being. It is quite incorrect to believe
    • that death is connected with life in an external sense only, for the
    • through death. If one were speaking in an age more alive to the
    • brings death to the physical, and to provide him with tokens reminding
    • rise again from death to prepare for a new incarnation. It is by
    • astral body symbolises the death-bringing principle that is connected
    • nature, do not merely undergo death, but that we are individual
    • immortal beings, rising ever and again from death.
    • those who have come to Spiritual Science should feel with even greater
  • Title: Social Forms: Address: On the Occasion of the General Meeting of the Berlin Branch
    Matching lines:
    • be assumed that today there already are a great number of
    • fact that the distress has become so great, it would have
    • to lead one to assume the same tone which a great many
    • — you will find a great similarity. You will find the
    • Stuttgart, Munich, Hamburg, or Bremen with what such great
    • birth and death and points beyond the merely sensory world
    • just this comprehension of three-foldness by the great masses
  • Title: Social Forms: Lecture XVII: Consciousness of Pre-Existence
    Matching lines:
    • thinks mainly of nothing but living on after death, the
    • death. Today, one does not sufficiently realize the
    • outward form from within, how various features appear, smooth
    • watching such a developing human being. How great will be the
    • human soul after death. It is this feeling of thirsting for
    • continuation of life after death, one discovers the access to
    • for the soul's indestructibility after death.
    • retain its existence after death. From the many descriptions
    • about the experiences after death based on the science of
    • we will not speak about what really lies beyond death, only
    • life after death. An interest in this area will only be found
    • doctrine of the origin, of the creation, of each individual
    • much as it exists after death. We need a word for the
    • speaking of repeated earth lives. Of course, if you speak
    • that the soul is not created at birth? Why should it be
    • created somewhere along the way before birth? In short, you
    • absolutely arrive at repeated earth lives when you speak of
    • also speaking of repeated earth lives.
    • existence if this teaching of repeated earth lives is not to
    • — a feeling that every teacher is permeated with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Brotherhood and the Fight for Survival
    Matching lines:
    • circles it is repeatedly pointed out how progress is brought about by
    • side we hear repeated in different ways that we shall not just fit
    • brought about greater changes, or have both contributed to the
    • it greatly enhanced the development of the culture. Those who had
    • or she got food. Even beyond his or her death this brotherliness and
    • common life was created. This morality was developed on the basis of
    • so a guild or community also has a soul, and I repeat, it is not
    • speech. This listening creates a completely different understanding —
    • one's soul. Then it becomes a reality. The greatness of the spiritual
    • to ourselves, and then to a greater extent to mankind. If we are
  • Title: Lecture: Easter
    Matching lines:
    • human desires, impulses and actions to the great
    • Vishnu and Shiva. Brahman is rightly called the Great
    • from certain foods and drinks, and also meat. In that way
    • relation to great natural phenomena — the power of the
    • radiates more heat from Christmas onwards, so that Christmas
    • after the death of Winter.
    • deepest meaning will always be felt to be the greatest
    • festival of the greatest mystery humanity — not merely
    • meaning of resurrection after death. Also in the
    • death is indicated. The awakening of Vishnu falls into
    • reasonable creation possible; it is a concentration of the
    • creation. Aeons had to pass away before cosmic wisdom was
    • countless ages, — worked creatively in nature in order
    • — light created light. Formerly, before any such outer
    • before death — the state of consciousness
    • called “passing through the portals of death”.
    • ideas such as death and resurrection. In man, the astral
    • for the sake of creating a new one. Sacrifice and becoming
    • of entire humanity, it is his sacrifice in death which
    • permeates the Karma of mankind. He helped to carry the Karma
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Manifestations of the Unconscious
    Matching lines:
    • Science is so repeatedly and so mistakenly associated with
    • exercises enable him to do this more easily and with greater
    • to be repeated in the same way.
    • experience because they at once show the great difference
    • investigator must to the greatest possible extent be proof
    • for spiritual investigation. Anyone who knows how great a
    • how few efforts they make to create in their own souls the
    • soul. The upsurging and ebbing world of dream which beats
    • publicly reputed to be a great thinker produces a bulky
    • philosophical treatises on the life of dream, I want to refer
    • wrote a fine treatise about Volkelt's book. But academic
    • circumstances the pendulum-beats become the trampling of
    • repeats the question and now the pupil does not answer
    • enumerated at great length. Although we cannot enter
    • peculiar features which must be particularly borne in mind.
    • greater exactitude and depth than is usual in life and in
    • overheated because of a too warm covering, he would be
    • that equally with body-free experience between death and a
    • The ordinary process of ideation (Vorstellen) taking
    • in greater detail today of how that which as a bodily
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Raffaels Mission Im Lichte der Wissenschaft vom Geiste
    Matching lines:
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part III: Berlin, 2-8-'13
    Matching lines:
    • us pleasure, the enjoyment of creative activity here in the physical
    • artist's soul as he worked, from which the work of art was created.
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part III: Berlin, 3-16-'13
    Matching lines:
    • of our thoughts and ideas around us, permeated completely by
    • we're completely permeated by piety.
    • through nature's great life realm. We would see plants' etheric
    • death. Here the consonants are more important; p r = feeling that one
    • have placed the secrets of the creative word in here, and ever more
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part III: Berlin, 4-11-'13
    Matching lines:
    • more important than how one does the meditation. If one repeatedly
    • and thereby creates a kind of a sphere around one in which there's no
    • created through spiritual science belong to the physical plane and
    • lay our thoughts aside during sleep and after death. But our feelings
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part III: Berlin, 11-17-'13
    Matching lines:
    • don't find their way to the Christ see the figure of death walking
    • it alive in us, the picture of death takes on Christ's features and
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part III: Berlin, 3-27-'14
    Matching lines:
    • only as if in a sheath in which spiritual forces surge stormily up
    • physical sheath. The relation of our sensory surroundings to the
    • repeatedly in us in thought. Three verses that we meditate in
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part III: Berlin, 4-25-'14
    Matching lines:
    • blood system will stand behind it. It's only with the greatest awe
    • devote ourselves to maya — the great deceiver — the
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part III: Berlin, 12-28-'04
    Matching lines:
    • special relation to her that doesn't end at death. For us death is
    • death of a beloved person often has an egotistical character, because
    • some of the feathers of the garment that must bear the soul upwards.
    • thereby weave feathers into the garment. So when a personality dies
    • pores and streams to my heart, the seat of life. My soul shines again
    • people were allowed to say it. We also have to work after death in
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part III: Berlin, 3-18-'06
    Matching lines:
    • no difficulties on the path except those the pupil creates for himself
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 11-4-10
    Matching lines:
    • of our life between birth and death, then from an esoteric viewpoint we
    • turning away from what's around him, which creates a feeling of coldness
    • isolated and surrounded by a great frost. The pupil must bring love
    • towards this frosty feeling that's created by pure thought.
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 11-5-10
    Matching lines:
    • Great
    • Great
    • Your creatorword's force.
    • May your being permeate my will
    • And your being's creator words.
    • a vegetarian but his body still has a longing for meat, even if he's unaware
    • think about them. We should look upon and treat our whole spiritual
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 12-20-10
    Matching lines:
    • creates a kind of a “forebone” in his etheric body;
    • While a man's sheaths
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 1-17-11
    Matching lines:
    • thought a long time ago, and all we do is to repeat these thoughts,
    • forms, the lotus flowers, are created in his astral body.
    • That's why it's necessary to repeat a meditation hundreds
    • imagine this in sensory pictures at first — as the heat in our
    • repeated, the sensory element that is still attached to it falls away
    • always please him more than the lesser one, because greatness is
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 3-15-11
    Matching lines:
    • must never do them without also developing a great sympathy for everything
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 6-12-11
    Matching lines:
    • doesn't enrich us or leave anything behind after death, the
    • breath into man, and he became a living soul. But the carbonic acid
    • we exhale can't maintain life, it's lethal air. Death
    • had remained in paradise, he would also have eaten of the tree of
    • did by eating from the tree of knowledge. But now the tree of life
    • that conceals a life that's all the greater and that a man can
    • enveloped by the air that men breathe, so there's a special
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 10-24-11
    Matching lines:
    • Great seriousness should
    • feelings arise we should realize that we're living in great
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 10-30-11
    Matching lines:
    • purple and a brown root as dark blue. One should permeate all of
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 12-16-11
    Matching lines:
    • Atlantean epoch through the karma that men created. Karma that has
    • earth evolution is permeated by these destructive powers or Luciferic
    • men. Intellect and reason are permeated by Luciferic forces. Before
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 1-7-12
    Matching lines:
    • myself — but in such despairing moments one should repeatedly
    • feel great thankfulness that should be carried into the
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 1-26-12
    Matching lines:
    • Egyptian esoterics speak of: Arriving at the threshold of death, a
    • threshold of death. For there one felt: what I'm experiencing
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 3-22-12
    Matching lines:
    • it — our sheath nature.
    • he's still the same sheath man that the child was, except that
    • physical, etheric and astral sheaths must become as indifferent to
    • was before the Luciferic force worked on it. This is how the sheath
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 4-24-12
    Matching lines:
    • themselves with these thoughts a great deal, but in a quite different
    • or when Yahweh created the first earth man in his etheric body
    • and namely he created him out of the earth-planet's substances,
    • who's gone through the portal of death can know her; no living
    • through the portal of death.
    • death.
    • were locked up for men. We look at the great wisdom that underlies
    • all these mysteries with great wonder.
    • there would be no death.
    • forces between birth and death. Christ Jesus couldn't get older
    • mother forces predominate, we create karma for the next life through
  • Title: Esoteric Lessons Part II: Berlin, 11-8-12
    Matching lines:
    • has had such experiences can be permeated by the consciousness in
    • spare moment in daily life one can permeate oneself with the thought,
    • that what otherwise appears to me as “I” was created by
    • his greatest sin if he can have the thought, It thinks me, without
    • certain feeling, the feeling of reverence for the beings who create
    • permeate themselves the most at every moment of their lives with
    • However, great help is given by what we receive from theosophy, when
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture I: Aim and Being of Spiritual Research
    Matching lines:
    • their great achievements and insights into the outer existence.
    • I have to emphasise repeatedly that spiritual science
    • sciences great by which they got their great results has
    • soul life just because of that which makes it great?
    • the great achievements of somebody like
    • leads us back to the great ideas of Lessing that the
    • and death, it must penetrate into the depths of the human soul
    • greatly applicable to the outer nature banishes what the human
    • have to say repeatedly what I have already stressed at other
    • repeating of the soul performances. Without such condition, you
    • we repeatedly practise it. This causes the force of habit. What
    • creating and working in life is based on the fact that we
    • the immediate problem of death and with it of immortality. We
    • the right investigation of this secret of life and death the
    • death, but enters the earth with birth through the gate of life
    • and leaves it through the other gate of death into a spiritual
    • have the great pedagogic value if one does no longer look in
    • creatures of flesh, then someone who wants it may sweeten life;
    • “No created mind penetrates into the being of
    • nature.” Haller was a great naturalist. However, he stood
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture II: The Human Being as Being of Soul and Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • know that I have stressed repeatedly that spiritual science
    • all directions. Hertwig repeats
    • we add the dictum which already before decades the great
    • repeats and develops in a way what the senses perceive from the
    • if you put them repeatedly to your
    • through the whole life between birth and death. We learn to
    • our life from birth to death, we look back, actually, always
    • Rittelmeyer has written a treatise (On Rudolf Steiner's
    • from the lung the air originates that we breathe. Someone who
    • breath is anyhow generated from the lung. No, our true ego is
    • gate of death and settle in the spiritual world to return to
    • the creator of life, and it can be the only creator of real,
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture III: Goethe as Father of Spiritual Research
    Matching lines:
    • repeatedly while he said, he owes everything that he got as
    • attempt to prove its correctness already requires it. Beneath
    • a significant characteristic feature in the life of Goethe
    • picked out repeatedly to prove the views of Haeckel or also of
    • This occurred once in a great historical moment when Goethe and
    • important treatise, On
    • if the human being creates or feels artistically if he puts
    • appears which enables the human being to create or feel the
    • births and deaths. The usual psychology deals a lot with the
    • creation to creation. The inner life seems to disappear
    • imagination, into this percipience and imagination repeatedly
    • through births and deaths. The human being thereby enters the
    • greatness, he wrote to Goethe, how he had to think about
    • for the explanation of the individual ... A great and really
    • then he was not able to work on. Someone who creates
    • spirit create in himself like Goethe cannot advance sometimes
    • just if he is great as Goethe was. Where Goethe had to stop, he
    • phenomena, that severe quotation which he did about the great
    • had said once: “No created mind penetrates into the being
    • “No created mind penetrates
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture IV: Mind, Soul and Body of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • this true introspection, one creates a basis while one tries
    • scientific treatise is for some people daydreaming from the
    • himself repeatedly to such lines of thought would realise
    • make historical remarks in his treatises about
    • the Great (1712-1786, Prussian king since 1740) and
    • this treated the important subject of human dream fantasies, he
    • One cannot cope with it. One creates misunderstandings about
    • spiritual eye must be created first. Then you need no proofs of
    • human organism, so that we carry death through our whole
    • destructive processes. Fortlage says, if the partial death that
    • the physical death does it, the human being would have to die
    • perpetually. As to Fortlage the physical death only expresses
    • death each time, if our usual consciousness appears, that the
    • general death is the merging of a consciousness into other
    • world after death. There appears like a silver lining in no
    • cause death processes in his nerves to make way for the work of
    • body repeatedly a proper, a legitimate destructive process
    • little the human body creates the ego anyhow. Only as long as
    • of his being that goes through birth and death which is the
    • which I have said in my talks and books repeatedly that they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture V: Nature and Her Riddles in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • observe here in the life between birth and death, but that it
    • this consciousness which accompanies us between birth and death
    • being who lives between birth and death really a higher,
    • deaths. You get to know this spiritual-mental human being how
    • the human being as spiritual researcher treats his soul as I
    • being is a supersensible, spiritual being that creates its
    • death. However, if you learn to recognise by spiritual research
    • must give the human being the instinct to treat the physical
    • birth and death in which he will only perceive when he has
    • crossed the gate of death because he is different connected
    • that are in the outer nature are not treated correctly as
    • does one treat them? A much-respected naturalist of
    • the soul after death.
    • “The great Laplace-Kant imagination of the origin and
    • piece compared with this last excrement of creation as which
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture VI: The Historical Life of Humanity and Its Riddles
    Matching lines:
    • to take towards two opinions: history can be the great master
    • that he treated a segment of the historical evolution of
    • you can realise that every feature of his face expresses that
    • nineteenth century to which the great classical period of
    • cognition only will create history.
    • does not consider the great men of history, their appearances,
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture VIII: The Animal and Human Realms. Their Origin and Development
    Matching lines:
    • natural sciences have performed as great achievements up to now
    • least thirty talks if it should be treated in detail. Thus, I
    • of creation. — It cannot be my task today to speak about
    • the Mosaic history of creation. I believe that it has often led
    • of creation. That means this that in the course of the
    • with the Mosaic history of creation.
    • have repeatedly pointed to an event in the sixties of the last
    • Copernicus, and Kepler. Science has become great because it got
    • picture repeatedly which my old friend, Professor Vincenz
    • creation; he himself creates his figure, while he gets free
    • An inner contact is thereby created between the organs of will
    • female elements, and death on the other side. Conception and
    • death are bound to certain parts of the human and animal
    • is connected with conception and death, because one has already
    • With the physical creation one deals with the fact that the
    • the animal life, conception and death are apart like beginning
    • development. Everything, however, that determines the death of
    • spiritual-scientifically what conception and death are real for
    • consciousness is the moment of death — and as a spiritual
    • animals at death. These two moments of the highest reduction
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture IX: The Supersensible Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • say that that kind of knowledge which has developed so greatly
    • a great stir confuses this spiritual research with its
    • usual consciousness. I have repeatedly shown also here what the
    • in any experience from birth to death. However, this weird
    • accompanies us from birth to death; we penetrate into the
    • and in the life after death.
    • temporal. Birth or conception and death become the borders of
    • firmament beyond death on one side, beyond birth or conception
    • on the other side. Today we face this great leap forward of the
    • birth and death are borders beyond which one cannot get.
    • with creating the necessary preparations first to enter the
    • births and deaths in the human being. You have to recognise
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Eternal Human Soul: Lecture X: The Questions of Free Will and Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • world context and does not create pictures from this in such a
    • is in the usual consciousness between birth and death realises
    • destruction creates space, and while it creates space, his
    • the present one. Talking about repeated lives on earth is based
    • the human being after death? However, it will add the other
    • the gate of death. There is the spiritual part of our future.
    • death. That is why over-development is there because,
    • otherwise, the development would stop at death. This is the
    • spiritual-mental organisation after death.
    • after death. These are three members of the human being, and
    • over to the spiritual world after death.
    • leads to death; it contains the impulses that become
    • significant after death. They exist, live in the human being,
    • death. However, if that appears which works, indeed, here, but
    • receives its full reality only after death, and then it is the
    • have to remember if I see repeatedly that philosophers treat
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture I: Schiller's Life and Characteristic Quality
    Matching lines:
    • the 19th Century, and the idealism he created.
    • great Schiller festival took place in 1859, but with quite a
    • threatening to explode in social struggles — that is the
    • culture. But to-day, Tolstoi, who has created masterpieces in
    • in science as in artistic effort, there is nowadays great
    • a great pedant, and took his daily walk so punctually that the
    • Messiah made a great impression on Schiller.
    • Matter breaks up again, at death, into its ultimate elements,
    • problem took on a new feature. The deepest questions in
    • was acting as reporter at the Mannheim theatre, he did it
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture II: Schiller's Work and its Changing Phases
    Matching lines:
    • the 19th Century, and the idealism he created.
    • this harmony. In the figure of Karl Moor, we see the creation
    • natural evolution that lower creatures require shorter periods
    • of preparation than the more highly developed animals. Great
    • have to realise what we owe to Schiller's greatness. But things
    • have a great influence on his own personality. Kantianism was a
    • embraces a mass of great ideas; there is a striving after the
    • is wholly permeated by this striving for unity, as it found
    • makes of man not a free being but a slave, bowed beneath the
    • quite different from this bowing beneath the yoke of the
    • he attained to that form of creation which was peculiarly his
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture III: Schiller and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • the 19th Century, and the idealism he created.
    • spiritual in abstractions and striving to create it immediately
    • beginning of their personal meetings these two great geniuses
    • to be taken as a service of friendship. This step was of great
    • Schiller's true greatness as a man shows itself in the way in
    • in Goethe's method of creation, the letter of 24th August 1794,
    • death. Their friendship was impregnable, though envy and
    • creation, which he put down in his essay on “Naive and
    • to nature, who is himself still nature within nature, creates
    • naively. That is how the Greeks created. An artist who longs
    • for a return to nature, after being torn from her, creates
    • This collaboration is seen also in Schiller's creative
    • greatness, in the relation in which they stood to each other.
    • natures, and as a result something of new greatness came
    • to understand the great. It is hardly credible to-day what
    • an example how greatness can defend itself against the
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture IV: Schiller's Weltanschauung and his Wallenstein
    Matching lines:
    • the 19th Century, and the idealism he created.
    • life; greater struggle through with difficulty. This is because
    • lesser personalities are incapable of seeing into the great
    • riddles. For the greater every experience provides a new
    • make his ideas living, how he strove to grasp the great forces
    • to understand the greatness of his personality aright. There is
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture V: Schiller, the Greek Drama and Nietzsche
    Matching lines:
    • the 19th Century, and the idealism he created.
    • — so that it is artistic creation which gives man
    • wished to treat a wrong-doer with the same loving care as he
    • paradoxical: it was created out of the lofty view of art which
    • have here then a great law which goes beyond the merely
    • Thirdly, Wallenstein's death; here he is driven into events by
    • do with the great lines — is thrust into a corner. It
    • does not specially fit into the plot. Schiller's great
    • reverence for Wagner who wanted to create a new religious art,
    • Schiller we have already the great conception of leading
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture VI: Schiller's Later Plays
    Matching lines:
    • the 19th Century, and the idealism he created.
    • greater heights. All the later plays, Tell, the Bride
    • have seen him treating the problem of destiny, creating a
    • into symbols of great human experience. Hence Schiller became
    • and he orders her death. But the Duchess has dreamed at the
    • plays, we must breathe the fine air of real education that lies
    • Wallenstein. The drama was never finished; death intervened.
    • There is something tragic in Schiller's death; all the
    • the bliss of poetic creation.”
    • is the tone which makes his death tragic — for in the
    • ordinary course of things death does not bear this irrational
    • his creation which reminds us of home manners and custom, is
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture VII: Schiller's Influence during the Nineteenth Century
    Matching lines:
    • the 19th Century, and the idealism he created.
    • influence cannot be separated from that of the great classical
    • cried after his death:
    • Schiller's great gift, to be able to raise the moral and the
    • moreover, a hero's death filled with the ideals planted in him
    • was permeated by the special note that was given to the soul by
    • Th. F. Vischer, the great aesthetic thinker,
    • third work, which treated of space conditions, was in a sense
    • Is no greatness in nature, save that she gives you to count?
    • which permeated all his contemporaries as feeling and thinking.
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture VIII: What can the present learn from Schiller
    Matching lines:
    • the 19th Century, and the idealism he created.
    • imagined as being permeated. It was an idealist view of the
    • greatness and breadth of his spiritual horizons: the world of
    • death. An artist, for instance, like Peter Cornelius, creates
    • gulf between life and art becomes ever greater. And so Schiller
    • truth in great ideal laws. Art was for him the representation
    • integral element of our times. Particularly, it is the great
    • religion.” That is the greatness in the man, that his
    • creation was his form of religious worship. The fact that his
    • ideal lived in this way within him is part of his greatness. We
    • our culture, is to become the great educator of the world.
    • Then artists will once more create, as they did formerly, from,
    • the theatres in Schiller's honour if the people who sit in them
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Schiller and Our Times: Lecture IX: Schiller and Idealism
    Matching lines:
    • the 19th Century, and the idealism he created.
    • breath of it. The tragic was to consist in the
    • the great dramatic figure, and the chorus round about him
    • recreated for us the mystery drama. The dramatic cult-action
    • him, as eating and drinking are; he can be led to it, if the
    • to the great impersonal sympathy when the god was seen
    • was created a pure and noble conception of art; the
    • objective, divine image of the world, and create for himself a
    • which treats of these things. Before he had struggled upward,
    • greatly excited by a strange prophecy which a mysterious
    • sees it first as beauty. The beautiful, conquered and permeated
    • Goethe cried to him after his death, became the full truth. The
    • rises to greater and greater heights of spiritual insight, and
    • master of an etheric spirit-permeated form.
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: The Situation of the World
    Matching lines:
    • with the great laws of the universe. We are able to achieve
    • events only if we act in accordance with the great laws of the
    • in the great problems of the soul.
    • battle of life, that can gain the greatest advantage over their
    • fellow-creatures, are those who survive, whereas the others
    • greater style than his followers, took it from a conception of
    • sphere. We thus have great theories in national economy, in the
    • by bringing forward innumerable sound facts, the great
    • point, where it arrives at the great turning point, we really
    • the animal breathes in oxygen and breathes out nitrogen,
    • whereas the plant breathes in nitrogen and breathes out oxygen.
    • Alexander the Great
    • so the different nations were guided by the great group-souls.
    • development of the world five great races, the so-called
    • greater part of the time these workmen built the immense
    • the great course of development of Christianity, up to the
    • come, the earth had to acquire this great significance.
    • see, the great acquisition which spiritual development
    • the development of spiritual life can permeate us with the
    • breath of this one Soul. Not the people of the present, but
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Human Body
    Matching lines:
    • series entitled, Spirit and Matter, Life and Death, and published in
    • times find themselves in misunderstanding of the greatest
    • who seek to gain insight into the great riddles in the realm of
    • it only creates the impression — and this “apparent
    • for the greatest questions concerning the soul, for instance,
    • bodily process, is then taken into the soul and is permeated
    • the sense organ; the bodily life permeates the sense organ.
    • nervous system in which every process of ideation, of
    • world the impression created is a strong one, coming as it does
    • breathing and related activities. Feeling as it arises has, in
    • belongs, rather, with the breathing organism. However, at least
    • which has to do with breathing! I shall come back once again to
    • nothing which is connected with breathing, rather, just as we
    • perceive the process of breathing itself, although in a more
    • breathing organism with the central nervous system. These
    • to breathing, are nothing else than sensory nerves. They are
    • perceive the breathing as such. The origin of feeling, in its
    • breathing process and what belongs to it as its continuation in
    • breathing process run from a central organ, from the brain, but
    • breathing processes are there, they are perceived by certain
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Riddles of the Soul and Riddles of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • series entitled, Spirit and Matter, Life and Death, and published in
    • insist that human life can only be sustained by breathing in.
    • Breathing in assumes breathing out, both belong together. So
    • way demands the other, just as inbreathing requires
    • outbreathing, and vice versa. And thus, just as real life can
    • only reveal itself through breathing out and breathing
    • confirming concept is like a breathing out, within the living
    • breathing in, and only in their living working together does
    • bodily life lives in outbreathing and breathing in, then one
    • far from the beaten track for many people — such a one
    • wanted to give this as a preface, in order that ever greater
    • arises — is related with the human breathing
    • organism, with everything which is breathing, and which is
    • connected with breathing, as the life of mental representation
    • life of feeling of the soul to the breathing organism. Then
    • are connected with the breathing organism; for no one can
    • breathing organism to this which quite evidently arises in the
    • must take into consideration that with every outbreath an
    • rise with the outbreath if it were not prevented from rising by
    • top of the skull — the breathing carries forward into the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Knowledge of Healing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • greater part — hunger, thirst, various emotions, desires, the
    • into which flowed their organic life permeated by spirit. In the course
    • intellectualism does not suffice; we must permeate intellectualism with
  • Title: Knowledge of Healing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • world-history, of outer, physical world-history, something of great
    • have repeatedly been such events, of which external history takes
    • however, there was a great difference between the experiencing of these
    • centuries before the birth of Christ creative art was already in
    • — this phantasy did not create as if the spiritual appeared in
    • perceived as something of still greater significance how their whole
    • since the fifteenth century people have attained to great heights as
    • world-history. He had no share in the experience of that great,
    • give imaginative shape to what was created in accordance with external
    • form; now, people must turn to the inward, vicsorous creation of ideas,
    • face of the great demands of the age. That passivity must be overcome.
    • within us the principle of death.
    • This great secret about
    • forces of death in us. Indeed, because he is conscious of his thinking
    • head, his head actually being an organ always in the throes of death.
    • We should be in constant danger of death were merely that to happen
    • of death, what in a man is continuously disabling that principle of
    • death, is living there, it might be said that in this respect the
    • you know, they change — in which the constant process of death
    • materialism was assuming great proportions. Men came to the fore
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • is derived from the presence of these creatures. Where on the other
    • there you find the mild, gentle Mars beings present as astral creations,
    • the atmosphere is created for the inventive Saturn beings. On the other
    • of mind, beings are there who have their seat on Venus.
    • opportunity for the presence of creatures who encroach into man's forces
    • what creatures are summoned in response to certain deeds and circumstances.
    • of the chyle are also influenced greatly by the soul conditions, but
    • the builder, the creator, of the lymph. In the same way man's etheric
    • body is the builder and creator of the whole glandular system, as well as
    • in another aspect the organizer, creator, and controller of the circulation
    • to a greater control over his astral body and his etheric body as he
    • environment he eats, not only the substances analyzed by chemistry, he
    • eats at the same time definite spirits, and it is these spirits which
    • of the means by which the great spiritual guidance of the earth distributes
    • when the human body is being built up, the liver occupies the greatest
    • with the oxygen, so in the lungs there is a process of burning. Breathing
    • may be called a combustion process, and with this breathing and combustion
    • breathing is that which leads him upwards to ever higher spheres.
    • human breath and which leads man upwards. But a wonderful explanation
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • brought into being. Even at its greatest density this Saturn was not
    • rarefication. That which today permeates all beings as warmth —
    • long and greatly differing periods of evolution; the forces working
    • to zodiacal existence and then has the power to be itself creative,
    • existence it has had upon it three great races: the first, the Polarian
    • be when his sevenfold being has fully developed. But in the great cosmic
    • three sheaths. They are therefore beings who send forth ‘Egos’
    • from outside; they are “givers,” they are themselves creative.
    • the Sun-condition and the Moon-condition when the sheaths into which
    • I. In those earlier conditions, other beings created the dwelling-place
    • upon the outer, bodily sheaths from within. The fact that the ego is
    • universe. This is the Being Who has the power to make the great sacrifice
    • Aries and thus He becomes Himself the “Great Sacrifice,”
    • and forces present on the earth are His creations. The configuration
    • of forces is such that He could become the Creator of these beings in
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • creatures which run puffing and blowing at a considerable distance behind
    • keep up. In the world-conception of theosophy you have the great illuminating
    • often-repeated fact that before our Earth became “Earth”
    • similar to man's condition between death and rebirth in Devachan. One
    • kind of great primordial nebula, as our physical science describes.
    • Only we must think of this primordial mist as immense, far greater than
    • sub-stances from the earth and made their theatre the sun. By virtue
    • with our earthly existence. Uranus has become the theatre for beings
    • condition. And for these beings a special theatre, “Saturn,”
    • was created, since standing at that stage, only just beginning their
    • much time to relate now in detail — had again formed a theatre
    • the beings more highly organized than the plants, permeating the red
    • sun. Dwelling-places had to be created for them. None of the other theatres
    • who had by no means attained the great age of the beings who, though
    • themselves created the dwelling-places in which they could live. Now
    • clairvoyance — the teachers of the great Mysteries of ancient
    • the teachers of the great masses of mankind, so did the beings of Mercury
    • besides that had to be the great schoolmasters of the great initiates.
    • continuation of merely materialistic science would do great harm to
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • as belong to the “creative beings” — considering first
    • yet, before he ascends to the rank of a “creative” being.
    • between a lower creature of the animal world, which has preserved certain
    • stages of evolution, and the human being. A lower creature has the warmth
    • that creates it. This force is not water, not the solid, not air, it
    • form a blackberry. In this way the Saturn-globe was a great berry made
    • germs of man were permeated with an etheric body. The etheric body which
    • and created pictures, they have gradually grown more independent and
    • capable of the greatest deed, namely, to lay aside their etheric body
    • in sacrifice and to permeate with their own life-force that which they
    • have permeated themselves with it. As the lowest member of their being
    • only lower passions. These passions and emotions now worked creatively
    • the creative Titans within our earthly evolution, the creative passions
    • of course with the astral body which surrounds him like an auric sheath,
    • 1.) This was of great significance and produced an important result;
    • body began to permeate it more deeply so that the ego was increasingly
    • permeated by the force of the incoming ego. The next stage is when the
    • greater and greater, and that this new structure, which has been gradually
    • acquired a greater fall, in order to construct a dam in the water at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • systems of breathing, nerves, glands, and bones. The “dance
    • same time light arises. — Warmth-matter is still dark, not permeated
    • and the beginnings of a breathing process were formed. Thus we see a
    • sort of breathing process added to the previous warmth process. It is
    • breathing process appeared, and that this in fact was the addition of
    • air to the warmth-matter, permeating the warmth with little bubbles
    • system. The nervous system is a creation of the light. In all your nerves
    • had the power of creating inner light-pictures, visions; clairvoyant
    • of the earth, left the earth without light, but the beings created an
    • become fluid were in particular permeated by sphere-harmonies, by tones
    • and see how most varied shapes were formed. Tone created forms in the
    • formed a kind of sheath, cartilaginous gluten, one might say, as a protection
    • had to be born from a living creature. Organisms have never formed themselves
    • The last developed portion of the human creature at that time were the
    • heart proceeded from the fire-element. Then were added the breathing
    • beings like a sort of glutinous sheath.
    • nothing in your physical body today that is not permeated by mineral
    • the rudimentary stage of breathing was produced by the air, light entered
    • The things that exist in us are created from outside: First, the rudiments
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • great Sacrifice of the Earth. The Spirits of Wisdom and Yahve, the
    • Christianity as religion of humanity is greater than all religions...
    • was added which later became our present breathing system, while the
    • He was not permeated by the substance of blood, but etheric warmth-lines
    • the great age attributed to the Patriarchs, to Adam and the succeeding
    • was not a smaller one but embraced immensely great groups — that
    • is permeated and imbued with wisdom, then we know that the wisdom of
    • a great number of them, chose the sun as their theatre. Only the Being
    • theatre which was suited to them. We have also spoken of beings who
    • and Mercury beings, have been the great teachers of humanity in the
    • shines towards the earth-man as the wisdom which permeates his structure.
    • of Wisdom, the creators of wisdom, who on the Moon had streamed wisdom
    • of Love man between birth and death and the way in which he develops,
    • What man is between birth and death, what he develops in himself while
    • of the Spirits of Wisdom. But you must not treat this mechanically and
    • death were meaningless for all the following lives then you might stereo-type
    • and death stands indirectly under the element of wisdom.
    • “Great Sacrifice of the Earth” or the “Mystical Lamb.”
    • of departure for the creation of the present moon, a central situation
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • this. — Let us remember here what happens after a man's death
    • who create the harmony between the different human individuals and the
    • can work, not indeed creatively, but transformingly. Such an Angel being
    • completely corresponding to reality. They are the beings who create
    • way in which they treated the animals was an expression of this consciousness.
    • beings of the great epochs and also of the Spirits of the “meanings
    • very well be felt when there is no heating — so is Satan very
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • spirits. To call them elemental spirits shows the greatest possible
    • does not matter; what is necessary is that we create a certain concept
    • own bodily nature they become larger. Even when they reach their greatest
    • size, they are still always small creatures in comparison with men.
    • astral body because it lies higher still. But beneath physical matter
    • far quicker than the dissolution of the human body after death. Hence
    • know that man himself is actually a co-creator in each new incarnation
    • and faculties. Thus man shares in creating both — his external
    • after death we assimilate the fruits of a life and bring with us what
    • lead? It leads to a man who sits at the wayside when a great Leader
    • who listen to the great Leader of humanity. They will preserve the soul
    • of human beings in individual incarnations creates the destructive nature-powers
    • form. The other animal creatures are at a backward stage because they
    • developed in the animal kingdom by the group souls. Man creates his
    • great store by mankind may say: “What strides humanity has made
    • only fresh creations of the group soul. You can follow up the animal
    • human natures which have remained as a species of spirit and permeate
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • Birth and death in animal and man. Group souls
    • know only metamorphoses, not death. Connection between bees and
    • future, spiritual truth will create the union between individualities.
    • creatures before our spiritual eyes. We were considering one of the
    • can realize from this fact how birth and death in human life have not
    • birth and death have not at all the significance for the animal group
    • takes place under certain circumstances. When the ox eats grass there
    • in their contact. The peculiar auric sheath which always arises when
    • sensation of taste in the body. Then the whole swarm is ensheathed in
    • the particular creatures to the particular places. In a certain way
    • will also have come when a fairly great number of representatives of
    • super-sensible worlds offers a wonderful answer to the great riddle of
    • existence. These things are of great importance from yet another side.
    • group souls, and such knowledge will play a great role even in the purely
    • great change since that time, namely, the alternation of waking and
    • between birth and death, what had been experienced by the grandfather,
    • the great-grandfather, were as much an object of memory as a man's
    • single individuals between birth and death. Today a name is given to
    • the one individual whose memory is enclosed between birth and death.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • permeation of the world with spirit is symbolized by the Whitsuntide
    • group soul, after the death and dissolution of the animal. We know that
    • more complicated the further we go into the connections with great cosmic
    • assimilated the laws and substances of the mineral kingdom, which permeate
    • take. Certain beings are left behind, beings which have been created
    • feeling which it creates in the common life that the effect is continued
    • death or shortly afterwards all this rises up and disperses and populates
    • social arrangements, deposit their creations spiritually among us on
    • if intolerance had not created the demons which pervade our world, influencing
    • accomplishes must be permeated by spiritual principles. Many human beings,
    • life. When the world creates spiritual life again then all will be possible.
    • permeation of the world with the spirit so beautifully as the story
    • man when his etheric body is ripe for spiritual creation. But if man
    • been created, those worlds of spectres, phantoms, demons, which the
    • world creates as phenomena existing at its side.
  • Title: Influence of Spiritual Beings Upon Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • elemental beings, and the working of the great planetary beings and the
    • deepened towards human artistic creation and acquire an appreciation
    • artistic creation and artistic appreciation. To come to this realization
    • of the impressions from the din and rattle of a great city — these
    • and permeating it with forces would become increasingly undermined.
    • the harmonies in the spiritual world — to permeate the forces
    • culture-epochs the soul brought back impulses with it that permeated
    • belonging to the great times of art when there was still a strong feeling
    • less so in more recent ones. However greatly one may esteem Bocklin,
    • living form what nature has offered him. The greater understanding possessed
    • with the soul body and permeates it, there arises the feeling for the
    • relationships of the great spiritual universe. Goethe too pointed to
    • when the astral body becomes aware of itself. In the creative musician
    • man experiences in the musical art. And since music creates in our physical
    • that is to appear in ever greater perfection in future incarnations,
    • time this inner nature had, as it were, broken asunder in artistic creation
    • handling of the orchestra Richard Wagner sought to create that great
    • into one great stream, we see this feeling live in the artist who sought
    • him from past ages. And a divining of that great human impulse of uniting
    • writings is the main feature that lives in them, the religious wisdom,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly/Cosmic Man: Lecture 1: Introductory Lecture. Winter Session, 1911-1912
    Matching lines:
    • year — in spite of great difficulties — we were able to prepare three
    • a very great deal to say.
    • Lecture-Course, this lack of space was such that the heat of the hall
    • caused great discomfort to the listeners. The obvious answer would be
    • greatly our age lacks true feeling for Art.) Inappropriate as it would
    • inappropriate for Spiritual Science. Ancient Greek theatre might be
    • create our own premises and surroundings. This has led to the idea of
    • Neuchâtel a Group was founded, desiring to adopt the name of a great
    • Think, for example, about the following. I have said repeatedly that,
    • that relates to the great Appearance of which we have been speaking
    • great a theologian he may be — can understand Christianity unless he
    • greatness of her achievement consist in formulating the three
    • Universal Brotherhood. The greatness of H. P. Blavatsky's work lay in
    • must look at the positive side and say that a great and powerful
    • Unveiled contains great Rosicrucian truths — even the
    • connected with Christianity contains great truths, but the greatest
    • another three thousand years — and then he will be a great
    • time when Jeschu ben Pandira was living and saw that a great
    • do not deny it. Or do we deny that a great Individuality dwelt in that
    • the greatest Teacher of Christianity — Christian Rosenkreutz —
  • Title: Earthly/Cosmic Man: Lecture 2: Evidences of Bygone Ages In Modern Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • did not greatly affect his circumstances as a small inheritance
    • down beside him. He gave the impression of not having eaten anything
    • to trade. This naturally aroused in the little man the greatest
    • his sleeve. Then he saw a great ship approaching, drawn and steered by
    • dragons In it was a great vessel of water, and the big man who was
    • in the form of his great talents Very soon he became a man of high
    • But the young man replied: “I have written a treatise on the very
    • not exist. I could write a great many more and nobody who has written
    • the house had, moreover, profited greatly through him. The time came
    • for his examination; as well as having had a great deal of amusement,
    • the intrigues of an enemy caused the rumour that he had cheated in his
    • eat. Finally, however, one of his spirit-friends brought food to him.
    • his spirit-friends a friendship much greater even than it had been
    • are quite unique. A curious feature strikes us when we study their
    • spiritual being, a great organism permeated by spirit-and-soul. We do
    • Light can be shed upon a great deal that comes our way in life, if
    • body. In these domains there will be greater and greater
    • imprisoned spiritual wisdom and knowledge greater than anything
    • friend M.B... . at our General Meeting) the great majority of human
    • greatness will shock and amaze. It will pour over what mankind has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly/Cosmic Man: Lecture 3: 'Chance' and Present-day Consciousness. An Easter Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • greatest intolerance to be found in history.
    • right. After persistent efforts he solves it, to his great delight.
    • earthly incarnations, to permeate with reason and intelligence what
    • intellect and reason — something which indicates a great deal
    • which is to be regarded merely as an example but from which a great
    • of the husband. The case has ugly features about it because the
    • turned over the dirty rubbish heaps, and finally produced a treatise
    • there would be an inclination to pay greater respect to those who are
    • this might evoke greater respect because it would be a radical and
    • Movement. The treatise was returned to me as “unusable”! You
    • fortuity in the world is permeated with meaning and divine purpose.
    • The great Easter-Impulse given to humanity consisted in this: There
  • Title: Earthly/Cosmic Man: Lecture 4: The Forces of the Human Soul and Their Inspirers. Kalewala: The Epic
    Matching lines:
    • present day. It meant a great deal to me when our friends in Finland
    • to spiritual knowledge and to Initiation, great revelations have been
    • It has been emphasised repeatedly that human consciousness and the
    • clairvoyance. And in their great Folk-Epics the peoples depicted the
    • think of the Creators of these three manifestations of the life of
    • figures, these three Heroes, are the Creators and Inspirers of the
    • threefold powers of the soul in man. The Creator of the Sentient Soul
    • “Wainamoinen” is given; the Creator of the Mind Soul is
    • “Ilmarinen,” and the Creator of the Consciousness Soul,
    • With this in mind, we can say: Man, as the created being we know
    • great imaginative power, as the “forging” of a mysterious
    • One of the many signs of the great spiritual happenings of the near
    • plane; the most characteristic and remarkable feature of the Fourth
    • but which in the thirty-third year passed through Death. To begin
    • during the next three thousand years as a development of great
    • the Christian will recognise the greatness of this teaching of
    • Christ which passed through death with Christ Jesus has streamed over
    • passed through death; and that thereafter His power streams through
    • spoken of until a hundred years after his death — not before
  • Title: Earthly/Cosmic Man: Lecture 5: The Idea of Reincarnation and Its Introduction Into Western Culture
    Matching lines:
    • the one side, a picture of great and significant progress in the
    • The First Post-Atlantean epoch of culture after the great Atlantean
    • will its heights be reattained until the Seventh Post-Atlantean epoch
    • physical plane was created. But an utterance of a great Greek is also
    • epoch, we do less than justice to the greatness and significance of
    • established principle to which repeated allusions are made but to
    • has knowledge of the great cosmic Laws revealed today by Spiritual
    • has had eyes only for the life of a man between birth and death, and
    • possesses definite knowledge of the return of man in repeated lives on
    • Earth; and the knowledge of this great manifestation of law in the
    • teachings regarding the leaders and great heroes of human evolution
    • the great leaders, the East points to the Individuality who passes
    • through repeated Earth-lives; the greatness and significance of these
    • leaders are attributed to the merits they acquired through repeated
    • And now compare this with characteristic features of western culture.
    • There we are told of the greatness of a Plato, a Socrates, of a figure
    • — not the “individuality” who passes through repeated
    • from birth to birth, from death to death, but to the one personality
    • we are on the threshold of a great change in the spiritual life, are
    • with great significance is here opened up, of which mankind will stand
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly/Cosmic Man: Lecture 6: The Mission of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • on the Earth through repeated physical incarnations? We will here
    • having any great mystery about it; but to the thoughtful, compassion
    • is a great and mysterious secret. When we look at a being only from
    • other souls by the impenetrable sheath provided by the physical body.
    • very remote, a great deal of attention was paid to these things:
    • example of the stirring of wonder. The very greatness of Homer lies in
    • in Greece. How great the difference is between these founders of
    • the physical world, only to have to reattain them? Why could he not
    • a philosopher as great as Aristotle still regarded the existence of
    • slavery as it was in Greece. Nobody will deny that the greatest of all
    • turn to the greatest of all Impulses — the Christ-Impulse which
    • three sheaths of a human being, but we realise, too, that even at that
    • astral body of Jesus of Nazareth; within these sheaths the Christ was
    • present in the spiritual atmosphere of the Earth. The great turn given
    • is not reality, but “Maya,” the “Great Illusion”.
    • sheaths of Jesus of Nazareth. When the goal has been reached, the
    • But from whence are the three sheaths of the Christ Impulse derived?
    • been transcended, become the sheaths of Christ.
    • to be solved. Men on Earth will have to be greatly enriched in their
    • express how the enveloping sheaths woven of the forces of wonder,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly/Cosmic Man: Lecture 7: The Signature of Human Evolution The Advancing Individuality
    Matching lines:
    • heard that sheaths will weave themselves as it were around the Christ
    • following upon the great Atlantean catastrophe. This epoch may be said
    • great catastrophe of which you may read in the lectures on the
    • and recall one of its characteristic features; this again can be
    • compared with a similar feature in the preceding Third epoch and in
    • other side of the Gate of Death. It was the period when human beings
    • experienced, in greatest intensity, their union with the physical
    • indicate a great physical catastrophe or deluge. Obviously it does not
    • Post-Atlantean epoch, when the Holy Rishis were the great teachers of
    • at the present day, these pictures, although full of the greatest
    • the great Cosmic Spaces remained. Whereas perceptions of the world
    • world outside. This was a great and epoch-making transition. In the
    • at only a few scattered places did men awaken from the great spiritual
    • the physical plane between birth and death; Western culture cannot
    • personality, whose life between birth and death runs its course on the
    • world will have to unfold in greater intensity in the times lying
    • “generally speaking” the human being lives on after death;
    • the human being passes through the Gate of Death, he lives on still,
    • death being merely a transition. We must realise, not as a theory, but
    • us physically, through his body; after his death he works spiritually,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly/Cosmic Man: Lecture 8: Consciousness, Memory, Karma
    Matching lines:
    • is not the creation of the Earth alone, but that his origin must be
    • Today, however, we will think of what man is as a creation of the
    • upon him by the Creator-Powers of the Universe.
    • consciousness between death and a new birth are essentially different
    • changes according to its instrument, and between death and rebirth, as
    • everyday consciousness are formed, disintegrates and decays at death.
    • In reality, a great and mighty process underlies what is called the
    • death the physical body of earthly man slips away, falls away from
    • him at death.
    • first moment of consciousness to death, can remain all the time. It is
    • stretching between death and a new birth if something quite definite
    • death we did not remain for a certain space of time in the ether- or
    • life-body. This is the interval after death during which the
    • past life spreads out like a great panorama, a great tableau. This
    • “life-tableau” can only appear to us because after death we
    • lose it altogether at death or immediately afterwards, no such tableau
    • before us after death. This whole life tableau is gathered into,
    • permeating space. And there it remains — in the universal
    • further existence between death and the new birth in the future. We
    • after death it is still preserved, in the universal life-ether. There
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Earthly/Cosmic Man: Lecture 9: Form-creating Forces
    Matching lines:
    • FORM-CREATING FORCES
    • a sense, the Spirits of Form leave man greater freedom as they
    • form-creating function devolving upon them at the beginning of
    • and feelings, will assume greater and greater importance. And in so
    • causes everything to repeat itself just as spring, summer, autumn and
    • winter repeat themselves when a year has run its course — only
    • creation of races in earlier times will simply be repeated for the
    • repeated merely in slightly different form, but actual progress takes
    • with repeatedly, for many years.
    • greater extent than was the case later on. As evolution continues he
    • another. But the “forms” or “forces” created by
    • more a matter individual to each one; they will have greater inner
    • development, that the forces once employed, cannot be repeated in the
    • great Teachers of humanity, and new ones are about to come ...”
    • because it brought all the ancient religions into one great unity.
    • Earth, was the Christ Being, the great Sun Being Who through the
    • come. (This task was described in greater detail in the Christiania
    • an Indian Yogi with experiences that are permeated through and through
    • judgment and examination will assume greater and greater importance.
    • know, too, that Christian Rosenkreutz will be the greatest of martyrs
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • since the Church attached great importance to this, the
    • world a more deep-seated antagonism than between the spirit
    • religion there were repeated attempts to suppress the idea of
    • fund which no longer existed. The real creative forces of
    • deep-seated motives — stemmed from the famous question
    • Father. The great confusion over this dogma could only arise
    • the tip of the iceberg. We must probe beneath the surface if
    • century. Things are done differently today. I must repeat
    • repeated too often that it is insight into these things which
    • the greatest mystery drama of all time was enacted on the
    • Fathers. That is of no great moment, but it leads to
    • something of far greater moment if we bear the following in
    • threatened if it should come to be accepted in any way that
    • greater miracle than this, namely, that Christianity has
    • develop its greatest strength in face of bitterest
    • deep-seated feelings underlying these nebulous concepts, for
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • spirit is eternal; the body is subject to life and death in
    • permeated with this idea of trichotomy.
    • procreation of man through the parents.
    • birth and death. When man passes through the gate of death
    • direct creation of God working in conjunction with the
    • this spiritual part did not perish at death, but entered upon
    • reincarnation, he had no option but to accept creationism,
    • the doctrine that the soul is created ex nihilo with each
    • doctrine of reincarnation and to recognize only creationism
    • resolutely strove to clarify his ideas about creationism and
    • connected with something of the greatest importance,
    • death the spirit dwelt in the souls of men so that by virtue
    • Passion, the Death and Resurrection of Christ, can be found
    • seemingly given over to death the multitude broke out in wild
    • centuries before the Mystery of Golgotha, show great
    • the suffering, death and resurrection of the God were
    • science of today — there is no need to repeat my
    • true that science has made great advances in certain spheres
    • “great advances”. The invention of wireless
    • the seeds of death. In other words, spiritual investigation,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • death on the Cross, has thereby established a relationship
    • How great is the contrast between this conception of faith,
    • every detail is of the greatest moment. All criticism is
    • which He felt arise in Him when the woman who had great faith
    • have been at great pains to elucidate this mystery by means
    • that his meat was locusts and wild honey and his raiment was
    • intention? His purpose breathes through every page of the
    • spirit that breathes through them, become responsive to the
    • enlightened man. Protestant groups or sects have created an
    • and provide for her greatest good.” Had these giants of
    • when great famine was throughout all the land; but unto none
    • 4:25 But I tell you of a truth, many widows were in Israel in the days of Elias, when the heaven was shut up three years and six months, when great famine was throughout all the land; \
    • nor a great nation such as the Romans, nor even the whole of
    • features of the Apostles seemed to rise up before them. For
    • were able to picture the actual features of the Apostles.
    • something of great importance. We must bear in mind this tone
    • essentially a period when, in a brief space of time, great
    • great changes that have taken place in a short space of time,
    • a new soul is created. He was an advocate of
    • “creationism”, but accepted that after death the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • understanding of the greatest and simplest truths must be
    • great importance to the idea of faith, or trust, as an active
    • stature he was sometimes treated indulgently — did not
    • animals bear the seeds of death in them. They are not as
    • originally created; not that they were created immortal, but
    • creation of the animals and plants around him. But this has
    • Luciferic temptation, but involved the rest of creation in
    • the services it has rendered to mankind, despite its great
    • This thinking, together with the rest of creation, has been
    • what, I repeat, would have been the fate of Earth evolution
    • they will be treated medically! By that time medicaments will
    • in former times those conditions really did exist. Great
    • breathing process — for our breathing always responds
    • without; from within, our breathing responds to this
    • spirit, when, through the breathing process he responded to
    • beneath the threshold of consciousness. But man would be
    • within, that is the cause of death. If man had retained his
    • material substance and thus he would have created in his
    • treated medically, in order that good and evil, all personal
    • and will have the same creative power in the external world
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • rooted in the modern outlook that many are at great pains to
    • looked for a botany permeated with spirit. As a result of his
    • day, a view which Haller neatly summed up in the following
    • words: “No created spirit can penetrate into the heart
    • “No created spirit can penetrate into the heart of
    • his creative imagination. For this view is identical with the
    • realized within ourselves “where no created spirit
    • great influence at the present time. It offers reflections
    • and subjective factors. When Goethe says: `No creative
    • slightest attempt to probe beneath the surface. I promised to
    • The great
    • especially set great store on this. Just as Christ Jesus
    • greater, Caligula or Jupiter (and for this purpose Caligula
    • greater.
    • temptation in the Garden of Eden: “In the day ye eat
    • innocent man had been condemned to death because he had been
    • guilty!” And when Petronius lay under sentence of death
    • persists amongst us today and permeates the early
    • because those sublime impulses which Christ bequeathed to the
    • that Jesus’ death was inevitable because Christianity
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • penetrate a little beneath the surface events of our time
    • certain facts connected with the great impulses of cosmic
    • the initiated emperors, Hadrian among them, made repeated
    • Romans repeatedly emphasized that the Christians were
    • otherwise it would not have had so great an impact. Of
    • fundamental principles of the Roman empire, a greater
    • this answer. It was seen by all, even by the heathen, as a
    • unlimited authority, you can even order the death of those
    • a despot cannot do, he cannot compass the death of his
    • Seneca wished to indicate that death set a limit to the
    • period we find repeated attempts by initiated emperors to
    • simply buried it beneath the social order of a materialistic
    • ordered the palladium to be dug up and to be placed beneath
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • murder should bring greater disaster in its train. People
    • been at great pains to misrepresent his actions in every
    • great historical movements of mankind are governed by a
    • quite the reverse. In effect he accepted one of the greatest
    • cost of great capital outlay Julian decided therefore to
    • of the greatest Church Fathers, Augustine
    • homo that signifies (approximately) the procreator or the
    • procreated.
    • roseate hues that, after an hour's lecture, the members
    • in the course of time this mode of thinking permeated the
    • misrepresenting Goethe (the great opponent of Kant) as I
    • showed in the case of Haller, who wrote: “no created
    • Julian. Julian spoke out of a natural creative gift whilst
    • great erudition and downright theological sophistry.
    • failure if we belittle his great achievements, if we fail to
    • And it is of paramount importance today to recall these great
    • — herein lies his great tragedy — to reconcile
    • unwilling to face realities and this is the greatest need of
    • learn to understand the principle of the creative spirit and
    • what it means when it is said that the spirit, when creative,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • One can hardly imagine a greater contrast than the contrast
    • the great artists of antiquity, who, to a certain extent,
    • of the creative activity of nature and the spirit. Now if we
    • greater importance than the evolution of dogma. For dogmas
    • were to enter into the minds of these great souls, we should
    • relation to the great cultural manifestations men are fast
    • thinking of a particular epoch is merely repeated time and
    • independent of the body and which is unrelated to the death
    • that we have something within us that transcends death,
    • experienced his immortal soul which death cannot destroy. He
    • idea of immortality is limited; I realize that after death I
    • conviction that the solitude we suffer is self-created, that
    • we have brought it upon ourselves. We create our gods in our
    • own image. This solitude is not born with us, it is created
    • responsibility for the death of that which is born of God.
    • for the death of the divine within him. If time permitted I
    • progressively; we ourselves experience the death of the
    • born in us. For the Risen Lord, He who has suffered death, is
    • His death is experienced in the manner already described.
    • that after his death his spirit is still alive amongst us
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • me the greatest pleasure. The author is one of the few who
    • at greater length about the Mithras Mysteries if I had more
    • gates of death and therefore has a deeper insight into the
    • death.
    • how Charles the Great in the “Salzburg
    • they say that although Nietzsche had many creative ideas, he
    • to the age in which we are born — an age of great
    • feel the mild and ominous breath of the thaw-wind. Within a
    • referring are for the most part those for whom I feel great
    • present age should be permeated with the impulses of
    • looking far beneath the surface we perceive today an urge
    • unless we look upon him as the result of repeated lives on
    • of all a person such as Hermann Bahr for whom I feel great
    • greater whole which will later emerge. Thus Bahr sometimes
    • distinguishing features. And they would have learned that
    • every mental climate creates in the course of time its own
    • have great respect and affection for Hermann Bahr I would
    • like to show that he is typical of those who find great
    • the greatest clarity of thought is called for if we wish to
    • would he the greatest calamity that could befall us today if
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Building Stones: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • own creative experience and his response to the poetry of
    • far greater poet than Otto Ludwig and that which one is able
    • mean feat — but who, as a scientist, stood head and
    • enlightenment he wrote a superb treatise on this subject. The
    • treatise — the kind of treatise written by one who has
    • insight into the spiritual world, not the kind of treatise
    • spiritual vision. At the conclusion of his treatise
    • accurate description of the spirit in which the treatise was
    • through the gates of death it is of less significance than it
    • gates of death — finds itself, according to
    • today. In reality the great Church Fathers of the
    • especially we see that his works are shot through with great
    • streams through and permeates the Universe. He pictures the
    • is buried beneath an avalanche, everyone sees the avalanche
    • caused by an ice-crystal. And so it is with the great events
    • thinking, then the greatest nonsense results. Political
    • Socrates after the latter's death. Now this is
    • after the death of Socrates. This idea must be revived again
    • the death of your friend, plays no part in the dream when you
    • death is behind this dream-picture, is it not self-evident
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture I: What Does the Human Being Find in Theosophy?
    Matching lines:
    • gave consolation at death and which have shown to the human being for
    • reach beyond death, beyond the limited. The big question “where
    • between birth and death, and that the human being has to fulfil his
    • into the worlds and to create a world view which does not contain, however,
    • from the mountain and picking up scree and creating thereby land and
    • are missing. A statement is characteristic which a great naturalist
    • a higher disposed animal, as a member of the physical-natural creation,
    • moral philosophies and created commandments of the social living together.
    • his needs. There were not few people who received the books with great
    • the recent time has created. It investigated not only the smallest living
    • researchers like Max Müller and his great colleagues initiated
    • is also able to see the creative love in the outside world. As the human
    • being created a view of nature in the 19th century which went out from
    • his idea of struggle, he will create a world view of love because he
    • force of the world. If the human being wants to recognise God, creating
    • but love creates and forms. The sighted human mind will see the creative
    • love approaching him. The creation of love in him leads to the knowledge
    • that love created the world. And the Goethean thought is fulfilled:
    • This legacy of the great
    • pushes the germ out of the dark earth. What the soul creates must be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture II: The Nature of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • stimulation from the East, from India. From there the first great teachings
    • In the first chapter of this book it is pointed to the great teachers
    • else than great initiators in the spiritual fields. Indeed, their development
    • great initiators to us; however, they do not demand the belief in any
    • great German philosopher. He still spoke in such a sense that one can
    • breathes, he eats and drinks, he carries out that internal physical
    • carried out, of course, with the greatest care, because illusions of
    • He lives them in such a way as he lives digesting and breathing.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture III: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • as we live now, we create the causes of the destiny which meets us when
    • development correctly. In the 18th century the great naturalist Linnaeus
    • Because I have heated the metal ball first, the water starts boiling.
    • spiritual human being as the heating-up has changed the physical metal
    • whether I do a moral action or a physical one. What the heated up metal
    • if the human being lived repeatedly, he would remember his former lives.
    • has only the recollection of his experiences between birth and death.
    • how does the spirit work between death and the next birth? We have to
    • through the stations between death and a new life. Then we see what
    • that which the great spirits said will come true; time will tell that
    • be really understood to fulfil us with their ideal. This is the great
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture IV: Theosophy and Darwin
    Matching lines:
    • task little unless it applied this concept of evolution to the great
    • descendants are the cultural creators of our present human race. If
    • architects who study them assure us that they were created so extraordinarily
    • understand the things round itself, know about them. It has to recreate
    • them in his inside, has to recreate as concepts what is outside in reality.
    • the human being has created the knowledge in him, he can find it in
    • special mind. They had a great idea of the all-embracing world spirit
    • spread out in space, life spread out in space. He understands death
    • and contraction are the phenomena of life and death for him. Life is
    • at that time the human cultural development had not yet created the
    • Then the great discoverers
    • which was animated by the creator.” This is a careful researcher,
    • creator and reveres him in humility. The same researcher may also be
    • up toward the Darwinist theory of evolution. He shows us a great overview
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture V: Theosophy and Tolstoy
    Matching lines:
    • to create new forms out of the old ones. The seed of the plant grows
    • which were animated by a creator of the universe. This is Darwin's
    • greatest poet of our present, Ibsen, then you just see him looking at
    • creative work. From here he finds the possibility to understand life
    • into death. Death remains the big stumbling block for the materialistic
    • he understand death, how should he cope with life, finally, because
    • death stands like a gate at the end of this life, fulfilling him with
    • this point of view of materialism. Already in the novella The Death
    • representation how life is found. A peculiar view of death faces us
    • gives the possibility to understand death not as an end, but as outpouring
    • as retrieval in the great primal spirit of the world. The problem of
    • death is thereby artistically solved in marvellous way. Death has become
    • in his treatise On Life (1887): “As strong and rapid
    • or death struggle, in drunkenness, even in the burst of passion, we
    • do not accept the human being as living, do not treat him as a living
    • has submitted to reason, we accept him as living and treat him correspondingly.”
    • new forms repeatedly to the fact that it is necessary to understand
    • not taught the ancient wisdom to us, so that we repeat it in words,
    • This is great with Tolstoy
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture VI: The Soul-world
    Matching lines:
    • In these talks I have repeatedly
    • view suggest so often. I have rejected this repeatedly. Today I have
    • human being transmigrates between death and a new birth. For the adversaries
    • death.
    • destiny between death and rebirth. For this purpose we want to become
    • senses can distinguish electricity from light or light from heat, the
    • devotion, and piety. As heat and light are different, love and piety
    • death means, actually. We want to try to understand the concept, the
    • idea of death once with this idea just won. What happens at first when
    • goes its own ways after the death of the body.
    • them after death; then his “body” is only a soul body.
    • its influence. The soul is there after death as it was there before,
    • consists of mind and soul after death. And as the human life takes place
    • world, like heat, electricity, magnetism, there also are the most manifold
    • soul after death only. There we have the lowest class of soul qualities,
    • happens between death and a new birth. We get to know the further processes
    • between death and a new birth, I want to describe this group of soul
    • which it goes through immediately after death. There it lives in a world
    • death, it gets to know the feeling of the body without being able to
    • death, his mind, his third part, the highest part of the human being,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture VII: The Spirit-land
    Matching lines:
    • point of the development of the spiritual human being between death
    • also something of that between death and a new birth.
    • inventiveness creates things which are not images of our earth; he creates
    • in the time between death and a new birth , then he takes everything
    • a university study. We see there how this Helen Keller has already created
    • different round her. Even more different it is if at the moment of death
    • he is able to pass the gate of death by means of his mystic contemplation
    • everything away at the moment of death that your eyes and ears make
    • the states between death and a new birth which I have described to you.
    • the great philanthropists here; all those who can appear in the world
    • as the geniuses of philanthropy, the geniuses of charity, as great creators
    • life as artists, as great inventors or in some other way with brilliant
    • can immediately walk after death again to a new incarnation because
    • spirit-land between death and a new birth which is beyond the connection
    • a little in it, must spend short time at least between death and a new
    • which penetrates him between death and a new birth. Those who have got
    • in the contact of these beings between death and a new birth, the purer,
    • being has to go through on his pilgrimage between death and a new birth.
    • earthly lifetime, the time between birth and death, with a number which
    • and has also to feel a lot of that which one calls the beatific sensations
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture VIII: Friedrich Nietzsche in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • parsonage. In 1844 born, he already shows a great interest in all religious
    • human beings still created divine things at that time, in contrast to
    • was written about Nietzsche. People who repeat his words pay attention
    • Our great philosophers, up to Kant and Schopenhauer, are completely
    • of nature single great personalities emerge. This view had an effect
    • have come. The living god Dionysus was the great figure of the Greek
    • the Greek created the redeeming religion and wisdom and later also the
    • which showed life and death in powerful sounds.
    • want to treat and solve with reason, mind and imagination it became
    • called the Tolstoy problem also just like the great problem of the Greek
    • The external figures are that in which birth and death prevail forever.
    • We have seen how any plant lives in its figure between birth and death,
    • how whole nations pass between birth and death, how the most marvellous
    • works are subjected to birth and death. But we have also seen how one
    • thing remains that defeats birth and death and makes the old rise again
    • race is embodied in forms which have birth and death in themselves.
    • from state to state. However, birth and death live in everything. While
    • matter as science treats it. He himself became a student of the form,
    • of the external figure which passes us by in birth and death forever.
    • the external figure which is subjected to birth and death which comes
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture IX: On the Inner Life
    Matching lines:
    • in this field is not without results, and one must know to treat these
    • up in devotion to the great spirits. He has learnt to overview the whole
    • the spirit-land. This is a feature of these worlds.
    • of the soul, which refer to the greatest, to the most significant of
    • to the stammering child like a revelation, he has created in himself
    • embankments before his soul. This must be always repeated. Always new
    • of that. The greatest sages of humanity attained the great truths in
    • and he finds what he has got to know in the great world views of humanity:
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture X: Goethe's Gospel
    Matching lines:
    • and that this world is nothing material, but active, creative spirit;
    • Your mortal breast in roseate dawn!
    • created from the fruits of life. The earth spirit is no symbol; Goethe
    • created up to the human being, the crown of creation. He also expressed
    • represents a great world view or world religion in The Secrets.
    • In Mephistopheles Goethe created the picture of an ancient idea that
    • was before birth and will be after death; soul is the connection between
    • such a way: “for death is the root of all life.” And: “who
    • “neatest cell.” This indicated: the release from anything
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XI: Origin and Goal of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • world interpretation or a supernatural creation history, as well as
    • the biblical idea of six creation days would have completely controlled
    • marvellously far substituted it for a natural creation history. However,
    • opponents of our so-called supernatural creation have formed to themselves
    • a creation doctrine which goes back to the name Plato, and that this
    • Christian Gnosticism we have a creation doctrine which I have to characterise
    • of the supernatural creation history have recently still formed.
    • we come to more and more imperfect creatures. This was the view of the
    • another creation doctrine than one normally states.
    • if one speaks in such abstract higher ideas. Hence, the creation history
    • all great church teachers of the Middle Ages, also with Thomas Aquinas
    • century people believed to give something quite new with a natural creation
    • newer time, this creation history completely became materialised, while
    • one faced it with spiritual concepts once. The creation history by Darwin
    • creation history once; it was interpreted in the spiritual sense only,
    • gives a creation history which faces up to the documents of the religious
    • faced up to them, and let us now develop this creation history with
    • us from the outside world which the human being creates only from his
    • the mathematical in space, you get to the great mystics who inform us
    • physical creation. Plato also speaks of it if he says that the spirit
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XII: Goethe's Secret Revelation I
    Matching lines:
    • It concerns the great connection
    • of Man. This treatise, little known and studied, is a repository
    • he would give an explanation of it. They were not found up to his death,
    • and the explanation was not given. After Goethe's death, a big
    • the same with it as all great teachers of humanity who did not want
    • to teach in abstract words who treated the loftiest questions in pictures,
    • which the soul experiences after death, but also if it got free of anything
    • with a wreath of oak leaves. He asks the snake where from it comes:
    • third is of ore, he is decorated with a laurel wreath, the fourth king
    • sheaths the self has to gather the fruits of an incarnation after the
    • for the human being, this is more refreshing than the great revelation.
    • love, the creative word of the world buddhi, the god, being aglow with
    • Let us seek for this spiritual band in Goethe's creations.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XIII: Goethe's Secret Revelation II
    Matching lines:
    • Starting from this great
    • have to regard the temple as a symbol of the great occult schools which
    • the walls, and then cast it off from themselves. The pug has eaten the
    • then. At first he neatens the house while he lets his lamp shine and
    • adds the fruits. This is a significant feature.
    • sensuous realm to the spiritual land is created.
    • the sheep! While the golden king presses the wreath of oak leaves on
    • into something that serves the civilisation. In his art he breathes
    • spiritualised that way. The human being becomes the creator of a higher
    • his spiritual alchemy. He takes up the same wisdom which once created
    • of the alchemists: “death is the root of all life” and:
    • has eaten of it, and now it lies there dead. The will-o'-the-wisps
    • death. Death means deadening everything, all lower desires. Thus Goethe
    • The great teachers of humanity, the great initiates are always active.
    • has to go through death to become new afterwards.
    • king presses the wreath of oak leaves on the head of the young man and
    • Goethe pointed to this great
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XIV: Goethe's Secret Revelation III
    Matching lines:
    • The man repeats and arranges
    • is created, however, these soon position themselves on the side of the
    • Goethe wanted to say with this fairy tale. The race of dwarfs, created
    • we are also in the case that we always decrease since the creation of
    • child Goethe tries “to approach the great God of nature, the creator
    • should burn and signify the human soul longing for its creator.”
    • The old man comes, threatens
    • the human soul lives a life between birth and death again and again
    • must also get to know the so-called threats of initiation if he chooses
    • of the creative world word, which sounds through the world as the sphere-harmony.
    • as reward: he wants his guide, the small creature. He wants to lead
    • again, and then the initiation on higher level is repeated for you.
    • Also this fragment indicates the greatness of what he had to say, also
    • is manifested in his great spirits. But the words can apply to them
    • Our great spirits want to be recognised, and then they
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XV: The Evolution of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • which originated from Darwinism. When one noticed which great impression
    • about the great initiates of the world. Any real initiation can be connected
    • only with the gift of clairvoyance. The capacities of the great initiates
    • the time of the creation of the human brain.
    • already create forms. It had to develop for that for long times.
    • all mystic schools this is emphasised. The human being takes the heat
    • into him and reworks it inside. The myth which always shows the great
    • that he got down there, not the external heat. Thus the human being
    • is a real creating, and this is connected with warmth. We have a similar
    • The light played a similar role in those days as today the heat on the
    • human being is creative by love, he was creative in those days using
    • powerless the creating human being is before the physical things of
    • the past to receive an idea of the great human future. I have quoted
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XVI: The Great Initiates
    Matching lines:
    • The Great Initiates
    • schools and of the great initiates who have outgrown the lower levels
    • of these great initiates today. As one must get to know the methods
    • Because of this etheric body the human being is not only a creation
    • in which chemical and physical forces work but a living creation that
    • which changes time has caused, then you see that what permeates your
    • consciously to that which is beyond space and time. The great religious
    • which arises from the great initiates or inspired human beings. This
    • Such a great initiate like Buddha does not speak out of a vaguely felt
    • deepest knowledge of the great initiates. The initiates know that somebody
    • Thus you see how from a deeper knowledge of the human being the great
    • astral body must penetrate and treat the etheric body in the same way
    • and it completes with threat of thunder
    • real disciple of a great initiate. Then he can continue this path. One
    • which the great initiates have, those initiates who gave our culture
    • by which they were enabled to found the great religions of the world.
    • Not only the great religions,
    • world originated from the great initiates. Only two examples are cited
    • which kind of influence on the world the great initiates have who experienced
    • off-loaded all human virtues or weaknesses on the creatures outside.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XVII: Ibsen's Attitude
    Matching lines:
    • it behind as a big will of his life. After his death he leaves a legacy
    • his death Goethe points out that to us. Faust cannot become outdated;
    • finished his life work long before his death with his drama When
    • the poet who is the representative of our time, the poetically greatest
    • of art: Plato creates a state idea in which the single human being should
    • and death.
    • the Robbers: Karl Moor wants something certain, he wants to create human
    • by power to a greater or lesser degree. Thus we see Henrik Ibsen as
    • to the world; he should be an emissary not reproduce, but shape, create.
    • with everything that constitutes the greatness, even if the emptiness
    • to form something creatively that lifts him out of them, a resurrection
    • birth and death who made himself familiar with the big law of karma
    • have. If a great man is quiet in tragic modesty, one like Henrik Ibsen
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XVIII: The Future of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • In the talk on the great
    • that the great initiates are basically the supporters of the future
    • point today. The great results of natural science have shown us how
    • energy”), the great mechanic who furthers us although his mechanical
    • have pointed to the Rosicrucians repeatedly; also to the fact that one
    • not cause the great and real progress, but that these were the theorists
    • who created from the plenty of ideas and also brought about the future
    • With some great examples
    • in the talk on the great initiates, then the world laws appear before
    • the human being stays between death and a new birth. These are the worlds
    • between death and a new birth.
    • heat, by conversion of heat to work. The theorist of heat shows us that
    • always only a certain part of heat can be transformed into work or into
    • that what is technically useful. If you heat a vapour machine, you cannot
    • use all heat to create forces of locomotion. Imagine now that always
    • heat is used for the work but a part of heat cannot be converted into
    • work and remains behind. This is the state of heat which the heat engineer,
    • the theorist of heat can show as a kind of death of our physical earth.
    • which significance have these images of humanity? How does this great
    • to really great and radical points of view. All the social ideas, even
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XIX: Schiller and the Present
    Matching lines:
    • the great spiritual heroes who are, in the end, the creators of our
    • among the German education directs his thoughts upon one of our greatest
    • these days to honour of our great spiritual hero. However, as intimate
    • great ideals, the great portrayals of his dramas settled down, slowly
    • in Schiller has decreased because Schiller's great ideals do no
    • treatise after he had completed his study of medicine. This treatise,
    • Schiller treats in this
    • answers to this question; but that does not matter with such a great
    • is the sense of this treatise. The end of the treatise is brilliant.
    • There Schiller speaks of death in such a way, as if this is no completion
    • of life, but only an event like other events of life. Death is no completion.
    • He says already there: life causes death once; but life is not finished
    • with it; the soul goes, after it has experienced the event of death,
    • human being takes a book in hand again and again, the soul returns repeatedly
    • to a body to make new experiences in this world. It is the great idea
    • is great in them. If we ask ourselves why Schiller's great thoughts
    • as young people in the theatre, or if we read the dramas. There flows
    • big harmony. All things were the outflow of the divine, of the creativity
    • permeated by God, and he felt contented.
    • when the world was permeated with the modern spirit of research. There
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XX: The Divinity Faculty and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • Middle Ages, it still was in such a way. What the great medieval theologians
    • world as a big unity. The divine creativity was on top, at the summit.
    • the theological science should treat.
    • found the words which were got out of any heart. The sermon was permeated
    • verses, then he creates that current from him to the community within
    • the Bible verses which causes an influence of the divine creativity
    • in the writing of the great truths which are written in this ancient
    • religious book. He looked into the bases from which the great truths
    • and to interpret, but behind him the great powerful writers stand whose
    • There we have a science of the divine, then a great doctrine of the
    • If you look at the great sages of former centuries, you can see everywhere
    • has the sun as a spring of life and heat. However, what is developed
    • In a book which made a great stir in the last time, and which the people
    • is the conviction of the victory of the crucified over death, of God's
    • tries to lead the human beings upwards to understand this great mystery.
    • on a distant island finds great physical truths without instruments
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XXI: The Faculty of Law and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • and without knowledge of the great principles of life. Just in this
    • ways of thinking of our time are those which put a certain main feature
    • for Law (1872). Everybody also knows, which significance his great
    • created that is basic for a whole sum of principal views in our conception
    • mentioned who had such great results with his significant works, in
    • the explanations of the great lawyer concerning the basic education.
    • from theology. Everything that philosophy treated went back to the big
    • the most eminent sense became great in the history of humanity by the
    • It is typical that a great
    • man of our time not even sees that it would be our task to create a
    • to create it in the fields of the external sensuous natural phenomena.
    • Therefore, the Gnostics, the great mystics of the first Christian centuries,
    • if our greatest lawyers do not have to complain of a lacking basis of
    • there is such a thing like mathesis. The great philosopher Leibniz was
    • a magnificent lawyer, a great practitioner and a great mathematician;
    • into in the soul life like a mystic, he is ripe to treat real soul questions
    • hence, it also had to be created out of life
    • it gives. Next time we see how with the doctors another feature comes
    • feature, this undertone of a renewed life. If we understand this, a
    • breath of theosophical attitude has to pour out about all branches of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XXII: The Medical Faculty and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • beings figure out the single life of a creature in connection with the
    • transformed into heat, something changes by the homicide of a living
    • the methods of application may be wrong. Often two great authorities
    • in a salutary way, then only a religious feature inspires it again and
  • Title: Origin and Destination of Humanity: Lecture XXIII: The Arts Faculty and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • ripe. The feature of our time is to set little store by the formal education.
    • could better take sentences from any great classic. Thus it has come
    • to master everything. Great spirits like Leibniz, Leonardo da Vinci
    • in life. The chemist, botanist et etcetera is compared with the great
    • great spirits of the world not without reason. There is no branch of
    • no inkling of the fact that mathematics introduces in the great principles
    • of any knowledge, even of art. There could be the great idealism of
    • Vinci (1459–1519), this representative of the great idealism,
    • do not want a thing in nature. What the human being creates consciously
    • we take this point of view, we have taken up the great idealism in ourselves,
    • of his development. The arts faculty should have the greatest say. It
    • treated, leads into big depths. One needs physiology; one must study
    • great world view do not have the saying, but rather psychology, which
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • come to light, especially this winter, which is of great
    • appear to have the greatest significance for the fourth, the
    • coming into being is permeated with soul and spirit. But the
    • soul's independent life after death, or before it had entered
    • man within it was permeated by soul and spirit. It was just
    • view of the Greeks. The great Aristotle scholar Franz Brentano
    • that after death man was no longer a complete human being. As
    • from him as happens in death, then he is truly no longer a
    • death, man, according to Aristotle, is incomplete because he
    • that point the death on Golgotha took place. Christ Jesus had
    • coincided at the moment in time when mankind was threatened
    • evolution and the age and death of Christ Jesus. I can think
    • of little which must have a greater impact on the soul than
    • when the death on Golgotha took place.
    • taken great pains in investigating this man's soul
    • as a creative force, his wishing to express only views that
    • threaten mankind. At present there is plenty of courage shown
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • become so much more complex. I have for years repeatedly
    • repeatedly said in various places the following: If we survey
    • dealing with issues permeates all spheres of knowledge.
    • spirit-permeated, God-ensouled nature alternate with
    • permeated with the spirit of the cosmos, later known as the
    • must be recognized more and more as a feature of science of
    • spiritual counterbalance is created by impulses that
    • towards ever greater perfection.
    • effective impulses beneath. If one pays attention to what
    • recently in Austria. A certain Robert Scheu, a man of great
    • greater spiritual influence in people's lives.
    • fundamental conviction, which I herewith repeat, is: As far
    • the point of decadence and that a great number of people have
    • or conservative is of no great moment when it is a question
    • possible by treating the problems in the old manner. He
    • present materialistic way of life creates huge difficulties
    • One could sweat
    • unraveled a great contradiction which developed between the
    • of the present war. Since he regards himself as a truly great
    • rather he quotes himself (quotations are a peculiar feature
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • from various viewpoints to draw your attention to the greater
    • back once more to the time immediately after the great
    • aware of the air as we breathe it in and out; we sense a
    • creations of fantasy — but originate from direct
    • and death. He was also aware in a philosophical sense, that
    • death.
    • were discussed. He takes the greatest trouble in his attempt to
    • “is an obstacle to religion; as soon as the great work
    • All that is great and significant in the
    • as yet they are not sufficiently permeated by Christianity to
    • permeate them once more with the spirit, the spirit in which
    • have great respect for Kjellen. His book is both widely read
    • mankind at the present time causes one to turn repeatedly to
    • consort was Catherine, later to become Catherine the Great.
    • of his subjects. It is therefore with great sorrow that he
    • through this calamity is all the greater because of the
    • a greater benefit than anything they could expect to obtain
    • to devote their best forces to achieve so great and
    • conclude not only a lasting peace, but a treaty of alliance
    • concluded treaties and amalgamations.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • his scientific investigations cover a great variety of subjects.
    • into dowsing, or water divining. The war has caused great
    • metallic or water in the ground beneath.
    • walks over ground beneath which there is water, a change
    • strictly tested by me. A great many doctors and other
    • be expected; such things always create opposition. Professor
    • naturally colored objects and also from fabrics treated
    • the great secret of our time. It must be striven for so that
    • remember my pointing out the great significance of
    • just what there is beneath the ground in certain regions
    • be treated in the peculiar ways I have indicated in recent
    • anthroposophy is currently treated.
    • significance that people of this kind, capable of treating a
    • serious objections would have given me great pleasure.
    • “The Christ or Sun-man taught seven great
    • with great cunning. One gets the impression that his
    • find that I proceed with the greatest caution when I explain
    • greater extent. I emphasize that these things are difficult
    • explained with great care in such a way that it is rendered
    • pulsebeat is not always regular; it often becomes
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • realized, a basic feature of the various considerations in
    • been used in the lectures of past weeks. Great impulses at
    • bring before you what in our problematic times a great
    • great efforts to understand these members of man's soul
    • the two greatest riddles of the human soul, the riddle of
    • no right to say that one ought not to eat people. We have no
    • it has to be said that Brentano's greatness does not lie in
    • death. If we did not we would lose the sense for the truth,
    • for the reality of the time between death and new birth. We
    • in that we live for several days after death with the great
    • people do speak like that. In this area great misconceptions
    • question is asked, What has suffered the greatest shipwreck?
    • seem to many, the greatest loss has been to Christianity.
    • death — tragic, because he did have a feeling for the
    • reality-permeated concepts! If we simply continue with the
    • before his death he is said to have given assurances that he
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • and hazards become all the greater.
    • death the same entity. If I look back in memory over my life,
    • as a whole, appearing more substantial than mere ideation,
    • causes the greatest difficulty. One often feels as if
    • death into the spiritual world. But one's life of feeling
    • then it is feasible that it is also extinguished at death.
    • through spiritual science. This discovery is of the greatest
    • the physical body whiCh is laid aside at death. We must make
    • connections that must be sought, as it were, beneath the
    • from cleanliness these children are deprived of a great many
    • his answer in a long, learned treatise, but in essence it was
    • and the treatise in which he voices the same opinion as the
    • scientific treatise about it and was not awarded a prize by
    • things occur to one than before, which is of great
    • gypsy who, with good appetite, was eating meat from an animal
    • eating dead animals they happen to find, nor do they suffer
    • any ill effects. The person who found the gypsy eating,
    • wanted to impress upon him that one does not eat animals that
    • saying: Well, the animal I am eating was slaughtered by God.
    • to eating what God has slaughtered.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • result of the last life having been worked on between death
    • a great leap to another group of concepts we also obtained
    • evolution during the time between death and new birth; what
    • previous incarnation. What is accomplished between death and
    • are so conditioned during life between death and new birth
    • would attain much greater inner contentment. This is directly
    • A passage which Pascal before him discussed at great length, Lessing
    • a great deal. They imply that while incarnated in a human
    • to the evolution we went through between the previous death
    • years old, he becomes, through the death of a member of
    • much attention that as a result he won a seat in parliament
    • interesting to observe this great man as a representative of
    • however, score over that same squire in his bid for a seat in
    • created a precedent. The British press was, in fact, hurling
    • greatest adversaries died, all exceedingly wealthy men. They
    • call it a coincidence, but the death duty he had already
    • engulfing also Lloyd George who, though a great man, is
    • in the present, the discord became all the greater when that
    • interesting interaction does certainly explain a great deal
    • to know the influences at work beneath the surface. Such
  • Title: Aspects/Evolution: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • should create a certain condition of the comprehension of
    • sickness to a far greater extent than is admitted. The near
    • eat” so that spiritually he never needs to eat
    • soul must repeatedly unite itself, which must be repeatedly
    • to a greater or lesser degree of egoism. Man's task cannot
    • as someone who wanted to eat food which could then only be
    • presented creates great difficulty for the mobile human soul
    • We place the greatest store on what we can objectify by
    • Latin races. A feature of Western superstition —
    • by the fact that great value is placed on producing
    • today the unseen power over a great part of the British,
    • to a great extent been lost. This applies especially to
    • is creative individualism — I hesitate to use yet
    • was done to create a general public opinion. Work on this
    • scientific terms how greatly the German spirit had
    • mainly in militarism that created hell for the rest of the
    • will have seen that I value and admire him greatly.
    • Vischer was a great
    • outlooks that led to the greatness of Western Europe are no
    • have come from? There must be forces beneath the ground that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Deeper Secrets: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Him — is so great, so all-embracing, so mighty, that there can
    • of the greatest of all world-problems. Reverence, veneration — these
    • the greatest problem of life, one should try not to place too high a
    • of describing more than a single aspect of this great, overwhelming
    • greater than anything that could be conveyed in the lectures on the
    • greatest imaginable self-surrender, is the very fount of Compassion and
    • how the greatest sacrifices spring from love for some being or cause;
    • — But so great was the mother's love that she could not bring
    • is capable of deeds of untold greatness. The significance of the Love
    • with the Gospel of St. John we may speak of great, transcendental
    • two attributes because in Christ-Jesus the greatest of all riddles stands
    • great ever to allow us to imagine that thereby we have already grasped
    • Strength which is the creative power surging through the world, for these,
    • in St. Mark's Gospel. The misunderstandings would be even greater than
  • Title: Deeper Secrets: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • to human history. This is a direct indication that this greatest of all
    • treatment, and that great harm can easily be done to the cause of Spiritual
    • should be made with great caution; nor is it too much to expect everyone
    • we are shown how the two great pre-Christian streams of spiritual life
    • into the great Christian stream of spiritual life on the earth. The
    • more clearly the fact that an Individuality as great as Zarathustra
    • within three sheaths, each one of which is more ancient than the Ego
    • if it was to provide the body for a being as great as Zarathustra. If
    • of the ancient Persian people, this great being had been developing
    • had to be provided from a racial stock whose greatness was commensurate
    • created, fit for Zarathustra. Through all the evolutionary periods of
    • have entailed great divine-spiritual labour, in order to produce a human
    • ocean, but regarded all this as a great Illusion, as “Maya”,
    • to men from outside, manifesting Himself in wind and weather. When man
    • conformity with the purpose for which it was originally created. If, with
    • This signifies something of the greatest profundity. The human corporality
    • as being entirely the creation of Jehovah, was of the same nature as
    • the Babylonians a great Teacher from the East was working there, with
    • in the regions whither the Hebrews were led. Some of the greatest of
    • they were following their great Teacher, Zarathustra, on his way to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Deeper Secrets: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • life converged, in order, eventually, in the great Christian stream,
    • were both permeated with the ancient wisdom. A science derived from the
    • modern age. That is why in a spiritual movement such as ours the greatest
    • place to make it possible for mankind to be prepared for that great
    • intermingling of blood, conditions which in earlier times had great
    • in great strength. As the Bible tells, the choice was made between the
    • mankind was drawing near. The last great Nazarene lived at the time of
    • given the physical body its form and shape was itself a creation of
    • baptisms. Men now beheld the creative forces of the etheric body, no
    • This etheric body was no longer permeated from within by what issued from
    • the Baptism of John were able to say: A great and momentous event has come
    • This, however, can only be understood by reflecting upon a certain feature
    • ‘stone mountain’, the great stone. One might say that Moses
    • received the revelation of the Law from the ‘great stone’
  • Title: History of the Middle Ages: Lecture I: Celts, Teutons, and Slavs
    Matching lines:
    • History of the Middle Ages to the Great Inventions and Discoveries -
    • the modern epoch, to the time of the great discoveries, when that
    • great historical struggles. If we are to study their
    • the far past we see a great and remarkable culture of the ancient
    • features of the Germanic character are courage, the roaming
    • races beat for the heroes who externally failed, but whose souls
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: History of the Middle Ages: Lecture II: Persians, Franks, and Goths
    Matching lines:
    • History of the Middle Ages to the Great Inventions and Discoveries -
    • these alone are known to him. He tells of characteristic features in
    • races in the north, a great similarity is specially evident in the
    • greater conformity with those of the Persians. According to the
    • on the seashore, and from them created the human race. The Persian
    • to it, has attained a greater height of culture.
    • rise of Christianity, which was to acquire so great a significance
    • cultivation of feeling. The Goths had the greatest possible
    • together was created. In place of the blood bond, appeared the bond
    • deep-seated kinship of different races. We see the external
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: History of the Middle Ages: Lecture III: The Impact of the Huns on the Germans
    Matching lines:
    • History of the Middle Ages to the Great Inventions and Discoveries -
    • We find here a great difference in levels of culture. Among the
    • Thus the leaders received great tracts of land, which they
    • procedure caused great hardship and could not be permanently
    • great forests and uninhabited tracts of land. There, too, the
    • leaders, so that the leaders became great landowners, and rulers
    • possible for this to happen without great oppression. In the days
    • themselves under the protection of greater. Thus arose a protective
    • interest of culture. The great men in the Empire of the Franks were
    • among the Frankish tribes, where the Church was the great landowner.
    • Celtic monks and priests in great numbers, to spread their faith
    • civilisation, great struggles had been going on outside. But what we
    • Aquitania. This heroic song narrates the feats of Walther, Hagen and
    • the year 451. This is the first defeat that the Huns suffered. Their
    • irresistible terror to other races. After their defeat on the
    • Catalaunian Plain, this army received its last decisive defeat
    • through Leo the Great, Bishop of Rome, who withstood Attila, and
    • induced him to retreat. Leo knew the power which Attila exercised
    • lasting influence. After Attila's death in 453, his army soon
    • new creations taking the place of old. We can, however, only
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: History of the Middle Ages: Lecture IV: Arabic Influence in Europe
    Matching lines:
    • History of the Middle Ages to the Great Inventions and Discoveries -
    • Nature makes no leaps. This is repeated over and over again; but it
    • 2. The great
    • we find the great discoveries, the voyages to India, America, etc.,
    • shall see through what circumstances it was that such great power
    • these properties, a great number of people were employed, some taken
    • counsel about their concerns. But now the great landowner was not
    • northeast, could conquer great territories. At a time when war
    • The great landed
    • nobility, and this attained the greatest significance.
    • characteristic feature of the Frankish Church that, to begin with,
    • creating those mighty currents which then flowed out eastwards. In
    • transferred at that time from heathen customs. In the Frankish
    • event which proved to be of the greatest importance, a material
    • Thus Peace and Right are done to death.
    • great struggles which rent that age asunder
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: History of the Middle Ages: Lecture V: Charlemagne and the Church
    Matching lines:
    • History of the Middle Ages to the Great Inventions and Discoveries -
    • inordinate space in it. Following the feats and triumphal marches of
    • faith, with great tenacity. Victory was won after wearisome wars,
    • then become a leader. One of these was Widukind, a duke with great
    • the most violent opposition. He had to be subdued with the greatest
    • of the great influence obtained by the Church whose suzerain he was,
    • cultivating oats and barley, but also wheat, leeks, etc. These were
    • scholastic way of thinking. The men who carried through the great
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: History of the Middle Ages: Lecture VI: Culture of the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • History of the Middle Ages to the Great Inventions and Discoveries -
    • The Middle Ages had come into a great heritage. Yet, of what we have
    • the other hand, a very great inheritance has remained from the days
    • or justice. A great transition now took place in the relationship
    • death of Charlemagne, and so it remained under his son, Louis the
    • great importance of this training, to be able to make conscientious
    • century, Meister Eckhardt calls Plato the great Greek
    • enjoyed great respect, since he had succeeded in conquering the
    • Normans. But the jealousy among the princes was so great that Arnulf
    • was that, after his death, the Church, as we shall see, made use of
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: History of the Middle Ages: Lecture VII: France and Germany
    Matching lines:
    • History of the Middle Ages to the Great Inventions and Discoveries -
    • those beneath and those above it.
    • defeated had come into feudal relationship with the conquerors; the
    • absorption of the smaller properties by the greater, the Saxon,
    • relationship with the Church. Powerful enemies threatened Central
    • to begin by asking for a truce in order to create for himself at
    • treated, so that the congestion became greater and greater. This
    • defeated, and suffered such terrible discomfiture that their
    • Ages a new character. A great accumulation of sagas, fairy tales,
    • permeated by an element of great importance, namely, the cult of the
    • Middle Ages. He shuts his eyes to such facts as that the great mass
    • of the world. This great event, to be prepared for by penitential
    • acceptance and was recognised as legitimate even by the great poet
    • power of the Church. At the death of Henty III, it was not secular
    • The permeation of the
    • Crusades, we shall learn to know another influence of very great
    • influences that the great inventions and discoveries were made. For
    • was given to the great inventions.
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: History of the Middle Ages: Lecture VIII: From the Middle Ages to the Renaissance
    Matching lines:
    • History of the Middle Ages to the Great Inventions and Discoveries -
    • because in it we can study the rise of the great empires. In
    • studying antiquity, too, we learnt of great State-dominions, but
    • the difference was great between the secularised clergy and those in
    • the Crusades. Added to this, a great number of people were now
    • there were a great many with nothing to do, who were ready for any
    • external impulse was given by the ill-treatment of the numerous
    • completely closed book; and great cultural treasures were preserved
    • ecclesiastical thinking had been before, you can see from the great
    • artisan stop beneath the oppression of the lords of the manor, as
    • loves; others paid court to them in different ways. Great ignorance
    • the same time, when the breath of freedom was blowing in the cities,
    • unprecedented, but you see that far greater heights had been reached
    • absorbed into the constitution of the great States. Much is said
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.7
  • Title: The Human Soul in Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • The Human Soul in Life and Death
    • known as, The Soul's Passage through the Portal of Death.
    • The Soul's Passage through the Portal of Death.
    • Human Soul in Life and Death
    • great contemporary events are capable of exciting in us, and
    • great personalities. With these observations I attempted
    • human soul in life and death, has always concerned men as one
    • and death urged so violently and so near us, when countless
    • to-day by the great majority of people. After all, the
    • still more to a thought permeated with feeling; at the same
    • This is a shattering, great, tremendously significant
    • ourselves in death, if there falls from us what inner
    • death, yet we go through death's door and see, with the help of
    • your own death; for you are not living in your own nature,
    • great spiritual law for the development of the human soul.
    • great inner experiences that, looking back on a blow of fate,
    • feeling ourselves one with our fate we do not experience death
    • from its greatest strength to death and to a second flowering
    • when we are really permeated by our will, so that we no longer
    • a psychic state in which the soul was creating for itself the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Insanity from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • and destiny, the mystery of birth and death, the origin of evil and
    • speak of spiritual diseases Further, the greatest errors have
    • nature. The medicines of to-day create nothing positive in this
    • idea), which exercises a great suggestive power on weak
    • works into the life body and especially through the great
    • becomes ever greater and greater. The ego also works in the
    • death. The astral body and the ego separate from the physical
    • death. In the next hours while man's being remains in the
    • etheric body, the former life passes before the soul in great
    • talents and powers all the greater and more numerous.
    • digestion and procreation. That which builds crystals could
    • Procreation ------------------------- Etheric Body.
    • heredity; but also, the procreative organs, nerve system and
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Two Pictures by Raphael
    Matching lines:
    • great artistic development, to give utterance to the
    • order to discover the great thoughts that underlie them, as
    • in lines of electric light over a great
    • down. We could really reconstruct a great part of the history
    • motif, with his great knowledge and understanding and his
    • find four times repeated in the pictures.
    • artistic form. Just imagine how great and mighty must have been
    • to inscribe the great ideal into his soul.
    • will find pictures of this kind, created out of good and great
    • Dove of the Spirit. The Dove of the Spirit, what a great riddle
    • stand before the soul of every Theosophist as a great and
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Easter and the Awakening to Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • Nature. The great Festivals are connected with definite and distinctive phenomena in the Heavens
    • God, Brahma, is referred to as the Great Architect of the World, who brings about order and
    • all salt, all intoxicating beverages and all meat. This is the way in which people prepare
    • weakens. But from Christmas onwards greater and greater warmth again streams from the Sun.
    • there is a great difference. In its deepest significance, Easter is always felt to be the
    • festival of the greatest mystery connected with Man. It is not merely a festival celebrating the
    • in Christianity of the Resurrection after death. Vishnu's sleep sets in at the time when, in
    • undeveloped human being. The wisdom made manifest in his bodily structure is the greatest that
    • hallmark of an infinitely long past. Physical man is the crown of the rest of creation. What was
    • being that this wisdom first begins to manifest. The soul hardly so much as dreams of the great
    • Nature, always with the purpose of finally producing the crown of all its creative work —
    • creative in the present as it was in the past and will be in future time. Gazing upwards we
    • glimpse the ultimate goal, surmising the existence of a great soul by which the cosmic wisdom
    • had the great vision he describes. Seventy years being the
    • Jesus comes to the help of the human race, His sacrificial death becomes a factor in the
    • Redemption. Because cause and effect belong together in the spiritual life, this great deed of
    • Document created with
  • Title: Karma and Details of the Law of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • and details of the law of Karma. You know that by Karma is meant the great law of cause and
    • Spiritual Science since it applies to repeated lives on Earth. We speak of the
    • Reincarnation, of repeated lives on Earth, comes in for the fiercest possible attacks from
    • creative quality and is actually the upbuilding, constructive principle. The best mental
    • through it. At the same time, it is creative; man's physical organs are built of it. Heart,
    • lung, liver and so forth are created out of this etheric body. From the materialistic
    • circumstances may occupy a smaller space than what it actually creates. Thus, we have here
    • to do with creative life, with a creative body which underlies the physical body that can
    • think of your childhood, you will be able to say that you have learnt a very great deal.
    • world, about history or literature as well as a great deal else. Now you have knowledge of
    • learn a great deal and yet no great change takes place in his original character and
    • changed a great deal in their own natures and characters. Perhaps indeed there is no
    • temporarily and disappears again has its seat in the astral body. What becomes a man's
    • succeeds in changing a habit, a characteristic feature of his temperament, when, for
    • great deal, assimilating it so thoroughly that it gradually becomes an asset of his very
    • repeatedly: the principle exists so that is why I obey it — then the principle is
    • therefore rooted in the etheric body, the greater becomes the capacity of the individual
    • moral, sincere, conscientious soul is the future creator of a healthy body. But actual
    • control the heartbeat, the pulse beat and the breathing. A process that in ordinary life is
    • contact with particular personalities has himself created the conditions for this in a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Secrets of Sleep or Karma
    Matching lines:
    • often been celled the younger brother of death. This simile
    • possible that many who think themselves great scientist
    • created anew out of nothing; and the human spirit would
    • have to be newly created, it would have to
    • good picture of death, for during sleep we are really
    • belongs to the creatures which, on account of this life,
    • have lost the power to see. These creatures are only able
    • breathing, it's heart beat, its metabolism, its warmth
    • to birth and death according to the laws of the physical
    • beyond birth and death, when he must assume something that
    • survives death, to postulate a principle which she
    • physical body which is subject to birth and death.
    • death, — no one who was aware that he is dealing only
    • shall find the conditions I myself created the preceding
    • death? The answer is, No! To the extent to which the desire
    • The desire is carried by the soul through death must
    • human spirit passes out of the body at death he possesses a
    • forgotten and the heart simply beats for the future.) It is
    • the greater the prospect at death of the acquirement of new
    • incarnated, or the greater his efforts have been in his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evil and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • that at the same time create a spiritual impotence, are held
    • with those features, from which one strives upwards; it must be
    • into such a kingdom that is beneath him/her: doing that is so
    • circles had created a great sensation. He too believes, that
    • absence of heat. Therefore, one cannot speak of it as something
    • truly does not go beneath the surface, and which indeed even
    • with heat.
    • matter, which from the outset creates obstacles and limitations
    • world, even though it is greatly widespread, can explain a
    • create a world, he must conform to that which is true without
    • him. So any world that he wanted to create is perforce
    • to create a world, prepare evil and wickedness along with it.
    • he must not have wanted to create it, which conflicts with his
    • a certain point create its own opposite on the surrounding
    • for it to create its own adversary. Now through taking part in
    • the being of a creature, Jakob Böhme thought, not only
    • divine being had to create necessarily as its adversary,
    • divinity for becoming self-aware. But since creatures arose,
    • and those creatures are not simply embedded in out-flowing
    • through saying this. But it should be repeated, what was once
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Buddha and the Two Boys: Lecture I: Buddha and the Two Boys of Jesus
    Matching lines:
    • prehistory we have very complicated relations before us. The greatest, one
    • great teacher of humanity. This latter gradually takes on other capacities
    • was created for mankind to experience the same in the future. Since then,
    • of the great Buddha, to lead an appropriate life that crystallizes the
    • to it as a bodhisattva. In this way The great Christ event was also
    • physical corporeality to bring humanity a great step forward by means of
    • experience the great Buddha himself. Asita, that was the name of the sage,
    • child the great Zarathustra of the past was incarnated. That Zarathustra,
  • Title: Buddha and the Two Boys: Lecture II: The Gospels, Buddha and the Two Boys of Jesus
    Matching lines:
    • earth. This is a great achievement, that an individuality does not need to
    • however, he also needed the great endowments of the ego carrier, the great
    • individuality of Moses? What the Buddha brought is rightly called the great
    • especially creative abilities at a certain age. But one would not like to
    • which are creative forces, which otherwise would have been
    • then strips off. Then he is still surrounded by the astral sheath, which he
    • man appear before forty-two judges of the dead after death.
  • Title: Raphael's Mission in the Light of the Science of the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • fated to die early. Whose death all Rome mourned. When the works of Raphael
    • themselves into cultural life as a whole, as into a great
    • Raphael's creations worked on after his death like a living,
    • his death, reaching to the present. If Herman Grimm was able to
    • expression of Raphael's creations. Thus, what Homer brought
    • something would at once be lacking for us if the creative power
    • him joins with his own creative activity to form an organic
    • concerning the repeated earth-lives of the human being — takes
    • spirit appears again and again in repeated earth-lives
    • natural outcome of considering Raphael's creative activity from
    • contemplating Raphael's creations from many points of view —
    • creations of the Greeks appear as fully permeated with
    • taking effect as an ever greater internalizing of the soul.
    • still greater chasm will loom between everything that goes on
    • creations.
    • of expression. On account of Raphael's towering greatness, the
    • development and evolving brilliant creations. And when Raphael
    • unfinished next to his deathbed, the
    • historian's mind is of a warrior subjugating the enemy beneath
    • greatest and most significant pictures in the development of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Leonardo's Spiritual Stature: Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • heartbeat of the twelve figures must have come to expression.
    • the picture. They found the door too low that led underneath
    • the head of Christ: in short, the picture was treated in the
    • painted them. In thus getting to know Leonardo's creations,
    • just as little remains to us of this magical creation once
    • features that betray much of what Leonardo must have felt in
    • year he went about with the greatest artistic intentions, with
    • recognized his great gifts and wanted something from him.
    • wanted to create and then begin making studies. But how was it
    • feature interested him. He would invite all kinds of people of
    • their features in connection with the most diverse emotional
    • Drawings by him exist in which he sketched a particular feature
    • students, there are still a great number from his own hand.
    • features of an animal or of the human being. If a battle scene
    • — though never actually arriving at the kind of creating
    • Leonardo soul, too great in itself ever to be able to manifest
    • its own greatness.
    • the creation of an equestrian statue of the duke's father. We
    • way with this or that painting project or theatrical event, but
    • said, sought to investigate world secrets in creating a work in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fairy Tales: in the light of Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • sources lying at greater depths of the human soul than is
    • than do the sources of creativity and artistic appreciation
    • disposition frequently creates something for
    • eating. The toad, however, only likes the milk. The child
    • wants the toad to eat some of her bread as well. The mother
    • still find a bite to eat flavorful, so it is possible to know
    • really a great magician, such as the human soul itself
    • greatest skill. It can grant you wings, enabling you to see an
    • time, of the creatures that might have been externally
    • and of the life-body which permeates it. But that does not
    • and Quatl have been created, Quatl begins to create the
    • present world. In this world he created, a difference
    • of the periods of European life in which the great heroic
    • great heroic sagas. It need not surprise us to hear that it
    • every age, from their first to their last breath. It need not
    • soup. He finishes eating the milk-soup, leaving the flies. Then
    • things bears like to eat. Then he approached them and
    • the soul. These events are such that we can know a great deal
    • great deal, Goethe wanted to say in pictures what he felt
    • life there is no greater art than that which completes the path
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: A Mongolian Legend
    Matching lines:
    • ceaselessly through the world, repeating this procedure over
    • vicinity. This power will begin to permeate the current nature
    • wither away. Human beings are called upon, however, to permeate
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: The Worldview of Herman Grimm in Relation to Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • elemental spiritual breath of Goethe. Thus, he felt himself as
    • death [in 1832J, rather than one who had “studied”
    • death. So much else of immediate everyday concern stood in the
    • meantime profoundly permeated German life. They listened to the
    • on form to become a creation, of Goethe's phantasy. How, he
    • of creative phantasy — a new experience?
    • sum of spiritual impulses. This breath of the spiritual
    • realm of “creative phantasy,” as Herman Grimm
    • creations of “folk-phantasy.”
    • encompassed by what he termed creative phantasy. Proceeding
    • creative folk-phantasy at work in western culture — a
    • of as an expression of the being of creative phantasy. Again
    • creations had their place within the unbroken flow.
    • creative phantasy. For Herman Grimm this was especially
    • Madonna, or one of the creations of Leonardo da Vinci, or.
    • of creative phantasy — over three millennia.
    • soul-forces has to become greater. Deeper soul-forces are to be
    • courage and boldness are required to a greater extent than in
    • feeling her entire guilt in the death of this man, she sees him
    • to death. For her, the deceased, to whom she was so closely
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Impulse for Renewal: Lecture I: Anthroposophy and Natural Science
    Matching lines:
    • I have in mathematics, when I created a concept of function. It
    • when concepts are created.
    • created, which are equal to the other two angles in the
    • as an inner creation. If you then have an outer triangle you
    • senses harmony within the experience of creating mathematical
    • not to create a rationalistic world of atoms.
    • having been created in the same way as inorganic nature.
    • foundation for a discussion can be created. Anthroposophy never
    • wants to keep the route free from the creation of thought
    • sphere and now needs to be created for other areas of nature.
    • great clarity. Whoever now, equipped with such a scientific
    • inner image permeated by experiences and will impulses of the
    • movement of the stars, in the creation of minerals, plants and
    • animals, then one enters in the spiritual creation of the outer
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Impulse for Renewal: Lecture II: The Human and the Animal Organisation
    Matching lines:
    • come under scrutiny, namely in his treatise entitled:
    • came to this treatise on the basis of some anatomical and
    • who should be, to some degree, the crown of creation, and the
    • man and animal were created according to their entire
    • evolution created the possibility to make space for what is
    • than the animal. However, every being is created out of the
    • Let's take the process of seeing. We could create divisions
    • creates the other pole of what had been observed. For instance,
    • we create mathematics and we believe we have a purely a-priori
    • the bridge, we have created the sense of balance through maths
    • can create an entire construction in thought, a
    • created an organ for abstract thinking.
    • speech and the organism becomes capable of creating speech.
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Impulse for Renewal: Lecture III: Anthroposophy and Philosophy
    Matching lines:
    • into question when philosophy was created, that only words were
    • philosophy's blossoming, you look back at the great philosophic
    • create something within his thoughts, which originate in
    • into clear scientific forms with which to create his world
    • out of it was interest created to observe the world in its
    • other; here the human soul faces the great, meaningful problem:
    • Consider Hegel's logic — he wanted to return repeatedly
    • Logos, must be penetrated with the creative principle of the
    • world. The Logos must be “God before the creation of the
    • creation as the content of the divine” could have been
    • there? This is abstract logic, the demand of the creative, the
    • experience of something misty, mystical; an overheated element
    • in the mist but through the way with which he treats religious
    • and wrestle in the centre with the problem of how to create a
    • separate sciences should create the totality of teaching. This
    • does the development happen in biology? Goethe created an
    • the impartial person, because it turns into the great world
    • this comes to a question and out of the West a great question
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Impulse for Renewal: Lecture IV: Anthroposophy and Pedagogy
    Matching lines:
    • are being created out of an anthroposophical source, this is
    • ideas, acquire greater power, greater urgency and so on. This
    • and teaching of our children. In the present it is repeatedly
    • great educators of humanity on pedagogical principles.
    • Anthroposophy fully acknowledges the existence of great,
    • before anyone in the recognition of the great educators. Only,
    • you have to admit nevertheless, with all great educational
    • the social areas. It breeds in relation to ideation actually
    • influence. Only when these principles are permeated through
    • have been brought to such a great blossoming, we must take up
    • that point had been quite neat and tidy, had suddenly stolen
    • From the money the little boy had bought treats which he didn't
    • permeated by the cosmos, just like in the physical world his
    • against great pedagogic accomplishments but that it will be the
    • assistant to the great one, if we are not to remain stuck in
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Impulse for Renewal: Lecture V: Anthroposophy and Social Science
    Matching lines:
    • contradiction is namely nothing other than what permeates our
    • anthroposophical grounds, created with anthroposophical methods
    • treaty, a time in which value relationships in central and
    • created into the thought structures of the
    • repeated about the social question, if you question
    • I repeated in conclusion of lectures which I held in the end of
    • grasp spiritually permeated social relations. I would like to
    • the one hand you have the economic theorists who created axioms
    • connection with the permeating social connection that they
    • life. Only when conditions are created which for instance the
    • created among people will they develop something of a real
    • have been established as socialization, and can be created
    • out. When we want to deal with things abstractly, we can create
    • features and childish qualities. Twenty years later I look at
    • the concept which you had created in one place is no longer
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Impulse for Renewal: Lecture VI: Anthroposophy and Theology
    Matching lines:
    • the greatest possible triumphs — I don't mean in a
    • scientific methods, and in relation to the treatment of the
    • different area being discussed. In the treatment of the purely
    • the creation of ideas and concepts, which are needed for
    • be created out of the senses, only the mind itself can't be
    • created out of the senses.
    • created out of the sense world. One remains true to that which
    • I've heard for years and now a seated person here has also said
    • observe people in earthly life between birth and death where
    • find that for example in the presentations of the great
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Impulse of Renewal: Lecture VII: Anthroposophy and the Science of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • When speech is the subject and when one sets the goal to treat
    • easy to have speech as an object for scientific treatment as it
    • already great variations in the inner experience of the conduct
    • within the human soul. Not a clearly delineated mental picture
    • — which permeates our inner being, we say that as its
    • the I like a sphere of water, with air permeating this sphere
    • greater part in the establishment of phonetics, in the
    • much more bodily nuance came about. One had a far greater
    • abstract-imagery-life have made greater progress. If we want to
    • water something is created like ice floes, like when something
    • “theory of creative synthesis/invention”
    • Creator. Dr Geyer already dealt with this yesterday; currently
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Problems of Our Time: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • great and far-reaching events of world and human
    • times, attend with so great care to such outward things of
    • certain connection between the recent great events throbbing
    • great events throbbing through our time.: Out of such feelings
    • may say without hesitation that the great movement of the
    • the opportunity to create, as has been done here, something for
    • great and revolutionary impulses occurring in the earthly path
    • in so far as he goes through his existence between death and a
    • have felt and experienced this great revolution, which, of
    • always had to live according to karma, the great law of
    • Race, the consciousness of repeated Earth-lives sprang
    • great achievement in the education of the future. A social
    • attitude must be created, built up upon a spiritual relation to
    • previous incarnation. To hold the theory, of repeated
    • have taken the trouble to find out a great deal about what is
    • karma, of repeated earth-lives and the
    • prefer to sleep, to sleep so soundly that in mid-Europe great
    • Document created with wvWare version 1.2.9
  • Title: Problems of Our Time: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • great importance that it forms, and always must form, a
    • existence of the soul after death” — that is, the
    • extinction at death, so that a certain response is always to be
    • found in man's soul when “life after death” is
    • mentioned. The treatment generally given to-day to the idea
    • not to die as souls at physical death. Naturally, the soul's
    • continued existence after death will be assumed in all
    • existence of the soul after death is very far from being
    • should not only speak of life after death, but also of that
    • and death. For as you know, this life is also a
    • passed between our last death and that birth through which we
    • something of a religious impulse permeating the whole of life
    • youth, but through its whole span between birth and death. For
    • feeling had permeated men that their doings in the day were in
    • to regard this life between birth and death as a
    • we stand at the beginning of the greatest conflicts, the
    • greatest spiritual conflicts of the civilized world, and
    • Increasing opposition is threatened in the soul-attitude of
    • decades we have heard repeated in socialist circles holding the
    • (I have discussed this at greater length in the first chapter
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problems of Our Time: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • evolution men are confronted with great tests, though for the
    • consciousness. The great obstacle to be overcome is the desire
    • really important feature of our post-Atlantean age is
    • feeling, everyone could realize that a great, important and
    • — became fainter and fainter. This great Mystery,
    • mankind, will be as wreaths of vapour. These differences lie in
    • is felt, how men avoid approaching the great knowledge or
    • must be drawn to it. The physical body of man is permeated
    • during his existence between birth and death by the soul;
    • death are added to the earth and go their way according to the
    • emphatically not without significance, that from birth to death
    • birth to death of a being, man's soul and spirit, which before
    • even what we relinquish to the Earth at our death is important
    • the gate of death and leaves his body behind him, he releases
    • body to the earthly world at death.
    • interesting to see the most important features of the day from
    • five years. The great thing in all these things is to prepare,
    • entire life between birth and death. At birth we take over the
    • back into the spiritual world at death.. There they accompany
    • presents itself the fruit we carry through the gate of death
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problems of Our Time: Main Features of the Social Question and the Threefold Order of the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • Main Features of the Social Question and the Threefold Order of the Social Organism
    • MAIN FEATURES OF THE SOCIAL QUESTION
    • became possible, and at this point occurred a great historical
    • place about us might have become the great instructors of
    • great imperial states, the affairs of these states had acquired
    • say was a great contrast to what at that time, and indeed even
    • life. Opposed to these circles stands the great mass of the
    • course of years, various things have eaten into the feelings of
    • would be no share for each worth having. I repeat, it is
    • although in social questions he falls into great errors
    • in Berlin no theatres, no high schools, no public school,
    • felt: here is a spiritual life created by what we produce, by
    • men who were divided by a deep golf from the great masses to
    • religion and theology. Proudly it is asserted and repeated:
    • very distinguished scientist, for whom I have great respect (I
    • That is only one example of what might be repeated a
    • bring about the death of all culture. We must look not only
    • control. That is one of the great objectives we must specially
    • of education, who were creative spiritually. But to-day we have
    • created out of the spirit, to satisfy the demands of education,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.



The Rudolf Steiner e.Lib is maintained by:
The e.Librarian: elibrarian@elib.com